Page 1




YWAM INTERNATIONAL ......................................................................................................................5   STATEMENT  OF  FAITH............................................................................................................................................ 6   WHAT  IS  A  YWAMer? ............................................................................................................................................... 6   THE  FOUNDATIONAL  VALUES  OF  YWAM....................................................................................................... 7   YWAM  HARPENDEN............................................................................................................................ 10   VISION .......................................................................................................................................................................... 11   MISSION....................................................................................................................................................................... 11   CORE  VALUES ........................................................................................................................................................... 11   GOALS........................................................................................................................................................................... 12   HIGHFIELD  OVAL  &  YWAM  HARPENDEN  HISTORY ................................................................. 13   WORKING  AT  YWAM  HARPENDEN ................................................................................................ 16   OVERVIEW  OF  YWAM  HARPENDEN .............................................................................................................. 17   LEADERSHIP  GROUPS........................................................................................................................................... 18   MEETING  TOGETHER  as  a  WHOLE ................................................................................................................. 18   THE  WEEK  AT  A  GLANCE .................................................................................................................................... 19   YWAM  HARPENDEN  CALENDAR  2014 ......................................................................................................... 20   MAP  OF  YWAM  HARPENDEN ............................................................................................................................ 21   HISTORY  /  PURPOSE  OF  ‘AT  HOME  DAYS’  &  COMMUNITY  DAYS..................................................... 22   ID  (Staff  Development) ......................................................................................................................................... 23   HOLIDAYS,  FURLOUGHS  &  TIME  AWAY  GUIDELINES............................................................................ 23   FAMILY  LIFE.............................................................................................................................................................. 25   YWAM  ENGLAND  and  Western  Europe ........................................................................................ 28   YWAM  England  &  Wales....................................................................................................................................... 29   YWAM  WESTERN  EUROPE ................................................................................................................................. 30   IMPORTANT  LEGAL  INFORMATION  AND  REQUIREMENTS ................................................... 31   REGISTERING  FOR  TAXES  –  THE  BASICS..................................................................................................... 32   VISA  INFORMATION .............................................................................................................................................. 35   PERSONAL  FINANCES ......................................................................................................................... 37   MONEY,  BANKS,  AND  SETTING  UP  A  BANK  ACCOUNT.......................................................................... 38   SUPPORT  RAISING.................................................................................................................................................. 40   GUIDELINES  FOR  STAFF  FEE  DEBT................................................................................................................ 41   HIGHFIELD  OVAL  OPERATIONS...................................................................................................... 43   QUARTERLY  COMMUNITY  ROTAS .................................................................................................................. 44   FACILITIES  BOOKING............................................................................................................................................ 44   PETS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 44   INSURANCE................................................................................................................................................................ 44   RUBBISH  &  RECYCLING  (Updated  May  2011) ........................................................................................... 45   WASTE  COLLECTION  FROM  HIGHFIELD  OVAL......................................................................................... 46   MAINTENANCE  &  GROUNDS ............................................................................................................................. 48   SECURITY.................................................................................................................................................................... 50   HOSPITALITY ............................................................................................................................................................ 52   FIRE  SAFETY.............................................................................................................................................................. 55   RECEPTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 57   TELEPHONES ............................................................................................................................................................ 58   FACILITIES  on  the  Oval......................................................................................................................................... 61   FACILITIES  OPEN  TO  THE  PUBLIC.................................................................................................................. 62   THE  BRAMLEY  HALL ............................................................................................................................................. 64   STAFF  POLICY  FOR  EATING  IN  THE  BRAMLEY  HALL ............................................................................ 64   HOUSING................................................................................................................................................. 67   GUIDELINES  FOR  LIVING  ON  THE  OVAL ...................................................................................................... 68   HOUSING  FEES ......................................................................................................................................................... 68   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  2  

CRITERIA FOR  HOUSING  ALLOCATION ........................................................................................................ 69   HOUSING  GROUP ..................................................................................................................................................... 69   DEFINITION  OF  OTHER  ROLES  INVOLVED  IN  HOUSING  ALLOCATION......................................... 70   ADDITIONAL  HOUSING  INFORMATION........................................................................................................ 72   WHAT  CAN  BE  EXPECTED  IN  SHARED  ACCOMMODATION ................................................................ 72   WHAT  CAN  BE  EXPECTED  IN  SELF-­‐CONTAINED  ACCOMMODATION? .......................................... 73   PAINT  POLICY  ON  THE  OVAL ............................................................................................................................ 73   REFURBISHMENT  GROUP ................................................................................................................................... 74   EMERGENCIES  AND  REPAIRS............................................................................................................................ 75   LOCAL  TRANSPORT ............................................................................................................................ 77   DRIVING  &  CARS...................................................................................................................................................... 78   TRAINS  &  TRAIN  TRAVEL ................................................................................................................................... 80   LOCAL  BUSES ............................................................................................................................................................ 81   LONG-­‐DISTANCE  COACHES ................................................................................................................................ 81   TAXIS............................................................................................................................................................................. 82   HITCH-­‐HIKING  (GETTING  A  LIFT)................................................................................................................... 82   HEALTH,  DENTAL  &  MEDICAL......................................................................................................... 83   EMERGENCY  SERVICES  &  MEDICAL  CARE .................................................................................................. 84   HEALTH  &  MEDICAL  INFORMATION ............................................................................................................. 84   MINOR  INJURIES  UNITS ....................................................................................................................................... 84   ACCIDENT  &  EMERGENCY  (A  &  E) .................................................................................................................. 85   LOCAL  CHURCH  FELLOWSHIPS....................................................................................................... 87   HARPENDEN  &  THE  LOCAL  AREA................................................................................................................... 92   HARPENDEN.............................................................................................................................................................. 93   TOWNS  AND  CITIES  NEARBY ............................................................................................................................ 93   MAP  OF  HARPENDEN............................................................................................................................................ 95   LIVING  IN  BRITAIN.............................................................................................................................. 96   BRITISH  CULTURE .................................................................................................................................................. 97   EATING  AND  DIET ............................................................................................................................................... 100   IF  YOU  ARE  INVITED  OUT ................................................................................................................................ 101   HOLIDAYS,  SEASONS  AND  TIME ................................................................................................................... 103   SHOPPING................................................................................................................................................................ 105   SHOPPING  IN  HARPENDEN ............................................................................................................................. 106   SECOND  HAND  GOODS ...................................................................................................................................... 107   SHOPPING  OUTSIDE  OF  HARPENDEN ........................................................................................................ 107   MORE  TO  DO,  SEE  &  KNOW ............................................................................................................................. 108   APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................................110   REVIEW  DATES ..................................................................................................................................................... 111   TO  DO  LIST:............................................................................................................................................................. 111   GUIDELINES  ON  DRINKING  ALCOHOL  AT  YWAM  HARPENDEN .................................................... 112   SMOKING.................................................................................................................................................................. 113   SUBSTANCE  /  DRUG  ABUSE ............................................................................................................................ 113   FIDELITY:  KEEPING  COMMITMENTS.......................................................................................................... 114   NOTES  FOR  REGISTRATION  WITH  THE  INLAND  REVENUE  FOR  INCOME  TAX  &  NATIONAL   INSURANCE............................................................................................................................................................. 115   INFORMATION  FROM  THE  HMRC  WEBSITE ........................................................................................... 116   SELF-­‐EMPLOYED  TAX  AND  NATIONAL  INSURANCE ..................................................................116   INCOME  TAX    AND  SELF  ASSESSMENT ...................................................................................................... 116   PERSONAL  ALLOWANCE .................................................................................................................116   Levels  of  Personal  Allowance.......................................................................................................................... 117   Class  2  National  Insurance  contributions .................................................................................................. 117   RECORD  KEEPING................................................................................................................................................ 117   Sample  Letter  to  send  to  HMRC  for  registering  for  National  Insurance  &  as  being  self-­‐ employed.................................................................................................................................................................. 122   PROCEDURES  FOR  OVAL  SECURITY  CHECK ............................................................................................ 123   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  3  

Holiday &  Time  Away  Request  Form............................................................................................................125   YWAM  HARPENDEN  FACILITIES  REQUEST  FORM ................................................................................126   LOCAL  SCHOOLS  AND  HOW  TO  APPLY .......................................................................................................127   DEPARTING  YWAM  HARPENDEN  -­‐  A  CHECKLIST .................................................................................129   ROOM  /HOUSE  CHECK  OUT  FORM ...............................................................................................................130   YWAM  England  Safeguarding  Procedure....................................................................................................131   SAFEGUARDING  GUIDELINES  FOR  All  YWAM  ENGLAND  STAFF  AND  TRAINEES...................131   YWAM  England  Safeguarding  Team      and  Other  Important  Contact  Numbers..........................132   (List  to  be  updated  as  necessary)...................................................................................................................132   Please  fill  in  telephone  numbers  for  your  location.................................................................................132   Safeguarding  Team ...............................................................................................................................................132   YWAM  ENGLAND  SAFEGUARDING  POLICY ..............................................................................................133   PROTECTING  YOUNG  PEOPLE  AND  VULNERABLE  ADULTS.............................................................133   AND  APPOINTING  WORKERS ..........................................................................................................................133   APPENDIX  A .............................................................................................................................................................153   Supplementary  Documents  to  YWAM  England  Safeguarding  Policy..............................................153   These  documents  should  be  used  alongside  YWAM-­England’s  safeguarding  policies  and   practices.....................................................................................................................................................................153   Safeguarding  Information  for  All  Staff  and  Students.............................................................................154   Serving  with  Youth  With  A  Mission  England.............................................................................................154   Statement  of  Adult  Acting  In  Loco  Parentis................................................................................................157  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  4  

YWAM INTERNATIONAL                        

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  5  

STATEMENT OF  FAITH     Youth  With  A  Mission  (YWAM)  is  an  international  movement  of  Christians  from  many   denominations,  dedicated  to  presenting  Jesus  Christ  personally  to  this  generation.  We  aim   to  mobilise  as  many  people  as  possible  to  help  in  this  task  and  to  train  and  equip  believers   for  their  part  in  fulfilling  the  Great  Commission.  As  citizens  of  God’s  Kingdom  we  are  called   to  love  and  serve  His  Body,  the  Church;  and  to  present  the  whole  Gospel  for  the  whole  man   throughout  the  world.     We  of  Youth  With  A  Mission  believe  that:     • The  Bible  is  God’s  inspired  and  authoritative  Word,  revealing  that  Jesus  Christ  is   God’s  Son  and  that  man  is  created  in  God’s  image.     • God  created  us  to  have  eternal  life  through  Jesus  Christ.     • Although  all  men  have  sinned  and  come  short  of  God’s  glory,  God  has  made  salvation   possible  through  the  death  on  the  cross  and  resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ.     • Repentance,  faith,  love  and  obedience  are  fitting  responses  to  God’s  initiative  of   grace  towards  us.     • God  desires  all  men  to  be  saved  and  to  come  to  knowledge  of  the  truth.     • The  Holy  Spirit’s  power  is  demonstrated  in  and  through  us  for  the  accomplishing  of   God’s  command:  “Go  into  all  the  world  and  preach  the  good  news  to  all  creation.”   (Mark  16:15  NIV)     • Youth  With  A  Mission  leaders  joined  Christian  leaders  from  around  the  world  in   1974  in  the  signing  of  the  Lausanne  Covenant,  further  clarifying  our  beliefs  as  a   mission.      

WHAT IS  A  YWAMer?    

Serving in  YWAM  is  a  calling/vocation  rather  than  a  place  of  work,  and  can  therefore  be   viewed  more  as  an  alternative  way  of  life  than  an  organization  we  work  for.  Our  values   reiterate  the  sense  of  our  identity  or  "DNA"  rather  than  our  job  description.  YWAM  also   affirms  the  importance  of  families  serving  God  together  in  missions,  with  each  member   sharing  the  call  to  missions  and  contributing  their  gifts  in  unique  and  complementary  ways.       The  norm  for  YWAM  communities  is  that  families  are  as  fully  involved  in  the  vision  and   activities  of  the  mission  as  possible.  Husbands,  wives  and  children  are  all  valued  as  part  of   the  YWAM  family  and  share  as  much  in  the  responsibilities  as  in  the  privileges  of   belonging.  Parents  of  children  under  school  age  would  clearly  not  be  expected  to  get  as   involved  in  ministry  to  the  same  degree  as  parents  with  children  at  school,  but  we  do  place  a   high  value  on  every  member  of  the  Oval  community  making  a  contribution  to  the  life  and   ministry  of  YWAM  both  in  terms  of  the  running  of  the  campus  as  well  as  outreach.     All  YWAM  staff,  including  families,  will  be  encouraged  to  get  involved  in  outreach  /   evangelism  initiatives  during  the  course  of  a  year;  either  in  an  on-­‐going  local  effort  or  going   away  for  a  period  of  outreach.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  6  

THE FOUNDATIONAL  VALUES  OF  YWAM     Youth  With  A  Mission  (YWAM)  affirms  the  Bible  as  the  authoritative  word  of  God  and,  with   the  Holy  Spirit's  inspiration,  the  absolute  reference  point  for  every  aspect  of  life  and   ministry.  Based  upon  God's  word,  who  He  is,  and  His  initiative  of  salvation,  the  following   responses  are  strongly  emphasized  in  YWAM:     Worship:  we  are  called  to  praise  and  worship  God  alone     Holiness:  we  are  called  to  lead  holy  and  righteous  lives  that  exemplify  the  nature  and   character  of  God     Witness:  called  to  share  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  with  those  who  do  not  know  Him     Prayer:  we  are  called  to  engage  in  intercessory  prayer  for  the  people  and  causes  on  God's   heart,  including  standing  against  evil  in  every  form     Fellowship:  we  are  called  to  commit  to  the  Church  in  both  its  local  nurturing  expression  and   its  mobile  multiplying  expression.     The  Foundational  Values  of  Youth  With  A  Mission  are  the  expression  of  our  basic  beliefs   coupled  with  specific  directives  given  by  God  since  YWAM's  beginning  in  1960.  They  are   recorded  in  order  to  pass  on  to  successive  generations  that  which  God  has  emphasized  to  us.       These  shared  beliefs  and  values  are  the  guiding  principles  for  both  the  past  and  future   growth  of  our  mission.  Some  are  common  to  all  Christians  everywhere;  others  are   distinctive  to  Youth  With  A  Mission.  The  combination  of  these  beliefs  and  values  make  up   the  unique  family  characteristics  of  YWAM  -­‐  our  "DNA."  They  are  values  we  hold  in  high   regard  which  determine  who  we  are,  how  we  live  and  how  we  make  decisions.  

1.  KNOW  GOD         YWAM  is  committed  to  know  God,  His  nature,  His  character  and  His  ways.  We  seek  to  reflect   who  He  is  in  every  aspect  of  our  lives  and  ministry.  The  automatic  overflow  of  knowing  and   enjoying  fellowship  with  God  is  a  desire  to  share  Him  with  others.     2.  MAKE  GOD  KNOWN     YWAM  is  called  to  make  God  known  throughout  the  whole  world,  and  into  every  arena  of   society  through  evangelism,  training  and  mercy  ministries.  We  believe  that  salvation  of   souls  should  result  in  transformation  of  societies,  thus  obeying  Jesus'  command  to  make   disciples  of  all  nations.     3.  HEAR  GOD'S  VOICE     YWAM  is  committed  to  creating  with  God  through  listening  to  Him,  praying  His  prayers  and   obeying  His  commands  in  matters  great  and  small.  We  are  dependent  upon  hearing  His   voice  as  individuals,  together  in  team  contexts  and  in  larger  corporate  gatherings.  This  is  an   integral  part  of  our  process  for  decision-­‐making.     4.  PRACTICE  WORSHIP  AND  INTERCESSORY  PRAYER     YWAM  is  dedicated  to  worship  Jesus  and  engage  in  intercessory  prayer  as  integral  aspects   of  daily  life.  We  also  recognize  the  intent  of  Satan  to  destroy  the  work  of  God  and  we  call   upon  God's  power  and  the  Holy  Spirit  to  overcome  his  strategies  in  the  lives  of  individuals   and  in  the  affairs  of  nations.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  7  

5. BE  VISIONARY     YWAM  is  called  to  be  visionary,  continually  receiving,  nurturing  and  releasing  fresh  vision   from  God.  We  support  the  pioneering  of  new  ministries  and  methods,  always  willing  to  be   radical  in  order  to  be  relevant  to  every  generation,  people  group,  and  sphere  of  society.  We   believe  that  the  apostolic  call  of  YWAM  requires  the  integration  of  spiritual  eldership,   freedom  in  the  Spirit  and  relationship,  centred  on  the  Word  of  God.     6.  CHAMPION  YOUNG  PEOPLE     YWAM  is  called  to  champion  youth.  We  believe  God  has  gifted  and  called  young  people  to   spearhead  vision  and  ministry.  We  are  committed  to  value  them,  trust  them,  train  them,   support  them,  make  space  for  them  and  release  them.  They  are  not  only  the  Church  of  the   future;  they  are  the  Church  of  today.  We  commit  to  follow  where  they  lead,  in  the  will  of   God.     7.  BE  BROAD-­‐STRUCTURED  AND  DECENTRALIZED     YWAM  is  broad-­‐structured  and  diverse,  yet  integrated.  We  are  a  global  family  of  ministries   held  together  by  shared  purpose,  vision,  values  and  relationship.  We  believe  that  structures   should  serve  the  people  and  the  purposes  of  God.  Every  ministry  at  every  level  has  the   privilege  and  responsibility  of  accountability  to  a  circle  of  elders,  with  overall  international   accountability  to  the  YWAM  Global  Leadership  Team.     8.  BE  INTERNATIONAL  AND  INTERDENOMINATIONAL     YWAM  is  international  and  interdenominational  in  its  global  scope  as  well  as  its  local   constituency.  We  believe  that  ethnic,  linguistic  and  denominational  diversity,  along  with   redeemed  aspects  of  culture,  are  positive  factors  that  contribute  to  the  health  and  growth  of   the  mission.     9.  HAVE  A  BIBLICAL  WORLDVIEW     YWAM  is  called  to  a  Biblical  worldview.  We  believe  that  the  Bible  makes  a  clear  division   between  good  and  evil;  right  and  wrong.  The  practical  dimensions  of  life  are  no  less  spiritual   than  the  ministry  expressions.  Everything  done  in  obedience  to  God  is  spiritual.  We  seek  to   honour  God  with  all  that  we  do,  equipping  and  mobilizing  men  and  women  of  God  to  take   roles  of  service  and  influence  in  every  arena  of  society.     10.  FUNCTION  IN  TEAMS     YWAM  is  called  to  function  in  teams  in  all  aspects  of  ministry  and  leadership.  We  believe   that  a  combination  of  complementary  gifts,  callings,  perspectives,  ministries  and   generations  working  together  in  unity  at  all  levels  of  our  mission  provides  wisdom  and   safety.  Seeking  God's  will  and  making  decisions  in  a  team  context  allows  accountability  and   contributes  to  greater  relationship,  motivation,  responsibility  and  ownership  of  the  vision.     11.  EXHIBIT  SERVANT  LEADERSHIP     YWAM  is  called  to  servant  leadership  as  a  lifestyle,  rather  than  a  leadership  hierarchy.  A   servant  leader  is  one  who  honours  the  gifts  and  callings  of  those  under  his/her  care  and   guards  their  rights  and  privileges.  Just  as  Jesus  served  His  disciples,  we  stress  the   importance  of  those  with  leadership  responsibilities  serving  those  whom  they  lead.          

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  8  

12. DO  FIRST,  THEN  TEACH     YWAM  is  committed  to  doing  first,  then  teaching.  We  believe  that  firsthand  experience  gives   authority  to  our  words.  Godly  character  and  a  call  from  God  are  more  important  than  an   individual's  gifts,  abilities  and  expertise.     13.  BE  RELATIONSHIP-­‐ORIENTED     YWAM  is  dedicated  to  being  relationship-­‐oriented  in  our  living  and  working  together.  We   desire  to  be  united  through  lives  of  holiness,  mutual  support,  transparency,  humility,  and   open  communication,  rather  than  a  dependence  on  structures  or  rules.     14.  VALUE  THE  INDIVIDUAL     YWAM  is  called  to  value  each  individual.  We  believe  in  equal  opportunity  and  justice  for  all.   Created  in  the  image  of  God,  people  of  all  nationalities,  ages  and  functions  have  distinctive   contributions  and  callings.  We  are  committed  to  honouring  God-­‐given  leadership  and   ministry  gifts  in  both  men  and  women.     15.  VALUE  FAMILIES     YWAM  affirms  the  importance  of  families  serving  God  together  in  missions,  not  just  the   father  and/or  mother.  We  encourage  the  development  of  strong  and  healthy  family  units,   with  each  member  sharing  the  call  to  missions  and  contributing  their  gifts  in  unique  and   complementary  ways.     16.  PRACTICE  DEPENDENCE  ON  GOD  FOR  FINANCES
       YWAM  is  called  to  practice  a  life  of  dependence  upon  God  for  financial  provision.    For   individuals  and  YWAM  corporately  this  comes  primarily  through  His  people.      As  God  and   others  have  been  generous  towards  us,  so  we  desire  to  be  generous.    YWAMers  give   themselves,  their  time  and  talents  to  God  through  the  mission  with  no  expectations  of   remuneration.     17.  PRACTICE  HOSPITALITY     YWAM  affirms  the  ministry  of  hospitality  as  an  expression  of  God's  character  and  the  value   of  people.  We  believe  it  is  important  to  open  our  hearts,  homes  and  campuses  to  serve  and   honour  one  another,  our  guests  and  the  poor  and  needy,  not  as  acts  of  social  protocol,  but  as   expressions  of  generosity.     18.  COMMUNICATE  WITH  INTEGRITY       YWAM  affirms  that  everything  exists  because  God  communicates.  Therefore,  YWAM  is   committed  to  truthful,  accurate,  timely  and  relevant  communication.  We  believe  good   communication  is  essential  for  strong  relationships,  healthy  families  and  communities,  and   effective  ministry.       (YWAM  Foundational  Values  approved  by  the  Global  Leadership  Team  December  2010.)                   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  9  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  10  

It all  started  when  a  20-­‐year-­‐old  student,  Loren  Cunningham,  opened  his  Bible  and  asked   God  to  speak  into  his  mind  in  prayer.  As  he  lay  back  in  his  bed  and  looked  up,  he  saw  a   “mental  movie”  —  waves  on  a  map,  crashing  onto  the  shores.  Then,  as  he  watched,  the   waves  turned  into  young  people,  going  to  every  continent  and  sharing  the  good  news  about   Jesus.  “Was  that  really  you,  Lord?”  he  asked.     This  radical  dream  -­‐  that  young  people  could  be  missionaries  -­‐  remained.  Four  years  later,  in   1960,  he  started  a  movement  with  that  idea  encapsulated  in  its  name:  Youth  With  A  Mission   (YWAM).  The  story  of  how  YWAM  began  and  grew  is  a  story  of  God’s  direction  and  God’s   grace  in  using  ordinary  people  from  all  over  the  world.  Join  us  at  YWAM  Harpenden,  one  of   the  places  where  the  story  continues,  and  together  let’s  see  God’s  dreams  become  reality.    

VISION     YWAM  Harpenden  is  a  Multiplier  for  the  Kingdom  of  God,  equipping  and  releasing  waves  of   young  people  who  live  like  Jesus  and  transform  the  nations.    

MISSION   We  are  a  multi-­‐generational,  international  mission  community  which:     • Engages  in  strategic  prayer  as  the  primary  initiator  of  change.   • Pioneers  initiatives,  which  explore  new  ways  to  impact  our  world  with  the  Gospel.   • Supports  local,  national  and  international  YWAM  ministries  and  the  Church  through   relationships,  communications  and  resources.   • Develops  and  multiplies  training  that  will  equip  people  to  transform  nations.   • Directs  our  outreach  towards  the  unreached  and  poor  through  ministries  of   evangelism,  compassion  and  reconciliation.    

CORE VALUES       Empowered  by  the  Holy  Spirit  we  commit  to  live  as  Jesus  lives,  displaying:       • Radical  LOVE  for  God     • God  at  the  heart  of  our  personal  and  community  life  through  prayer,  worship  and   obedience  to  His  Word.     • Extravagant  LOVE  for  one  another     • Gracious  LOVE  for  those  who  come  among  us     • Passionate  LOVE  for  the  lost     • Sacrificial  LOVE  for  the  World     • As  a  welcoming  community  we  celebrate  diversity,  joyfully  embracing  all  those  that   God  brings  to  us.     • We  seek  out  and  respond  enthusiastically  to  opportunities,  individually  and   corporately,  to  bring  people  to  Jesus.     • Compelled  by  Christ’s  compassion,  we  take  responsibility  to  bring  healing  and   transformation  to  a  broken  world.     • Our  life  together  is  characterised  by  the  fruit  of  the  Spirit,  expressed  in  unity,   generosity  and  sacrificial  living  guarded  by  mutual  accountability  and  godly   leadership.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  11  

GOALS     In  response  to  the  prophetic  word  received  by  the  GLT  in  2000,  ‘Crossing  the  Jordan’  and   the  prospect  of  growth  with  up  to  200,000  joining  the  mission   (  we  recognize  that  as     YWAM  Harpenden  we  need  to  be  preparing  for  growth  which  will  require  a  flexibility  and   quick  responsiveness  to  the  Lord.    This  may  be  more  of  a  spiritual  and  cultural  shift  than  we   realize.    The  intention  is  to  be  poised  to  “Go”,  and  be  prepared  for  the  next  wave.       In  this  season,  the  primary  goals  of  YWAM  Harpenden  are:      

          YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  12  

HIGHFIELD OVAL  &  YWAM  HARPENDEN  HISTORY     1869:  a  young  Methodist  minister  Thomas  Bowman  Stephenson,  together  with  fellow   Methodists  Alfred  Mager  and  Francis  Horner,  started  the  “National  Children’s  Home”  in   London.    This  was  a  step  of  faith,  prompted  by  their  evangelistic  compassion  for  the   countless  homeless  children  who  begged  and  stole  to  survive  on  the  streets  of  London.       1908:  Highfield  Oval  is  part  of  a  large  farm  estate  purchased  by  The  National  Children’s   Home  (NCH).    It  is  to  be  developed  into  a  self-­‐contained  complex  to  provide  a  home  for   homeless  children.  This  step  of  faith  prompted  by  evangelistic  compassion  led  to  the  largest   branch  of  the  NCH  in  the  country.       1910:  “Elmfield”  in  Ambrose  Lane,  Harpenden,  now  a  Christian  school  called  The  King’s   School,  opened  as  a  sanatorium  for  children  with  tuberculosis.    Shortly  afterwards,  work   began  on  the  building  of  Highfield  Oval.         1912:  Work  began  on  the  building  of  Highfield  Oval  with  large  residential  units  as  well  as   training  and  administrative  buildings.       1928:  The  present  Chapel  is  built  to  replace  a  temporary  chapel.       1933:  There  are  four  blocks  of  houses  for  girls,  and  six  for  boys,  altogether  some  320.  In   addition  to  a  basic  education,  each  child  receives  training  in  a  trade:  boys  in  printing,   joinery,  boot  repair,  painting  and  decorating,  gardening  and  farming;  girls  in  housework,   office  work,  teaching,  or  as  children’s  nurses.  Highfield  Oval  functioned  successfully  for   many  decades  as  a  more-­‐or-­‐less  self-­‐contained  community,  having  its  own  school,  bakery,   and  printing  works.    The  children  were  looked  after  by  ‘Sisters’,  a  Methodist  Order  of   dedicated  women  who  took  on  care  of  the  children  as  their  life’s  work.    The  concept  was   that  the  children  should  be  cared  for  in  a  family  setting.    Each  ‘family’  had  two  Sisters  who   looked  after  them.  Later,  they  sometimes  had  house-­‐parents.    Over  50,000  children  were   brought  up  in  various  branches  of  the  National  Children’s  Home.    Several  retired  Sisters  and   other  former  staff  still  live  in  Harpenden,  as  well  as  many  of  the  children  who  were  brought   up  at  the  Oval.    Former  “children”  of  the  Home  often  return,  sometimes  from  far  afield,  to   visit  “The  Oval”  where  they  grew  up.  Eventually  due  to  changes  in  childcare,  funding,  etc.,   the  Children’s  Home  was  used  less  and  less.    It  became  policy  to  set  up  smaller  family  units   in  the  community.    By  1983,  the  Home  was  almost  empty,  except  for  some  administrative   functions.     1983:  Some  leaders  and  staff  of  Youth  With  A  Mission,  until  then  based  in  Sussex,  had   moved  to  temporary  housing  in  London,  seeking  a  permanent  centre  there.    After  2  ½  years   of  searching,  no  suitable  property  had  been  found  for  a  permanent  administrative  centre,   although  there  were  various  teams  working  in  different  parts  of  London.    Finally,  things   came  to  the  point  where  the  team  who  had  moved  up  from  Sussex  in  faith  had  to  leave  their   temporary  accommodation  within  a  month.         1985:  The  YWAMers  in  London  expressed  to  the  Lord  their  willingness  to  move  out  of   London  if,  contrary  to  what  they  had  thought,  He  had  another  place  for  them.    But  where   should  they  start  looking  with  such  limited  time?         1986:  The  group  prayed  that  if  they  were  to  move  to  a  different  area,  God  would  bring  the   right  place  to  their  attention.    A  few  days  later  they  heard  about  Highfield  Oval,  and  came  to   see  it.    There  was  just  the  right  mixture  of  accommodation  for  families  and  single  people,   and  just  the  right  amount  of  office  space.    They  leased  a  small  portion  of  the  unused  parts  of   the  site  and  moved  in  three  weeks  later,  at  the  beginning  of  March  1986.     The  potential  for  training  and  ministry  was  increasingly  evident.  Soon  it  became  clear  why   the  Lord  had  brought  YWAM,  unexpectedly,  to  this  site.    Over  the  next  years  the  team  grew   from  the  initial  40  staff  to  some  130  adults  and  children.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  13  

Enquiries were  made  about  possible  purchase  or  long-­‐term  lease  of  the  property.    However,   at  the  time,  the  owners  were  hoping  to  secure  a  change  of  planning  status  so  that  the  site   could  be  sold  for  major  housing  development.     1993:  For  seven  years  YWAM  rented  part  of  the  site,  praying  and  negotiating  for  purchase.     During  this  time  the  property  was  held  on  a  very  insecure  footing,  on  very  short-­‐term  leases.     There  were  many  battles  in  prayer,  and  hard  work  to  be  done,  before  the  Lord  finally   enabled  YWAM  to  purchase  the  property  for  £2.1  million  in  March  1993.    It  seemed  nothing   short  of  a  miracle;  firstly  that  the  property  was  offered  for  sale,  and  secondly  that  the  money   became  available  for  the  purchase.    This  came  about  through  the  sacrificial  giving  of  YWAM   staff  around  the  world  in  a  “Loaves  and  Fishes  Offering,”  the  generosity  of  friends  of  YWAM,   a  bank  loan  and  a  loan  from  a  Christian  Trust.    At  the  same  time  there  was  a  transfer  from   YWAM  Amsterdam  of  a  large  ministry  dedicated  to  Frontier  Missions  as  20  staff  and  their   dependents  joined  Highfield  Oval.       1994:  The  Highfield  Oval  Christian  Preschool  opens  for  the  benefit  of  staff  children  and  non-­‐ YWAM  children.  Eventually  the  running  of  the  Preschool  was  turned  over  to  the  nearby   King’s  School.  They  run  a  very  successful  programme  with  a  permanent  waiting  list  and   excellent  ratings  from  the  governmental  watchdog  agency  OFSTED.  Cell  UK,  exploring  the   cell  model  in  the  local  church,  is  launched.  No  fewer  than  300  delegates  come  to  the  Oval   twice  a  year  for  training  and  fellowship.       1995:  Mercy  Ships  opens  its  first  UK  office  at  Highfield  Oval.       1996:  First  Arts  Festival       1997:  The  ECO  Programme  starts;  it  is  designed  to  help  Non-­‐Western  missionaries  prepare   for  missions  in  a  foreign  country,  help  them  adjust  to  life  in  a  cross-­‐cultural  environment   and  learn  English  at  the  same  time.       1998:  In  September,  the  first  ‘At  Home’  Week  takes  place.  During  that  week  God  gave  us  a   vision  for  the  Factory  to  be  used  as  a  training  centre  for  young  people.  As  a  step  of  faith  we   removed  all  the  furniture  stored  there,  had  a  great  clear  out  and  held  the  Love  Feast  there,   in  spite  of  broken  windows  and  a  leaky  roof.  With  no  electricity,  the  candlelight  gave  a  great   atmosphere  and  helped  us  see  it  with  eyes  of  faith!       In  November,  the  Factory  team  and  building  were  launched  by  holding  the  first  “Gathering”   of  DTS  students  from  all  the  campuses  in  England  and  Scotland,  as  well  as  a  couple  of   European  locations.       1999:  Mercy  Ships  UK,  based  at  Highfield  Oval,  is  instrumental  in  the  purchase  of  a  Danish   Vessel  renamed  ‘Africa  Mercy’.       2000  /2001:  The  first  of  two  Argentinean  summer  gatherings  were  held,  drawing  on  the   South  American  revival.       2002:  Business  as  Mission  opens  an  office.  The  words  may  not  necessarily  be  ones  we  are   used  to  hearing  in  the  same  sentence,  but  they  represent  a  powerful  trend  in  the  body  of   Christ  and  YWAM.  Business  for  support  and  business  development  for  social  transformation   is  among  key  BAM  areas.       2003:  Centre  for  International  Justice  and  Reconciliation  (CIJR)  attains  Special  Consultative   Status  at  the  United  Nations  as  YWAM  England’s  public  policy  branch.  Marine  Reach   England  and  the  European  office  of  YWAM’s  Marine  Reach  International  are  launched.       2004:  YWAM’s  international  leadership  team  (GLT)  hold  their  annual  meeting  at  Harpenden   to  commission  Lynn  Green,  Iain  Muir  and  John  Dawson  as  the  International  Leaders.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  14  

2005: “Transformation”  takes  place  during  the  summer,  a  joint  effort  with  our  40  Days   programme  and  the  prayer  network  of  24/7,  bringing  a  total  of  350  young  people  here  for  a   long  weekend  being  challenged  for  missions.    “Re-­‐Engage”  –  another  joint  effort  with  40   Days,  bringing  past  YWAMers  from  their  jobs  to  the  Oval  for  a  fortnight  to  be  re-­‐inspired  by   the  Great  Commission  in  their  areas  of  influence.  During  At  Home  Days,  teams  come  from   New  Song  and  Destiny  City  churches  to  minister  to  us.     2006:  ‘Orphans  kNOw  More’  started.  Foundations  in  Intercultural  studies,  a  UofN  course   started.  We  celebrated  20  years  of  YWAM  Harpenden  and  the  last  of  the  buildings  on  the   Oval  renovated,  with  people  able  to  live  in  both  sides  of  building  #8.     YWAM  England  enters  into  40  weeks  of  prayer  and  fasting  and  a  Re-­‐Engage  summer  event.     In  September  of  that  year,  following  the  GLT  at  YWAM  Harpenden,  YWAM  England  gathered   together  at  Holmsted  Manor  with  Loren  &  Darlene  Cunningham,  John  Dawson  and  Dr.  Atef.   This  was  a  poignant  time  as  we  gave  in  an  offering  towards  the  purchase  of  the  Marine   Reach  ship  The  Next  Wave,  the  “cork  out  of  the  bottle”  for  the  next  season  of  ministry  for   Youth  With  A  Mission.       2007:  John  &  Suzi  Peachey  appointed  as  leaders  of  YWAM  Harpenden.  We  had  the  first  DTS   on  The  Next  Wave.  Beijing  to  London,  a  prayer  ministry  focusing  on  raising  up  a  missions   movement  between  these  Olympic  cities  and  their  games,  is  formed.     2008:  Oval  Café  opens.    Fit  Mums  starts.  School  of  Reconciliation  and  Justice  (SORJ)   pioneered.  DTS  Centre  established  at  YWAM  Harpenden.     2009:  ‘Forever  2012’,  the  Olympic  Outreach  team  established.  Humanities  and  International   Studies  Course  run  at  YWAM  Harpenden.     2010:  The  training  Department  pioneers  3  new  schools:  School  of  Design  (SOD),   Documentary  Filmmaking  School  (DFS)  and  School  of  Web  Design  &  Communication   (SWDC).  YWAM  50th  Anniversary  Celebration  is  held  at  YWAM  Harpenden  with  over  800   people  visiting  and  staying  on  site,  in  tents,  on  floors  and  wherever  else  we  can  put  them!     2011:  Foundations  in  Community  Development  School  (FCD)  pioneered  and  School  of  Event   Management  (SEM)  run  for  the  first  time  at  YWAM  Harpenden.  We  have  a  twenty-­‐fifth   Anniversary  celebration  of  YWAM  Harpenden  in  June.       The  work  which  is  done  here,  and  the  training  that  is  given,  is  touching  the  farthest  places  of   the  earth,  as  well  as  the  needs  of  this  nation.    The  whole  community,  including  staff,    and   trainees,  is  in  the  region  of  240  people.       Much  restoration  and  refurbishment  has  taken  place,  often  with  voluntary  help,  but  much   more  remains  to  be  done.    We  look  forward  to  the  day  when  the  old  factory  building  can   house  our  “community  centre”:  a  restaurant,  library,  bookshop,  offices,  fitness  centre  and   other  community  facilities.     2012:  As  London  hosted  the  Olympics,  YWAM  Harpenden  hosted  seven  events  during  the   summer  events  including  Circuit  Riders  (two  weeks  of  evangelism  for  young  people),  a   Sports  and  Arts  festival  (Go  for  Glory),  two  weeks  of  outreaches  during  the  Olympic  Games   and  the  GLG  (Global  Leadership  Gathering)     2013:  Carl  Tinnion  (YWAM  England  Director)  and  Dale  Lambert  were  appointed  to  lead  a   transition  leadership  team  as  John  and  Suzi  Peachey  stepped  out  of  base  leadership.        

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  15  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  16  

OVERVIEW OF  YWAM  HARPENDEN           This  is  an  illustration  of  the  ministries  at  YWAM  Harpenden,  not  an  organisational  diagram.               Facilitate         • Catering     • Maintenance  &  Grounds   • Hospitality  &  Oasis  Flat     • Accounts    



• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • •

Site Improvement   Personnel       Mission  Builders   National  Support   Communications   Oval  Operations   IT  

Orphans Know  More   Marine  Reach   Oval  Café   Schools  Ministry   Sports   Oasis  Centre   Mums  &  Tots  in  Luton   Batchwood   The  Next  Wave  

• • • • • •

London Newcastle   Manchester   Cornwall   Bristol   Luton    

• • • •



• • • •

Train   Seminars   Discipleship  Training  Schools   School  of  Design   Foundations  of  Intercultural   Studies   Documentary  Filmmaking  School   Humanities  and  International   Studies   School  of  Web  Design  &   Communication   Foundations  of  Community   Development   ID  –  Staff  Development  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  17  


LEADERSHIP GROUPS     Leadership  Team     The  Leadership  Team  provides  the  strategic  direction  for  YWAM  Harpenden,  meeting   weekly  to  pray  and  discuss  various  issues.       Management  Team     The  Management  Team  consists  of  many  of  our  ministry  leaders  and  makes  practical   decisions  regarding  the  running  of  the  campus.  They  meet  on  a  weekly  basis.     Training  Core  Team     This  group  decides  the  direction  of  our  training  ministry  and  also  makes  practical  decisions   pertaining  to  our  training  schools.    


The following  corporate  meetings  are  all  in  the  Chapel  (unless  otherwise  communicated)   and  are  for  everyone  to  attend.       Intercession:  through  Fasting,  Worship  &  Prayer     Monday;  12:45-­‐14:00     Community  Meeting     Tuesday  evening;  19:20  for  coffee,  to  start  at  19:30,  aiming  to  finish  by  21:30;  sometimes   we’re  having  such  a  great  time  that  we  stay  after  the  meeting  has  officially  finished.....     Worship  and  celebration   Reports   Teaching     Prayer     This  is  for  the  whole  community,  including  your  children  and  young  people.  It  is  also  open  to   people  who  are  friends  of  YWAM,  visitors  and  local  Christians.       Staff  Meeting     Tuesday  afternoon,  14:00;  this  meeting  aims  to  be  finished  by  15:00     Testimonies   Communications  from  the  various  teams   Reports     Prayer  for  incoming  and  outgoing  staff  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  18  

THE WEEK  AT  A  GLANCE     Formal  Office  Hours  (Monday-­Friday)     09:00                                      Start  of  formal  office  hours     09:00  -­‐  09:15                                    Prayer*  taken  from  the  Scriptures  (in  the  Chapel)     13:00                                        Lunch  in  the  Bramley  Hall     17:30                                      End  of  formal  office  hours     18:00                                        Dinner  in  the  Bramley  Hall       These  hours  are  guideline  times.  Several  staff  on  the  campus  work  part-­‐time  or  flexi-­‐time  or   your  team  may  not  function  within  working  hours,  such  as  doing  church-­‐based  ministry  or   youth  ministry  that  doesn’t  happen  during  usual  work  hours.  Discuss  this  with  your  team   leader  for  guidance  on  how  to  manage  your  time  in  these  circumstances.         Please  be  aware  that  there  may  be  times  that  you  are  expected  to  work  on  the  weekends,   such  as  campus  events  that  happen  on  the  weekend.         MEAL  TIMES  IN  THE  BRAMLEY  HALL         Monday–Friday       Breakfast                                                07:45  –  08:15  (breakfast  cleared  away  at  08:15)   Lunch                                                                                13:00  (except  for  Monday  when  we  have  fasting)   Dinner                                                                                18:00     Saturday  &  Sunday       Breakfast  /  Lunch                                                08:30-­‐09:30   Dinner                                                                                18:00    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  19  

YWAM HARPENDEN  CALENDAR  2014     WINTER  QUARTER   Winter  DTS/School  of  Design  begins         Staff  Orientation             Community  Days             Chinese  Training  Seminar  Weekend           SPRING  QUARTER   Staff  Orientation             Easter  Festival               School  of  Design  Graduation           Spring  DTS/School  of  Music  in  Missions  begins     Good  Friday  (Public  Holiday)           Easter  Monday  (Public  Holiday)         TESOL  begins               Early  May  Bank  Holiday  (Public  Holiday)       Spring  Bank  Holiday  (Public  Holiday)         TESOL  graduation             YWAM  England  Staff  Gathering         Winter  DTS  Graduation             SUMMER  QUARTER   Summer  DTS/SWDC/DFS  begins         Summer  BBQ/Open  Day           Staff  Orientation             Marriage  Seminar             Singles  Seminar             Family  Camp               Summer  Bank  Holiday  (Public  Holiday)         AUTUMN  QUARTER   Staff  Orientation             At  Home  Days               Spring  DTS  Graduation             School  of  Web  Design  &  Communications  Graduation     Documentary  Film  School  Graduation         Autumn  DTS/Crossroads/FCD/HIS  begins       Apple  Festival               Summer  DTS  Graduation           School  of  Humanities  and  International  Studies  Graduation    

January 13th   January  13th  –  17th   January  20th  &  21st   March  7th  –  9th   March  31st  –  April  4th     April  5th  (To  Be  Confirmed)   April  4th   April  7th   April  18th   April  21st     April  21st   May  5th     May  26th     May  30th   May  30th  –  June  1st     June  18th   June  30th   July  5th  (To  be  Confirmed)   July  7th  –  11th     August  11th  –  15th     August  18th  –  20th     August  22nd  –  27th     August  25th     September  8th  –  12th   September  16th  –  20th     September  17th   September  26th   September  26th   September  29th   October  11th     December  10th   December  19th  

                      YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  20  



      Building  No1  –  Staff  Housing  


Building No2  –  Hospitality  and  Staff  Housing  


Building No  3  –  Classrooms  and  Staff  Housing  


Building No  4  –  Staff  Housing  


The Clock  Building  –  Offices,  Resource  Centre  and  the  Oval  Café.  


Building No  7  –  Staff  Housing  


Building No  8  –  Staff  and  Trainee  Housing,  Classroom  and  Meeting  room  


Building No  9  –  Staff  and  Trainee  Housing  


Building’s  No  10,  11  &  12–  Staff  Housing  


Bramley Building:  Dining  Hall  and  Offices  




The Factory:  Gym,  Crèche,  Boutique,  Maintenance,  Grounds    &  Media  Classroom  


The King’s  Preschool  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  21  

HISTORY /  PURPOSE  OF  ‘AT  HOME  DAYS’  &  COMMUNITY  DAYS     Here  is  a  brief  overview  of  the  vision  of  the  ‘At  Home'  and  ‘Community'  Days’  *,  from  the   first  ‘At  Home  Week’  (as  it  was  known)  in  1998.  We  shortened  them  to  ‘At  Home  Days’    in   the  last  few  years,  but  the  heart  of  the  purpose  remains  and  it  is  the  one  time  when   everyone  is  present  and  meeting  with  God.  It  is  interesting  to  note  what  Loren  Cunningham   spoke  on  the  first  morning:       “We  will  come  together  as  YWAM  Harpenden  community  at  one  time  and  in  one  place  to   remember  how  God  has  led  us  and  revealed  Himself  to  us  as  a  missionary  community,  to  ask   God  to  reveal  to  us  where  we  are  at  now,  and  to  seek  Him  for  divine  momentum  and  direction   in  the  future.    We  intend  to  meet  with  God  and  one  another,  ready  to  change  our  course  in   God's  direction  and  covenant  together  with  Him  as  His  people  on  the  journey.”     Some  Key  Aims  are  to:     • Clarify  our  vision,  purpose  and  calling  in  God  together.     • Strengthen  core  values  through  short  prophetic  teaching  and  group  process.     • Give  a  common  basis  for  understanding  a  discipling,  spiritually  dynamic  missionary   community.     • Agree  changes  in  commitment  and  covenant  before  the  Lord.     • Spend  time  together  around  meals,  in  recreation  and  small  groups.     • Give  and  receive,  promoting  love  and  supporting  relationships  in  the  body.     • Celebrate  the  Lord  together  in  worship  with  a  "prophetic  edge."     “It  is  likely  to  be  an  intense  week  for  many  of  us.    We  don't  apologise  for  that.    Breakthroughs  often  come  in  times  of  urgency.    That  doesn't  mean  that  we  should   take  ourselves  too  seriously.  We  need  those  with  the  gift  of  humour  to  exercise  their   gifts  to  help  us  laugh  at  ourselves.    Most  of  all  my  confidence  is  in  God  to  lead  us.”     We  all  come  together  for  this  important  vision  and  community  building  time,  so  please  do   not  book  travel  or  holiday  time  during  the  Community  Days....     **  For  the  ‘At  Home  Days’  at  the  beginning  of  the  academic  year  (September)  we  ask  all  staff   to  be  on-­‐site  and  join  together  to  participate,  so  no  holiday  time  or  travel  should  be   scheduled  without  permission  from  the  Leadership  Team.       *‘Community  Day’:  we  gather  together  as  a  community  at  different  times  through  the  year.   All  staff  in  Harpenden  when  the  days  are  scheduled  are  expected  to  participate.      

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  22  

ID (Staff  Development)    

  We  have  developed  a  two  year  training  programme  as  part  of  staffing  at  YWAM  Harpenden.       It  is  open  to  all  new  staff,  but  primarily  aimed  at  the  18-­‐25  year  olds  who  have  never  been   YWAM  staff  before,  with  the  following  objectives:     • To  journey  with  new  staff  in  an  increasing  desire  to  know  God,  minister  to  Him  and   live  lives  that  please  Him  at  all  times.   • To  help  staff  discover  who  they  are  in  Christ  and  the  calling  upon  their  lives.   • To  prepare  new  staff  for  a  variety  of  ministry  situations,  mentoring,  equipping  and   releasing  them  to  pioneer.   • To  give  new  staff  diverse  exposure  to  the  core  areas  of  campus  life  and  empower   and  release  them  to  take  responsibility  for  these  areas.   • To  facilitate  ongoing  and  regular  outreach  opportunities,  both  locally  and  abroad.   • To  improve  orientation  and  integration  into  YWAM  Harpenden,  England  and   International,  and  create  a  clearly  defined  track  into  missions     ID  will  include  orientation,  character  development,  identifying  calling  and  vision,  project   management,  and  training  and  leadership  development.    This  will  be  done  in  the  context  of   classroom  training,  but  primarily  through  serving  core  areas  of  the  campus.    In  addition,   opportunities  for  further  training,  both  within  and  outside  of  YWAM,  will  be  encouraged.  

HOLIDAYS, FURLOUGHS  &  TIME  AWAY  GUIDELINES     (These  are  guidelines  and  all  situations  need  to  be  discussed  with  team  leaders)       All  staff  are  encouraged  to  plan  time  off  each  year,  the  maximum  being  4  weeks                                                 (20  working  days),  plus  the  Christmas  holiday*  and  Public/Bank  Holidays**       • Normally  no  more  than  three  weeks  of  holiday  are  to  be  taken  consecutively.       • All  time  away  is  to  be  submitted  and  discussed  with  your  team  leader,  bearing  in   mind  that  certain  jobs  have  busy  periods  when  time  away  needs  to  be  coordinated.       • Teams  with  a  public  interface  should  ensure  coverage  over  summer  and  Christmas.     • Processing  Time  Away:  this  needs  to  be  processed  with  your  team  leaders.       • We  expect  all  staff  to  be  on  campus  for  Community  Days  in  September  and  January.       • *Christmas  Holiday:  Christmas  leave  changes  according  to  how  the  dates  fall.  Staff   will  be  informed  of  the  dates  in  good  time  in  order  to  plan  their  holidays.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  23  

**Public and  Bank  Holidays:  These  are  New  Year’s  Day,  Good  Friday,  Easter  Monday,   Early  May  Bank  Holiday  (first  Monday  in  May),  Spring  Bank  Holiday  (last  Monday  in   May),  August  Bank  Holiday  (last  Monday  in  August),  Christmas  Day  and  Boxing  Day   (25th/26th  December).     Compassionate  Leave:  can  be  taken  in  the  event  of  illness,  bereavement  or  personal   crisis,  and  considered  and  worked  through  with  your  Team  Leader  on  an  individual   basis.  If  >  3  months,  it  should  be  approved  by  the  Leadership  Team  (LT).  

Church /  Christian  Conferences:  We  take  a  positive  view  on  attending  conferences  in   may  be  arranged  in  consultation  with  your  team  leader.  If  you  are  going  to  represent   YWAM  at  a  conference  (e.g.  manning  a  YWAM  stand)  that  is  work;  if  it  is  to  connect   with  your  church  or  be  refreshed,  that  is  holiday  or  furlough  time.  

External Part-­‐Time  Study/Correspondence  Courses:  Any  proposed  course  of  study   which  is  >  3  months  and/or  involving  any  of  your  work  time  must  be  discussed  with   your  team  leader  and  the  LT  and  agreed  upon  before  you  apply  to  do  it.     Holidays,  furloughs,  sabbaticals  and  any  time  off  must  be  agreed  with  your  team   leader  well  in  advance  for  co-­‐ordination.    


Do not  make  travel  arrangements  until  the  dates  are  agreed  with  your  team  leader.    

If you  need  a  break  because  you've  been  working  evenings  and  weekends,  talk  to   your  team  leader.  

When going  away,  inform  your  team  leader  of  your  whereabouts  by  email,  so  you   can  be  contacted  in  case  of  emergency  if  necessary.    

            Maternity  /  Paternity  Leave     Our  YWAM  values  state  that:  'YWAM  affirms  the  importance  of  families  serving  God   together  in  missions,  not  just  the  father  and/or  mother.  We  encourage  the  development  of   strong  and  healthy  family  units,  with  each  member  sharing  the  call  to  missions  and   contributing  their  gifts  in  unique  and  complementary  ways.     Paternity  leave  for  fathers  is  roughly  ten  working  days  unless  there  are  extenuating   circumstances,  which  you  should  agree  with  your  team  leader.     Maternity  leave  should  be  discussed  with  your  team  leader  &  spouse.  We  recognise  that   having  a  baby  is  a  major  life  event  and  takes  time  to  adjust  to.  We  also  want  to  ensure  that   mothers  do  not  become  isolated.       Furlough     Furlough  and  holiday  have  different  purposes.  We  recognise  the  need  to  visit  support   networks  periodically  to  build  relationships  with  family,  friends,  and  church.     This  is  furlough.       For  those  with  families  abroad,  it  is  suggested  that  you  consider  taking  a  maximum  of  2   months  furlough  every  two  years  (a  guideline).     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  24  

For those  from  the  U.K,  we  recommend  a  maximum  break  of  6  weeks  every  2  years.   Consideration  will  be  given  to  individual  requests.     Holiday  allowance  can  be  added  to  the  furlough  to  extend  the  time  by  several  weeks.     Your  Team  leader  should  be  asked  to  help  with  planning  your  furlough,  writing  letters  to   your  church  and  helping  you  plan  and  set  goals  for  your  time  away.     Requests  for  furlough  need  to  be  negotiated  according  to  course  schedules  and  needs  of  the   campus,  and  should  be  made  with  ample  time  for  planning  and  communication.     Furlough  can  be  taken  after  a  minimum  length  of  service  at  Highfield  Oval  of  2  years.     Sabbatical     We  recommend  long-­‐term  staff  consider  a  sabbatical  approximately  every  6  -­‐  7  yrs.     Please  refer  to  the  excellent  Navigators  sabbatical  guidelines  as  you  plan  your  sabbatical   proposal  for  leadership  approval.  This  can  be  found  on  the  Intranet  at  the  following  address:     Length  of  sabbatical  can  range  from  3  –  12  months.  All  sabbaticals  >  3  months  need  to  be   approved  by  the  LT.     Before  you  go,  remember:     Leave  a  voicemail  message  on  your  office  phone.     Post  an  ‘Out  of  Office’  notification  on  your  e-­‐mail  to  indicate  when  you  will  return     Post  your  away  dates  on  the  Intranet.    

FAMILY LIFE     YWAM  Foundational  Value  #  15     “YWAM  affirms  the  importance  of  families  serving  God  together  in  missions,  not  just  the  father   and/or  mother.  We  encourage  the  development  of  strong  and  healthy  family  units,  with  each   member  sharing  the  call  to  missions  and  contributing  their  gifts  in  unique  and  complementary   ways.”     YWAM  Harpenden  welcomes  families  into  our  community.  Our  children  are  an  important   aspect  of  our  community  life  and  we  hope  that  they  will  learn,  grow  and  thrive  here.   The  oval  is  a  great  place  for  children  to  live,  play  and  make  friends.  We  have  many  children   that  reside  on  the  oval,  from  diverse  backgrounds  and  a  wide  range  of  ages  –  here  are  a  few   pointers  to  help  you,  as  parents  navigate  through  family  life  here.       Designated  Playgrounds     We  have  two  playgrounds,  designed  for  eight  and  under,  as  the  equipment  is  not  suitable  for   children  over  eight.  The  majority  of  the  equipment  in  these  playgrounds  was  donated   specifically  for  the  little  ones  to  have  a  special  safe  play  area.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  25  

The responsibility  for  the  maintenance  of  these  playgrounds  is  mainly  shared  amongst  the   parents,  who  have  been  generous  with  their  time  and  resources.  In  the  past  they  have   contributed  to  the  upkeep  of  these  playgrounds.         These  playgrounds  each  have  a  disclaimer  statement,  which  is  displayed  as  part  of  our   public  liability  insurance.     Other  Areas  Where  Children  Play     As  you  wander  around  Highfield  Oval,  you  can’t  miss  the  many  pieces  of  play  equipment   such  as  swings,  slides,  playhouses  and  climbing  frames  dotted  around.         The  larger  pieces  of  equipment  (and  outdoor  furniture)  usually  belong  to  a  family  living  in   that  area,  but  it  is  generally  understood  that  they  are  available  for  all  use.  If  you  are  not  sure,   please  ask  someone.       When  there  are  lots  of  people  sharing  the  same  things,  the  potential  exists  for  us  to  have   different  experiences  of  community.  We  hope  that  as  we  all  live  together  that  the  children   will  learn  good  stewardship  as  they  learn  from  those  around  them,  but  sometimes  we  all   need  a  little  extra  help  (from  our  parents).  We  hope  this  extends  to  taking  responsibility  for   fixing  or  replacing  anything  that  breaks.       Personal  toys/  Sports  equipment     The  Oval  is  a  wonderful  place  to  ride  bikes  and  scooters,  and  lots  of  children  from  the  local   neighbourhood  come  here  with  their  parents  to  learn!       If  your  child  (or  you)  has  a  bike,  we  recommend  that  you  name  it,  lock  it,  or  keep  it  locked   away.  Unfortunately  we  have  had  incidents  of  bike  theft  on  the  oval.       Also,  to  avoid  potential  conflict  or  misunderstanding,  please  encourage  your  children  to  ask   before  they  use  another  child's  bike  /  toys  as,  for  most  of  the  children  on  the  Oval  these  are   their  treasured  possessions  (birthday  presents  etc)  and  are  viewed  as  private  property.           Safety     The  Oval  is  a  most  exciting  place  for  any  child  to  grow-­‐up  in.    There  are  many  hiding  places,   trees  to  climb  and  open  space  to  run  around  and  explore.  It  is  truly  a  privilege  to  live  here!     We  recognize  that  every  parent  has  their  own  set  of  boundaries  for  their  child,  according  to   their  age  and  level  of  maturity.  Please  bear  in  mind  the  following  things;       Not  all  areas  of  the  Oval  are  safe  for  children  to  play  –  you  may  want  to  walk  around  with   them  and  identify  the  areas  that  are  “out  of  bounds”.  If  you  are  not  sure  yourself,  you  may   want  to  check  with  the  maintenance  manager.       It  is  also  important  to  realise  that  we  are  not  a  “closed”  community  and  have  many  guests,   locals  and  general  visitors  each  day,  particularly  dog  walkers  or  those  visiting  the  Oval  Café.   We  encourage  you  to  have  an  age  appropriate  discussion  with  your  children  about   appropriate  contact  with  adults  and  take  that  into  account  when  setting  your  boundaries.     Community  Meetings       Children  are  very  welcome  to  our  Community  Meetings.  Please  share  with  them  the  value  of   worship  so  they  can  enjoy  participating  in  worship.  It  is  always  a  joy  to  see  the  children   enjoying  worship  –  especially  when  they’re  able  to  join  in  too!!    However,  there  are  potential   hazards  to  be  aware  of,  such  as  musical  instruments  and  electric  cables,  which  are  large  and   expensive  to  replace.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  26  

If they  become  unsettled,  feel  free  to  take  them  out,  there  is  a  room  (front  left  of  the  chapel)   next  to  the  toilet  with  baby  changing  facilities.       Crèche     We  have  a  crèche  in  the  factory  for  smaller  children  (0-­‐3).  Once  a  week  (during  term  time),   mums  can  drop  off  their  little  ones  for  a  couple  of  hours  to  allow  them  to  be  more  involved   in  life  on  the  Oval.  It  is  set  up  and  run  by  mums  on  a  rota  basis.       Young  Adults     As  your  child  grows  and  increases  in  responsibility,  it  is  still  important  that  you  know  where   they  are  and  who  they  are  with.    Many  have  a  mobile  phone  which  helps,  but  the  Oval  is  a   public  place  and  many  other  people  visit  the  site.     Young  members  of  staff  may  invite  your  young  person  in  for  a  coffee  or  even  invite  them  to   accompany  them  for  a  walk.  We  obviously  work  on  a  high  trust  level  in  the  community  but   please  be  wise;  invite  other  young  people  round  to  get  to  know  who  your  young  person  is   hanging  out  with  and  endeavour  to  know  where  they  are  for  your  and  their  peace  of  mind!!!         We  value  different  generations  being  linked  together.  Consider  prayerfully  if  there  is   someone  from  the  Oval  Staff  that  might  be  willing  to  become  a  mentor  and  meet  on  a  regular   basis  with  your  teen-­‐age  son/daughter.  This  can  be  for  a  limited  period  or  open-­‐ended  and   the  breadth  of  discipleship/coaching  should  be  mutually  agreed.     'Wildfire'  is  a  network  within  England  established  by  King’s  Kids  International  (KKI),     YWAM’s  ministry  expression  for  children,  youth  and  families.  Oval  children  and  families  are   encouraged  to  join  in  the  events  around  the  country,  throughout  the  year  and  whole  families   are  especially  welcome.  For  more  info  ask  at  Personnel.     We  hope  that  this  helps  you  and  your  family  settle  into  life  on  the  Oval.  The  best  rule  of   thumb  is,  if  you  are  not  sure,  just  ask!  The  natives  are  quite  friendly!!!  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  27  

YWAM ENGLAND  and  Western  Europe  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  28  

YWAM England  &  Wales     YWAM  Harpenden  is  a  part  of  YWAM  England,     which  has  more  than  19  locations  throughout  England  and  Wales.    

      To  learn  more  about  YWAM  England,  visit       To  read  the  latest  copy  of  “Advance”,  the  YWAM  England  magazine,  go  to   http://www.ywam-­  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  29  

YWAM WESTERN  EUROPE       As  we  continue  to  grow  in  numbers  and  breadth  of  ministry  so  does  our  need,  individually   and  as  community,  for  effective  networking  and  training.  As  different  international  events   serving  this  need  emerge,  it  can  be  a  little  confusing  to  try  and  identify  which  are  for  us.       All  of  us  have  time  and  financial  restraints  that  limit  what  we  can  participate  in,  so  it  is   important  that  we  understand  the  focus  and  intent  of  these  different  events.  To  help  with   this,  the  following  is  a  brief  explanation  of  the  purpose  of  each  of  the  international   gatherings  we  currently  hold  in  Western  Europe.       The  Western  European  Leadership  Consultation  (WELC)     The  'Western  European  Leadership  Consultation'  is  held  every  two  years.    It  is  open  to  all   leaders  and  potential  leaders  involved  in  training,  evangelism  and  mercy  ministry.       The  primary  focus  of  this  event  is  on  vision,  networking,  pioneering,  development  and   multiplication  of  the  ministry  in  Western  Europe.           EQUIP     'Equip'  is  held  every  year.  It  is  open  to  all  staff  and  leaders  and  has  a  focus  on  equipping  in   skills,  character  and  leadership  principles  that  will  benefit  us  wherever  we  are  in  YWAM.       There  is  a  central  theme  for  each  year,  out  of  which  flow  multiple  training  module  options,   but  there  is  always  a  'classic'  training  track  for  DTS  and  second  level  school  staff.   Information  is  available  at       Both  of  these  events  are  opportunities  for  us  to  hear  from  the  Lord  together  and  to  engage   in  relationship  building,  networking  and  vision  sharing.  The  important  thing  is  to  plan  to  be   at  the  ones  that  are  relevant  to  us.       European  Leaders  Forum  (ELF)     A  third  gathering,  the  European  Leaders  Forum  is  a  smaller  gathering  of  regional  leadership   teams,  major  national  /  base  leaders  and  family  ministry  leaders  across  the  four  regions  of   Europe:         Hopefully  this  brings  clarity  and  helps  us  plan  our  participation  with  understanding  and   purpose.        

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  30  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  31  

REGISTERING FOR  TAXES  –  THE  BASICS     Disclaimer:  This  document  does  not  constitute  financial  advice  and  is  subject  to   errors  and  omissions.         See  Appendix  for  detailed  information  regarding  registering  for  Taxes,  National  Insurance  and   filing  your  tax  return.  We  have  a  comprehensive  document  (see  Appendix),  which  is  very   helpful,  especially  when  filling  out  your  tax  assessment.     All  full-­time  volunteers  with  YWAM  need  to  register  with  the  Inland  Revenue  (IR)  as   self-­employed  missionaries.    It  really  isn’t  that  complicated…  so  the  sooner  you  start   the  better.           Do  I  need  to  apply?       For  the  majority  of  you  the  answer  is  YES!    Unless  you  are  going  to  be  in  the  UK  for  less  than   183  days  within  the  tax  year  (6th  April  one  year  to  5th  April  the  following  year)  and  won’t   extend  your  stay.         Each  year  you  are  entitled  to  a  personal  allowance  that  means  you  can  receive  a  certain  level   of  income  without  paying  tax.  It  may  be  that  you  do  not  need  to  pay  income  tax,  but  you   MUST  register  with  the  HMRC  nonetheless.  You'll  need  to  keep  business  records  and  details   of  your  income  so  you  can  fill  in  an  annual  Self  Assessment  tax  return.       It's  important  to  let  HMRC  know  that  you're  self-­‐employed  as  soon  as  possible  -­‐  even  if  you   already  fill  in  a  tax  return  each  year.  If  you  don't  tell  them  as  soon  as  you  begin  self   employment  you  may  incur  penalties.  It  is  your  responsibility  as  an  individual  to  register  and   complete  self-­assessment  forms.  YWAM  cannot  do  this  for  you.     How  do  you  register  for  taxes?     Before  you  register  you’ll  need:     • Your  NATIONAL  INSURANCE  NUMBER  (see  below  if  you  don’t  have  one!)     • Your  contact  details  and  the  contact  details  of  your  business,  if  you've  started  self-­‐ employment,  e.g.  your  home  address  (on  the  Oval)  &  business  address     • Your  start  date  for  YWAM  Harpenden.       • Once  you  have  these  you  can  register  for  HMRC  NEWLY  SELF-­‐EMPLOYED  via:      Telephone:  0845  915  4515  (use  a  landline).  Opening  hours:  Mon  to  Fri  08:00   to  20:00,  Saturday  08:00  to  16:00;  Closed  Sundays  /  Bank  Holidays.        Online:     • You’ll  be  given  lots  of  options,  but  need  to  follow  the  links  for  one  of  the  following:      Self-­‐employed  and  dealing  with  your  own  tax  affairs        Self-­‐employed  and  wish  to  appoint  an  accountant  or  adviser      If  you  have  any  questions,  contact  the  HMRC  helpline  (number  above;  they   are  very  helpful)  or  the  Oval  Personnel  Department  for  general  enquiries.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  32  

The helpline  is  for  those  who  are  newly  self-­‐employed  and  looks  at  National  Insurance,  tax   and  VAT.  They  can  also  arrange  for  you  to  attend  a  free  workshop  with  one  of  our  Business   Education  and  Support  Teams  to  help  you  get  started.       WHEN  YOU  CALL  THE  HMRC  HELPLINE,  TAKE  NOTE  OF:     • WHO  YOU  SPEAK  TO  -­‐  NAME,  CONTACT  NUMBER?     • WHEN  DID  YOU  SPEAK  TO  THEM  –  TIME?     • WHAT  THEY  SAY  –  CAN  YOU  GET  IT  IN  WRITING?     What  is  the  National  Insurance  (NI)  number?     Your  National  Insurance  (NI)  number  is  your  personal  account  number.  It  ensures  that  the   National  Insurance  contributions  (paid  to  build  up  your  entitlement  to  certain  benefits,   including  the  State  Pension)  and  taxes  you  pay  are  properly  recorded  on  your  account.       It  also  acts  as  a  reference  number  for  the  whole  social  security  system.  Paid  contributions   depend  on  how  much  you  earn  and  whether  you’re  employed  or  self-­‐employed.    You  stop   paying  National  Insurance  contributions  when  you  reach  State  Pension  age.       Getting  a  National  Insurance  Number         If  you  haven’t  worked  in  the  United  Kingdom  before,  you  need  to  get  an  NI  number.           • You  need  to  arrange  an  ‘Evidence  of  Identity’  interview;  call  the  Jobcentre  Plus   on  0845  600  0643  (lines  are  open  08:00  to  18:00  Monday  to  Friday.)     • THERE  IS  NO  COST  FOR  A  NATIONAL  INSURANCE  NUMBER  IF  YOU  APPLY  FOR  ONE   THROUGH  THE  JOBCENTRE  PLUS  DIRECTLY       The  interview  will  usually  be  one-­‐to-­‐one  (unless,  for  example,  you  need  an  interpreter).  You   will  be  asked  questions  about  why  you  need  a  National  Insurance  number,  your  background   and  circumstances.  You  will  also  have  to  prove  your  identity.       Bring  as  many  'identity  documents'  as  possible  to  your  interview  (originals,  not  copies).                                   If  you  don't  have  any  of  these,  or  other,  identity  documents  you  must  still  go  to  the   interview.  The  information  you  are  able  to  provide  might  be  enough  to  prove  your  identity.   Examples  of  documents  which  count  are:     • Valid  passport  (UK  or  foreign)   • National  identity  card  (UK  or  foreign)   • Residence  permit  or  residence  card  including  biometric  immigration  residency   documents   • Full  birth  or  adoption  certificate   • Full  marriage  or  civil  partnership  certificate   • Driving  licence  (UK  or  foreign)     For  more  information  on  National  insurance  go  to:       • /NationalInsurance/IntroductiontoNationalInsurance/DG_190057   Income  Tax  when  arriving  in  the  UK     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  33  

If you  are  a  foreign  national,  call  the  Helpline  (newly  self-­‐employed:  0845  915  4515)  and   they’ll  help  you  with  the  process,  or  see  the  following:     • TheUK/DG_078447.  This  page  is  very  comprehensive  with  regards  to  all  that  you   need  to  know  but  you  may  find  it  easier  to  call  the  helpline.     If  you  pay  tax  in  another  country,  the  HMRC  will  guide  you  through  the  process  but  you  still   need  to  have  documentation  to  prove  that  you  have  contacted  them.     Remember:  It  is  your  responsibility  to....     • Register  with  HMRC     • Keep  accurate  records       • Submit  a  yearly  tax  return  (if  required)     • Register  for  National  Insurance.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  34  

VISA INFORMATION     Important  Information  for  YWAM  VISA  holders     When  you  first  arrive  or  when  you  are  issued  with  any  new  visa,  please  take  all  your   documents  (passport  /  visa)  to  the  personnel  office  to  be  copied  and  kept  in  your  file.     Information  on  Renewal     It  is  possible  to  renew  both  Tier  2  and  Tier  5  visas.       Tier  2  visas       • Normally  issued  with  3  year  validity,  unless  a  shorter  period  is  specifically  asked  for.     • Generally  renewed  for  2  years,  which  will  give  the  applicant  a  total  of  5  years  in  the   UK  and  allows  them  to  then  apply  for  Indefinite  Leave  to  Remain  (Resident  visa).       • Should  a  shorter  period  of  validity  have  been  originally  granted  (say  2  years)  it  may   be  possible  to  extend  the  validity  period  up  to  the  5  year  mark  when  renewing.     Tier  5  visas       • Can  only  be  renewed  up  to  their  maximum  period  of  validity,  which  is  1  year  for  a   Tier  5  Charity  Worker  and  2  years  for  a  Tier  5  Religious  Worker.       • You  cannot  renew  beyond  this  date  under  any  circumstances  and  the  holder  will  be   required  to  leave  the  UK.       Ask  for  advice  from  the  Personnel  Department  2  months  before  the  time  of  renewal.     Renewal  Process     Contact  the  Personnel  Department  at  least  8  weeks  before  visa  expiry  to  allow  the  system  to   issue  you  a  fresh  certificate  of  sponsorship  in  time  for  your  renewal.  Do  not  leave  it  too  late!       It  is  essentially  the  same  process  as  for  an  initial  application,  but  is  simplified  somewhat  as   the  maintenance  (and  English  requirements  for  Tier  2)  are  taken  as  read  because  of  the   successful  initial  application.         • You  first  need  to  obtain  a  Certificate  of  Sponsorship  Number  from  Personnel  –  there   is  a  fee  for  this  –  see  personnel  for  details.     • After  you  have  been  issued  a  Certificate  of  Sponsorship  Number,  along  with  your   supporting  letter  from  Personnel,  you  can  proceed  with  your  renewal.       • For  more  information  on  renewals,  try  the  following  links:     Tier  5:     Tier  2: lying/extending/       YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  35  

Can I  travel  during  the  renewal  process?     The  short  answer  is  ‘No’!  All  renewals  must  be  done  from  within  the  UK  and  no  travel   is  permitted  during  the  renewal  process,  as  the  applicant’s  passport  will  be  in  the   hands  of  the  government  during  this  time.       • It  is  important  that  renewal  is  not  left  too  late,  so  travel  in  the  4-­‐6  weeks  prior  to   renewal  is  to  be  avoided  so  please  do  NOT  book  travel  (for  teaching,  ministry,   outreach  or  sabbatical)  at  visa  renewal  time!       Indefinate  Leave  to  Remain       What  is  Indefinite  Leave  to  Remain?     Indefinite  Leave  to  Remain  (ILR)  means  the  applicant  is  able  to  leave  and  enter  the  UK  as   often  as  they  like  with  no  time  limit  on  their  stay  in  the  UK.  Those  who  are  successful  in   being  granted  ILR  will  not  have  to  apply  for  it  again,  and  it  will  not  expire.  They  will  be   expected  to  continue  to  work  with  YWAM  for  the  foreseeable  future  whilst  under  ILR.       When  and  how  can  I  apply  for  ILR?       You  can  apply  for  ILR  after  you  have  been  in  the  UK  for  the  qualifying  period;  currently,  5   continuous  years  with  a  T2  Minister  of  Religion  /  Missionary  Visa.       • Not  all  Tier  5  visas  count  towards  the  qualifying  period.           • Full  details  on  applying  for  ILR:     • In  order  to  support  an  application  for  ILR,  the  personnel  office  is  able  to  write  a   supporting  letter  to  go  with  your  team/centre  letter  endorsing  their  application.     • Therefore,  you  will  need  to  contact  the  personnel  office  for  the  supporting  letter,   with  due  notice,  so  that  you  can  have  all  of  the  necessary  supporting  documentation   to  go  with  your  application.       • Beyond  the  supporting  letter,  the  Personnel  office  takes  no  further  action  in  ILR   applications.       • Please  ensure  that  Personnel  is  informed  of  the  outcome  of  the  ILR  application.         If  I’m  granted  ILR  does  this  make  me  a  UK  Citizen?       No,  ILR  does  not  confer  British  Citizenship.         If  I’m  granted  ILR,  can  I  apply  for  a  British  Passport?         You  may  not  apply  for  a  British  passport  unless  you  are  a  citizen  of  the  UK.         How  can  I  apply  to  be  a  Citizen  of  the  UK?       You  can  apply  for  naturalisation  (to  become  a  citizen  of  the  UK)  if  you  fulfil  all  of  the  criteria   listed  on  the  following  link:   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  36  

PERSONAL FINANCES                                    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  37  

MONEY, BANKS,  AND  SETTING  UP  A  BANK  ACCOUNT   The  UK  currency  is  the  pound  sterling  (£).  One  pound  is  divided  into  100  pence  (p).     Coins  and  notes:  There  are  coins  for  1p,  2p,  5p,  10p,  20p,  50p,  £1  &  £2,  and  paper  notes   for  £5,  £10,  £20  &  £50.    In  Scotland,  you  might  receive  notes  issued  by  a  Scottish  Bank  –   you  can  use  these  notes  in  all  parts  of  the  UK.     Changing  money   You  may  change  your  own  currency  into  pounds  sterling  at  a  bank,  building  society,  post   offices  and  some  travel  agencies.  Ports,  airports  and  larger  railway  stations  also  often   have  places  for  changing  money.  You  will  pay  a  charge  for  changing  money.       •

When coming  to  the  UK,  if  you  can,  bring  a  small  amount  of  sterling  with  you  for   travel,  food  etc.  £200  should  be  enough  to  cover  these  immediate  expenses  when   you  arrive,  or  you  can  get  cash  from  an  ATM  on  arrival.    

If you  have  an  ATM  card  from  another  country  it  is  advisable  to  inform  them  that   you’ll  be  using  the  card  in  another  country  –  be  specific  about  where.    

A  Bank  Account   Even  if  you  are  only  going  to  be  in  the  UK  for  a  few  months,  it  is  worth  opening  a  bank   account  and  the  sooner  the  better.    You  may  need  proof  of  your  home  address  from  your   home  bank.  Some  banks  do  not  let  you  open  an  account  unless  you  are  going  to  stay  for  at   least  nine  months.  Banks  and  building  societies  offer  many  types  of  account.       •

You are  most  likely  to  need  a  ‘current’  account.  Most  current  accounts  remain  free   of  charge  provided  you  do  not  go  ‘overdrawn’,  that  is,  take  out  more  money  than   you  have  in  the  bank.  Quite  large  charges  may  then  be  incurred,  so  keep  careful   note  of  the  money  you  put  in  and  take  out  of  your  current  account.  It  normally   does  not  matter  which  bank  you  open  an  account  with:  conditions  and  rates  are   about  the  same.    

If you  are  keeping  a  lot  of  money  in  the  UK  you  should  think  about  opening   another  account  which  will  give  you  interest  on  your  money.    You  will  need  a   letter  from  Personnel  to  confirm  that  you  work  with  YWAM,  a  rent  bill  from   YWAM  Harpenden  and  probably  information  (such  as  bills/  bank  statement)   confirming  your  address  for  the  last  three  months.  

Cheques  and  Cash  cards   When  you  open  a  current  account  you  will  be  given  a  cheque  book  and  guarantee  card   often  called  a  cheque  card.  You  can  use  cheques  instead  of  cash  to  pay  for  goods  and   services.  When  you  present  a  cheque  you  need  to  show  this  card  to  prove  your  identity.       •

You will  only  be  able  to  obtain  instant  credit  on  cheques  up  to  the  card  limit  –   normally  £50  or  £100.  To  purchase  items  over  this  limit  would  normally  mean   presenting  a  cheque  in  advance  of  collection  of  your  goods.  However,  be  aware   that  some  banks  will  be  phasing  out  cheques.  Paying-­‐in  books  are  also  helpful  for   keeping  on  top  of  your  finances.  

You may  be  able  to  request  the  “Visa  Debit”  facility  when  you  open  your  bank   account.  These  are  debit  cards  which  you  can  use  to  pay  for  goods  /  services  in  a   shop  and  over  the  internet.  The  payment  is  taken  straight  from  your  bank  account   (unlike  a  credit  card,  where  you  receive  a  bill  at  the  end  of  the  month).  When  you   pay  with  one  of  these  cards,  you  need  to  hand  over  your  card,  then  either  type  in   your  PIN  number  (a  4-­‐digit  code  that  your  bank  gives  you)  or  sign  the  receipt.  

YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  38  

Credit Cards   There  are  two  main  types,  Visa  and  MasterCard.  The  different  types  are  identical  in   operation.  There  are  many  shops  that  take  these  types  of  card  in  the  UK.     •

Items purchased  on  the  card  must  be  paid  for  on  a  monthly  basis.    

If you  do  not  pay  all  the  money  outstanding  on  the  card  in  one  month,  the  balance   is  carried  over  to  the  next.  You  pay  a  substantial  interest  charge  on  any  money   carried  over  to  the  next  month.    

You may  spend  on  each  card  any  amount  up  to  your  credit  limit.  Credit  cards  are   useful  for  purchasing  items  like  concert  tickets  over  the  phone  or  the  internet.  You   can  also  use  some  foreign  credit  cards  in  some  bank  cash  machines.  But  be  careful!   It  is  very  easy  to  run  up  large  debts  with  credit  cards.  

Cash  Machines   Many  banks  and  supermarkets  have  cash  machines  (or  ATMs)  which  will  enable  you  to   withdraw  money  at  most  times.     •

To use  these  machines  you  normally  enter  your  cheque  card  and  then  type  in  a   Personal  Identification  Number  (PIN).  The  machine  will  then  ask  you  what  service   you  require.    

You may  see  how  much  money  you  have  in  your  account,  order  a  statement  or   withdraw  money.    

Never keep  your  PIN  and  your  cheque  card  together  for  security  reasons.  It  is  a   good  idea  to  memorise  your  PIN  so  that  you  don’t  need  to  write  it  down.  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  39  

SUPPORT RAISING     YWAM  FOUNDATIONAL  VALUE  #16     YWAM  is  called  to  practice  a  life  of  dependence  upon  God  for  financial  provision.  For   individuals  and  YWAM  corporately  this  comes  primarily  through  his  people.  As  God  and  others   have  been  generous  towards  us,  so  we  desire  to  be  generous.  YWAMers  give  themselves,  their   time  and  talents  to  god  through  the  mission  with  no  expectations  of  remuneration.     Fundraising,  Friend-­‐raising,  Support-­‐raising,  or  whatever  you  call  it,  is  part  of  our  calling   as  YWAM  missionaries.  It  is  one  of  our  foundational  values  as  a  mission  and  is  something   we  all,  no  matter  where  we  are  from  or  what  ministry  we  are  involved  in,  do  as  YWAMers.   Unfortunately  it  is  often  the  most  feared,  least  prioritized  and  most  neglected  part  of  our   ministry.   This   is   a   very   quick   overview   of   the   main   elements   needed   to   successfully   develop   a   team   of   ministry   partners.   When   asking   people   to   support   us   financially   we   need   to   see   them   as   partners   in   our   ministry.   They   are   very   much   a   part   of   a   team   of   people  that  make  it  possible  for  us  to  fulfil  the  vision  God  has  given  us.   The   best   way   to   raise   support   is   to   approach   people   we   already   know   and   ask   them   to   pray  about  partnering  with  us  in  ministry.  Money  should  not  be  the  focus;  our  ministry  /   vision   should   be   our   focus.   The   financial   support   is   only   a   means   to   fulfil   our   ministry.   Most  of  us  struggle  with  “feeling  like  a  beggar”  when  we  ask  people  for  money,  but  that’s   often  because  we  make  money  the  focus  instead  of  the  vision  God  has  given  us.   We   also   need   to   know   the   biblical   perspective   on   how   God   provides   for   His   people.   Knowing   what   the   Bible   says   in   this   area   gives   you   confidence   that   you   are   following   in   the  footsteps  of  good  examples,  even  Jesus  himself  and  Paul,  of  being  supported  by  others.   Jesus   warns   us   that   we   can’t   serve   both   God   and   mammon   (the   spirit   that   deceives   us   about   the   nature   of   money).   It’s   vital   to   understand   the   spiritual   nature   of   dealing   with   money.  (“Wealth,  Riches  and  Money”,  by  Earl  Pitts  &  Craig  Hill,  is  a  helpful  resource)     In  order  to  be  successful  at  fundraising  we  need  to  have  a  plan.   Are  you  doing  the  following?     • •

• •

Serving and  building  good  relationships  (fund  raising  is  relationship  based).     Know  your  calling  and  be  able  to  communicate  it  well.  If  you  can,  create  a  “vision   statement”  to  put  your  passion  for  ministry  into  one  sentence;  it  helps  to  motivate   people  to  want  to  get  involved  and  will  help  you  keep  your  communication   ‘vision-­‐driven’  (come  and  join  the  vision)  and  not  ‘need-­‐driven’  (I  need  money  or   lack  this  or  that).     Develop  a  personal  support  plan.  Make  a  list  of  people  and  seek  God  in  prayer  as   to  who  to  ask,  make  a  budget  so  you  know  how  much  is  necessary  each  month  to   live  and  do  your  ministry  effectively,  and  create  a  presentation  to  communicate   your  vision  in  different  forms  such  as  a  brochure,  pamphlet  or  PowerPoint.     Become  a  faithful  communicator  with  your  partners  (short,  often,  personal)     Ask  people  face  to  face  –  be  as  personal  as  possible.  Don’t  use  your  regular   newsletter  for  fundraising;  it  should  be  used  for  telling  people  the  stories  of  what   God  is  doing  and  sharing  the  fruit  of  your  ministry,  resulting  in  people  feeling   involved.  Fundraising  appeals  are  more  effective  if  they  are  separate  from  our   regular  updates  and  news.  

Fundraising  can  be  difficult  no  matter  what  culture  you  are  from  or  what  nationality,  but   it   can   be   harder   in   nations   that   aren’t   used   to   sending   out   missionaries.   But   don’t   let   your   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  40  

culture dictate  how  you  should  do  it;  allow  the  Bible  to  teach  you  principles  about  inviting   people  to  invest  in  your  calling.  The  methods  may  look  different,  but  the  principles  are  the   same.   Read   Paul’s   approach   to   the   Christians   in   Rome   in   Romans   15:20-­‐24.   One   idea   is   to   build  a  base  of  relationships  in  the  nation  where  you  work  and  eventually  invite  them  to   become  mission  partners,  but  this  takes  time.   Another   thing   to   consider   is   creating   a   “HOME   FRONT   TEAM”  –   a   few   people   from   your   sending   church   or   friends   /   family   -­‐   committed   to   help   you.   For   example,   one   person   could   help   with   communication;   another   could   stimulate   others   to   pray   for   you;   a   financial   advisor   is   also   very   good   to   have,   and   it   may   also   be   helpful   to   find   an   Accountability   Person   who   will   help   you   to   follow   through   with   the   goals   you   set   for   raising   support;   someone   to   be   praying   with   you   and   encouraging   you   (but   remember   they   are   NOT   responsible   for   your   fundraising).   These   are   great   ways   for   people   to   get   involved  in  missions  who  aren’t  themselves  called  to  “go”.   It  is  also  important  to  look  at  our  own  lives  and  see  if  we  are  living  lives  of  generosity  and   being   good   stewards   of   what   God   has   already   given   us.   It   takes   time   and   hard   work   to   raise  a  team  of  ministry  partners  and  to  keep  them,  but  it  is  well  worth  the  effort.  Not  only   will   you   be   blessed,   but   God   will   also   bless   them   and   enrich   their   lives   through   being   involved   with   you.   Read   Philippians   4:17.   We   are   giving   people   opportunity   to   invest   in   the  Kingdom  –  it’s  between  them  and  God  how  they  respond.     BOOKS  ON  FUND  RAISING:     ‘Funding  Your  Ministry’  (whether  you’re  gifted  or  not)  by  Scott  Morton   ‘Daring  to  Live  on  the  Edge’  by  Loren  Cunningham   ‘Friend-­raising”  by  Betty  Barnett   ‘Funding  the  Family  Business’  by  Myles  Wilson   ‘The  Spirituality  of  Fundraising”  by  Henri  Nouwen   ‘Serving  as  Senders’  by  Neal  Pirolo  (for  church  mission  committees,  home  front   teams,  etc)   ‘Wealth,  Riches  and  Money’  by  Craig  Hill  and  Earl  Pitts     SUPPORT-­RAISING  DAY     Each  year  the  ‘Support-­‐Raising  Team’  host  days  for  us  to  gather  together  as  a  community   and  commit  a  day  to  training  and  workshops  on  Support  Raising.  These  are  required  for   all  YWAM  Harpenden  staff,  so  please  make  sure  that  you  listen  out  for  the  dates  so  that   you  can  ensure  that  your  diary  is  clear  on  that  day.  Stewardship  Services  also  host  similar   workshop  days  throughout  the  year  which  are  highly  recommended.  

GUIDELINES FOR  STAFF  FEE  DEBT     When  a  staff  person  is  two  months  behind  on  staff  fees  the  following  will  take  place:     • The  Team  Leader  will  be  made  aware  (if  not  aware  already).     • The  Team  Leader  will  check  if  the  debt  can  be  resolved  quickly.  If  so,  they  should   promptly  inform  Personnel  by  e-­‐mail  how  and  when  that  will  be  done.      

Pray together.  

If not,  the  following  steps  should  be  taken  within  two  weeks:     • The  Team  Leader  arranges  an  initial  meeting  between  a  person  appointed  by  the   Leadership  Team  (LT),  the  Team  Leader,  and  the  person  in  debt,  to  look  at  the   reasons  why  they  are  in  debt  (see  below  for  questions  that  could  be  asked).     • Each  situation  will  be  different  so  an  individual  action  plan  will  be  agreed  with   each  person.  The  action  plan  will  be  kept  updated  until  the  person  is  out  of  debt.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  41  

The  Team  Leader  meets  with  the  person  in  debt  twice  a  month  for  accountability   regarding  the  action  plan  and  commitment  to  prayer  in  this  area.     Personnel  will  communicate  on  a  monthly  basis  with  the  Team  Leader  about  who   is  in  debt  on  their  team  and  the  amount.  

After  the  initial  meeting  the  following  actions  potentially  could  take  place:     •

The person  in  debt  attends  a  training  of  some  sort  every  quarter  (e.g.  2-­‐  day   workshop,  one  morning  a  week  for  a  month,  etc)       The  person  in  debt  attends  workshops  on  fundraising  (depending  on  the  need  of   the  person)     If  the  Team  Leader  doesn’t  feel  that  the  person  in  debt  can  fill  this  role,  find  a   fundraising  coach  to  meet  with  them  on  a  regular  basis  for  a  set  amount  of  time   (in  addition  to  the  accountability/prayer  times  with  the  team  leader  each  month)     After  six  months,  the  situation  will  be  evaluated  by  a  member  of  the  LT,  the  Team   Leader  and  the  person  in  debt.  If  the  debt  has  not  been  reduced  or  an  inadequate   increase  in  support  has  been  seen,  we  will  look  at  asking  them  to  step  out  of  full-­‐ time  ministry  and  focus  on  raising  support  to  a  better  level  before  they  can  return.     This  could  include  leaving  YWAM  Harpenden  and  returning  home  but  does  not   include  stepping  out  of  pastoral  care,  support  from  their  team,  or  general   community  life  if  they  are  staying  here.  

Questions  to  consider  include:     • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

What factors  do  you  think  are  contributing  to  you  being  behind  on  your  staff  fees?   Do  you  have  any  other  debt?  How  much?   Do  you  keep  accounts  of  all  income  and  expenditure?  Can  we  look  at  them   together?   How  would  you  explain  the  difference  between  an  obligation,  a  need  and  a  want   with  some  real  examples?   Have  you  acted  in  presumption  on  anything?  Buying  flight  tickets  .  .  .   Are  there  ways  you  could  reduce  your  living  expenses?  Change  of  housing,  giving   up  some  want?   How  are  you  communicating  with  your  supporters,  friends,  family,  and  church?   Do  you  have  a  list  of  relationships:  friends,  family,  church?  How  do  you  pray  for   them  and  communicate  with  them?   Who  have  you  specifically  asked  to  support  you  in  the  last  six  months?  How  did   you  do  it?   What  churches  are  you  investing  in  through  service  and  relationship?   How  do  you  feel  about  fundraising?   What  are  you  doing  to  pray  for  finances?  How  do  you  pray?   What  training  have  you  done  recently  in  fundraising?   What  time  are  you  setting  aside  to  work  on  fundraising?  What  would  you  do  in   that  time?   What  will  you  agree  to  do  specifically  and  by  when?   Can  you  meet  every  two  weeks  to  report  on  what  you  have  done  adjust  the  action   plan  and  pray?  

    YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  42  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  43  

QUARTERLY COMMUNITY  ROTAS     All  staff  at  YWAM  Harpenden  share  the  responsibilities  of  running  the  campus,  and  need  to   sign  up  for  weekly  work  duty  jobs  for  each  quarter.  This  is  approx  3hrs  per  slot  /  week,  and   12-­‐13  slots  over  the  quarter.     • This  is  for  all  staff!!!    Training  staff  on  a  current  school  are  already  signed  up.  Other   training  staff  need  to  sign  up.    Only  one  person  of  a  married  couple  needs  to  sign  up   if  you  have  children  you  are  caring  for.     • Some  of  the  jobs  need  one  person  to  commit  for  the  whole  quarter.  If  you  want  to  do   the  same  job  all  the  way  through,  score  your  name  all  the  way  through.       • Find  your  own  replacement,  if  you  can’t  be  there!!!    If  you  are  going  to  be  away   please  try  and  find  someone  to  cover  your  work  duty.  If  you  are  unsuccessful,  get  in   touch  with  HOOT  to  request  cover  while  you  are  away.     • If  you  sign  up  for  a  job  in  the  kitchen,  you  need  to  attend  a  Health  &  Safety  /  Bramley   Hall  Orientation  at  the  beginning  of  the  quarter.         • Put  it  in  your  diary  and  remind  yourself  and  each  other.    Check  in  team  settings  for   accountability  on  work  duties  


If you  need  to  make  an  internal  booking  that  does  not  involve  using  sleeping  or   eating  facilities  at  the  campus,  please  e-­‐mail    

If you  need  to  make  a  booking  for  external  guests,  is  multiple-­‐days,  or  needs  catering   and  sleeping  facilities,  then  please  use  an  Oval  Booking  Sheet.      

Please note  that  you  must  submit  the  Facilities  Request  Form  in  advance  for  all   events  run  on  the  Oval.  Please  pick  up  a  copy  from  Reception,  the  Leadership  Team   Office  or  from  the  Intranet,  and  complete  it  as  early  as  possible;  ideally  around  four   months  before  the  event,  so  that  we  can  plan  our  quarters  more  effectively.    

You must  fill  in  all  sections  of  the  form  yourself  and  liaise  with  the  various  team   leaders  concerned,  then  SCAN  AND  E-­‐MAIL  to      


PETS   We  regret  that  no  pets  are  allowed  in  any  of  our  staff  flats,  houses  or  bungalows.  If  you’d  like   to  have  pet  please  check  with  HOOT  and  the  Housing  group  first.  

INSURANCE   Highfield  Oval’s  insurance  policy  covers  only  property  owned  by  YWAM,  Highfield  Oval.         • Personal  possessions  of  any  kind  are  not  covered  for  theft,  loss  or  damage  of  any   kind  by  this  policy.    This  applies  to  both  staff  and  students.    If  you  have  valuables  at   the  Oval,  you  are  encouraged  to  arrange  your  own  insurance  coverage.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  44  

RUBBISH &  RECYCLING  (Updated  May  2011)     OUR  PERSPECTIVE        Rubbish  matters!  Rubbish  matters  because  what  we  do  with  it  has  a  huge  impact  on  the  world   around  us.  As  Christians  we  should  be  leaders  in  promoting  and  practicing  a  lifestyle  that  tends   and  cares  for  the  world  God  has  entrusted  to  us.  Here  are  three  good  reasons  why:     - We  don’t  know  when  God’s  purposes  for  this  planet  will  come  to  a  close,  so  in  the   meantime  we  must  steward  it  to  the  best  of  our  ability.     - What  God  put  on  this  planet  is  good  and  worthy  of  being  treated  with  dignity  and   respect  (future  generations,  animals,  plant  life,  even  below-­‐ground  dumping  sites).     - Our  (pretty  high!)  council  taxes  pay  for  these  services,  so  we  should  use  them  as   efficiently  as  possible,  so  that  other  good  services  can  be  provided  by  the  council,  not   just  loads  of  rubbish  collection  services!     ST.  ALBANS  COUNCIL  PERSPECTIVE         “We  share  the  country's  concern  at  the  impact  our  activities  are  having  on  the  environment   and  the  significant  costs  of  manufacturing  packaging  products.  We  are  committed  to  reducing   our  burden  and  offer  a  range  of  services  and  facilities  to  work  toward  reducing  our   contribution  to  these  harmful  activities.”  (St.  Albans  Council  Website)     The  refuse  collection  service  is  contracted  to  “Enterprise”  from  2008  until  2015,  by  which   time  they  aim  to  be  recycling  50%  of  household  waste.  The  ccontractors  currently  collect   household  refuse  on  a  weekly  basis  from  the  56,750  properties  in  the  district.  Normally  the   amount  of  household  waste  collected  varies  between  600-­‐700  tonnes  per  week,  but   between  Christmas  and  New  Year  this  figure  can  be  up  to  900  tonnes.  All  household  refuse   is  taken  to  the  waste  transfer  station  at  Garston  where  it  is  transferred  into  bulk  containers   for  delivery  to  landfill  in  Bedfordshire.     How  does  the  council  process  rubbish?     All  the  rubbish  (either  from  kerbside  collections  or  waste  recycling  centre)  collected  are   taken  to  the  Councils  Materials  Reclamation  Facility  (MRF)  where  they  are  stored,  sorted   and  baled  as  necessary  before  being  loaded  and  sent  to  processors  throughout  the  UK.     Paper  &  magazines  ⇒paper  mill  in  Kent,     Aluminium  ⇒  Cheshire,     Plastics  &  Steel  ⇒  Lancashire   Glass  ⇒  Harlow,  Essex.     Cardboard  ⇒Pearce  Recycling  in  St  Albans.   Refrigerators  and  freezers  are  sent  to  specialist  contractors  to  have  their  C.F.C.  components   removed  before  disposal.       All  re-­‐useable  units  are  renovated  and  sold.  Hazardous  waste  (TVs,  PC  monitors,  sun  beds   etc)  and  other  electrical  equipment  are  separated  and  collected  by  a  specialist  company.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  45  


• Rubbish is  collected  on  Monday  mornings.  Bins  should  be  brought  to  the  front  of  your   building  on  the  Oval  road,  by  7am  on  collection  day.    If  the  Monday  of  a  particular  week  is   a  Bank  Holiday  or  Public  Holiday,  the  rubbish  collection  will  usually  happen  on  the  next   working  day  following  the  holiday.     • One  week  it  is  BLACK  bins  for  household  (non-­‐recyclable)  waste  and  the  alternate  week,   the  GREEN  bins  (with  a  flat  lid)  for  composting  (clearer  details  on  the  next  page)     • Recycling  bins  should  not  be  taken  to  the  Oval  road,  but  should  be  left  by  the  side  of  your   building.  The  bin  men  take  them  from  the  side  of  your  building  and  empty  them.  If  the   bin  is  not  very  full  they  may  not  empty  it  as  they  generally  only  empty  ones  that  are  at   least  half  full.       • For  more  information  on  local  recycling  see:       OTHER  WASTE  &  RECYCLING:    

• Batteries &  Bulbs:  Recycling  boxes  are  in  Reception  to  make  this  as  straightforward  as   possible  for  all  of  us.     • Office,  class,  meeting  room,  seminar  room  paper:  We  have  several  indoor  paper-­‐ recycling  bins.  They  are  only  for  paper  that  can  be  recycled,  so  this  is  clean  paper.     LARGER  UNWANTED  ITEMS  /  RUBBISH    

• If you  have  large  items  of  furniture,  fridges,  washing  machines,  old  furniture,  car   batteries,  or  junk,  please  note  that  it  is  your  responsibility  to  dispose  of  these  correctly.     • For  example,  large  electrical  items  and  old  furniture  should  be  taken  to  the  local  bulky   Household  Waste  Recycling  Centre  which  is  in  Dark  Lane,  off  Grove  Road,  in  Southdown,   AL5  1QB.  For  directions,  ask  Personnel  or  a  neighbour.         • Please  do  not  assume  that  someone  else  will  want  what  you  are  throwing  out.       • Advertise  the  item  for  a  week  or  two  on  the  Intranet  and  then  if  there  are  no  takers,   please  take  it  to  the  dump.       • DO  NOT  STORE  ANYTHING  IN  THE  FACTORY  WITHOUT  PERMISSION  FROM  H.O.O.T.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  46  

WHAT IS  COLLECTED  VIA  YOUR  HOUSEHOLD  KERBSIDE  COLLECTION     If  anything  is  TOO  BIG  to  fit  in  these  bins  please  take  them  to  the  bulky  waste  recycling  centre   HOUSEHOLD  WASTE     COMPOSTABLE  WASTE     Please  note  all  refuse  must  be  inside   Please  note  all  garden  waste,   your  black  wheeled  bin,  we  will  not   cardboard  and  food  waste  must   take  excess  waste.   be  inside  your  green  wheeled   bin/bag/caddy,  they  will  not  take   excess  waste.  Wrap  all  your  food   waste  in  newspaper  to  prevent   maggots  &  flies.     We  want           We  don’t  want        X     We  want           We  don’t  want        X     Everything  which   Paint   Animal  bedding     Ash   cannot  be  recycled  or   Rubble  i.e.  brick,   Bark     Coal     reused     concrete,  wood   Card,  Cardboard   Flower  pots       Recyclable  items   Cereal  Boxes     Plant  trays   Compostable  items   Coffee  grounds   Plant  wrappings   Cut  flowers     Plastic  carrier  bags       Eggs  &  Egg  boxes   Rubble     PAPER  BOX   Fish,  Meat  &  Poultry  -­‐   Refuse  sacks   cooked  and  uncooked   Soil   including  bones     Stones     Fruit  &  Vegetable   Tetrapacks  –  paper   peelings     based  liquid  food  and   Grass  &  Hedge     drink  cartons   We  want           We  don’t  want        X     cuttings   Yellow  pages   catalogues   card   Hay,  straw,  leaves  &     junk  mail     cardboard   Paper  compostable  bin   weeds   magazines  &   envelopes   liners  -­‐  £1  discount  on  most   Shredded  paper   newspapers   shredded  paper     products  available  to  St   Small  branches  &   telephone  directories     Albans  City  &  District   twigs   residents  at   yellow  pages  Use   Tea  bags       PLASTIC  &  CANS  BOX   Please  squash  cans,  if  possible.   Please  empty  aerosols  but  do  not   puncture  or  crush.   Plastic  coloured  bottles  that  have   contained  household  cleaners,   washing  up  liquid,  bleach,  shampoo   and  fizzy  drinks  are  all  acceptable.   Household  aerosols  including  air  freshener,   deodorants,  hairsprays,  cleaning  products,   insecticides  and  shaving  foam  are  all  acceptable.   We  want             We  don’t  want        X     Aluminium  foil   engine  oil  containers   Aerosols     film     Cans  -­‐  food  and  pet   ice  cream  tubs   food     margarine  tubs   Drinks  cans     meat/microwave  trays     Plastic  BOTTLES   plastic  wrap     punnets     yoghurt  pots    

voucher no.  48234  when   ordering.    

  GLASS  BOX   Please  remove  corks  (and  place  in   your  refuse)  and  give  all  items  a   quick  rinse  but  you  don’t  have  to   worry  about  removing  labels.  

We want             Glass  bottles     Glass  jars    


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  47  

We don’t  want        X     broken  glass   drinking  glasses   light  bulbs     mirrors   plate  glass     Pyrex  or  similar  (this   is  heat  treated  and   cannot  be  recycled)     spectacles  

MAINTENANCE &  GROUNDS       HOUSE  DÉCOR     If  you  want  to  redecorate  your  room  or  flat,  this  can  be  done  at  your  own  expense.    If  the   room  does  not  need  decorating  but  you  would  just  prefer  another  colour  scheme,  it  is  your   personal  responsibility  but  please  use  a  neutral  colour.  The  Oval  will  supply  magnolia  or   white  colours  for  walls  and  white  for  the  woodwork  where  it  is  used.  The  Oval  will  also   supply  rollers  and  brushes  etc.       • Spillages  and  damages  while  painting  should  be  rectified  by  the  staff  member.     • Furniture  must  not  be  removed  from  any  room  or  flat  without  permission.  Check   with  Personnel  if  you  are  in  doubt.     • Ordinary  decorating  should  be  done  in  your  own  time.  The  maintenance  department   must  be  consulted  before  any  structural  work  is  undertaken,  and  they  can  only   assist  with  structural  and  skilled  work  as  it  fits  into  their  schedule.     • If  an  emergency  has  caused  your  housing  to  be  unsuitable  to  live  in  and  you  have  the   skills  to  deal  with  it,  time  can  be  taken  out  of  the  week  to  do  it  after  discussion  with   your  Department  Head  and  the  Personnel  Department,  as  long  as  this  does  not   hinder  your  main  work  being  completed.       DAMAGED  PROPERTY     Please  encourage  one  another  to  be  good  stewards  of  The  Oval’s  equipment  and  property.    If   damage  occurs  as  a  result  of  misuse  or  abuse,  it  is  expected  that  replacement  or  repair  of  the   property  is  processed  with  the  Department  Head  concerned.    We  encourage  that  as  much  as   possible  of  the  cost  is  covered  by  the  person  who  damaged  it.       MAINTENANCE  REQUESTS     Work  request  forms  are  available  from  Reception  for  small  maintenance  tasks  around  the   Oval  (dripping  taps,  broken  handles,  blocked  drains  etc).  If  you  are  DIY  competent,  please   feel  free  to  fix  it  yourself.  If  not,  please  ask  your  building  /  flat  coordinator  about  it,  and  if   that  person  cannot  do  the  repair,  they  will  complete  a  form  and  put  it  in  the  ‘Maintenance’   post  box,  rather  than  reporting  it  verbally.  Alternatively  you  can  e-­‐mail  your  request  to:     WORKSHOP     We  try  to  make  the  workshop  available  to  all;  however  any  use  of  the  workshop  requires   permission  from  a  maintenance  staff  member  and  appropriate  training  if  necessary.    You   may  e-­‐mail  to  for  this  request.  You  need  to  be  instructed  as  to  what   you  may  use  safely.  Whatever  you  do  must  be  cleaned  up  immediately.         • Assume  that  anything  cannot  be  used  until  you  ask  if  it  is  okay.  The  Maintenance   Team  notice  straight  away  if  something  is  out  of  place,  and  if  a  tool  is  not  where  it   should  be  it  can  delay  anyone  trying  to  do  a  task.  Seldom  do  we  find  the  workshop   tools  etc  as  we  expect  them  to  be,  and  this  can  be  awkward.       • Keys  for  the  workshop  are  available  at  reception  where  they  need  to  be  signed  for.     • If  anyone  hears  running  water  on  the  site  late  at  night  or  in  a  place  that  may  seem   odd,  please  let  HOOT  know  as  soon  as  possible   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  48  

ENERGY   Be  aware  of  buildings  using  too  much  heating  when  the  weather  is  warmer  –  it  still  costs  us.         • On  cold  days,  please  don’t  leave  windows  or  doors  open.       • Be  sure  outside  doors  are  actually  closed;  they  don’t  all  have  spring  closers  and  tend   to  stick  more  in  winter  because  the  doors  swell  in  the  damp  weather.         • Please  remember  to  turn  off  unnecessary  lighting  in  entrances  or  hallways.       GROUNDS     The  grounds  are  maintained  by  everyone  on  the  Oval.  Some  tools  are  available  in  the   grounds  shed,  your  house  may  have  privately  owned  or  Oval  tools,  and  some  restricted  tools   like  strimmers  /  weed-­‐whackers  and  hedge  trimmers  are  stored  at  house  No.1.       • You  should  use  them  only  once  the  grounds  staff  has  shown  you  how  to  use  them   and  how  to  deal  with  the  trimmings.       • All  tools  must  be  returned  immediately  in  case  someone  else  is  waiting  for  them.       • Please  wear  safety  equipment,  which  is  either  with  the  machines  or  in  the  grounds   shed.  There  are  some  diesel,  some  petrol  and  some  petrol  /  oil  mix  machines,  so  ask   grounds  staff  until  you  are  familiar  with  the  machinery.       • Tractors  are  only  driven  by  those  registered  on  our  insurance  policy  and  trained  by   the  grounds  staff.  Normally  a  UK  driver’s  licence  and  an  age  limit  applies.       • The  key  for  the  grounds  shed  is  kept  in  reception  where  it  needs  to  be  signed  for.     BLOCKED  DRAINS       In  the  past  we  have  had  to  pay  a  significant  amount  of  money  on  clearing  the  main  drain   behind  7,  8  and  9,  as  it  was  blocked  all  the  way  up  to  the  road.  This  is  partly  due  to  the  drain   connections  being  of  insufficient  width  as  the  original  plumbing  is  old,  but  the  problem  is   made  worse  by  things  being  put  down  the  drain  that  should  not.       Please  take  time  to  read  the  following  instructions.  Many  of  you  will  know  this,  but  as  we  all   come  from  different  places,  with  different  plumbing  systems,  it  may  not  be  obvious  to  all.       The  only  things  that  should  go  down  your  toilet  are  toilet  paper  and  human  waste.  All  that   should  go  down  your  sink  is  waste  water.  Things  to  not  put  down  the  drain  of  your  sink  or   your  toilet:       • Grease;  this  includes  fat  from  cooking  –  bacon,  sausages,  or  any  other  meat  in   particular.  Grease  should  be  tipped  into  a  container  (an  old  tin  can  works  well,  or,   wait  until  the  grease  solidifies  and  scrape  it  into  a  plastic  tub)  and  disposed  of  in  the   bin.  This  also  includes  butter  or  any  fat  which  will  go  solid  when  cold.       • Sanitary  napkins  of  any  size,  tampons,  nappies.  All  must  be  disposed  of  in  the  bin.       • Condoms  or  other  contraceptive  devices.       • Please  make  every  effort  to  help  us  avoid  spending  more  money  on  clearing  drains.     • Please  make  sure  this  is  clear  to  guests  and  trainees.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  49  

LAUNDRY   Laundry  facilities,  with  washing  machines  and  dryers,  are  available  in  each  building  and   there  are  also  clothes  lines  in  the  back  gardens  for  drying  clothes.    There  is  a  small  cost  for   use  of  the  washing  machines;  please  see  instructions  in  each  building  for  which  coins  you   need.  You  need  tokens  for  dryers  (50p  from  designated  flat  coordinators)  for  20  minutes.    

SECURITY     We  do  have  a  crime  problem  in  this  area  of  Harpenden,  and  your  participation  helps  make   the  Oval  safer  for  all  of  us.     • Coded  keypads  or  card  readers  have  been  installed  on  most  outside  doors  and  there   are  alarms  in  the  Clock  Building,  Bramley  Building,  Bramley  Hall,  Maintenance,  and   the  Factory.     •  A  crucial  aspect  of  our  security  lies  in  keeping  these  codes  confidential  amongst   only  those  who  live  and  work  at  the  Oval.       • ALL  COMMUNAL  DOORS  in  the  residential  buildings  should  be  locked  at  all  times.   Doors  to  the  Clock  Building  and  Bramley  Offices  should  be  locked  outside  office  hrs.    

The electric  gate  on  the  main  entrance  is  automatically  locked  from  20:30  until   07:00.  The  old  wooden  gate  at  the  front  of  the  Oval  is  shut  around  22:00.  Please   close  the  gate  after  you  if  you  open  it  before  07:00.    

SECURITY  ROTA       The  men  who  live  on  the  Oval  take  it  in  turns  to  do  a  security  check  of  the  Oval  each  night   throughout  the  year.  This  service  is  vitally  important,  as  evidenced  by  the  number  of   unlocked  doors  and  open  windows  found  most  nights.       • Each  man  needs  to  sign  up  for  TWO  WEEKS  a  year  so  that  this  can  easily  be  covered.     • Unless  you  are  not  physically  able,  please  sign  up  (this  counts  as  one  of  your  3hrs   per  week  work  duty  slots)           • You  can  sign  up  on  the  Intranet.  Go  to  “Security  Check  Rota”  and  click  on  the  date   you  want,  then  “edit  item”  to  add  your  name.       • If  you  need  to  change  the  week  you  are  on,  please  change  the  rota  when  you  swap   with  someone.    Please  look  in  the  appendix  for  the  security  rota,  door  codes  and  the   code  for  the  electric  gate.     TRESPASSING  and  UNACCEPTABLE  BEHAVIOUR       There  has  been  some  confusion  regarding  trespassing  on  the  Oval;  who  is  allowed  to  be   here?  What  are  they  allowed  to  do?  What  should  we  do  if  we  see  unacceptable  behaviour?         It  will  be  most  beneficial  if  we  are  consistent  in  our  approach  to  visitors  both  welcome  and   unwelcome.    Here  are  some  guidelines  to  help  you  know  how  to  approach  both:       STRANGERS     Feel  free  to  approach  strangers  and  ask,  “Can  I  help  you?”,  “Have  you  come  to  visit  our  Café?”,   or  “How  long  have  you  been  part  of  the  Dog  Walking  Scheme?”  Assume  the  best  by  asking   open  questions.  This  applies  particularly  to  people  who  look  lost  or  are  in  non-­‐public  areas,   such  as  around  the  buildings  or  anywhere  other  than  the  Oval  road  or  back  fields.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  50  

Be polite  but  be  aware  -­‐  if  someone  is  here  innocently,  they  will  not  be  offended  if   you  ask  what  they  are  doing.       If  someone  gets  aggressive,  you  can  ask  them  to  leave  the  property,  or  find  someone   else  if  you  don't  feel  comfortable  doing  that,  such  as  an  LT  member.    

CHILDREN       Children  and  young  people  should  not  be  on  the  Oval  unaccompanied  unless  at  the  express   invitation  of  a  resident.  This  means  that  children  cannot  play  here  anytime  just  because  they   know  somebody  who  lives  here  –  they  must  be  invited  by  and  with  the  person  they  know.     • If  a  child  tells  you  that  they  know  a  resident,  ask  them  where  their  friend  is,  and  if   they  are  not  here  by  invitation  at  that  time,  please  ask  them  to  leave.       • This  is  for  their  safety  and  for  our  protection  as  a  community.       YOUNG  ADULTS  AND  THE  SPORTS  FIELD       Unless  here  specifically  to  visit  a  resident  or  for  a  public  event,  young  people  are  not   allowed  to  “hang  out”  on  the  Oval  -­‐  for  their  safety  and  for  our  protection  as  a  community.       We  are  happy  for  young  people  to  play  sports  on  the  back  field  provided  they  do  not  follow   the  game  with  drinking  alcohol  and  littering,  and  they  must  abide  by  our  opening  hours.         • If  you  see  young  people  playing  at  the  back  field,  please  approach  to  make  sure  they   are  doing  only  that,  and  ask  them  to  leave  if  they  are  not.         • In  the  past  there  have  been  incidents  of  vandalism  mainly  of  the  cricket  pavilion.   This  is  not  acceptable.  If  you  observe  this  behaviour  and  don't  feel  comfortable   approaching  them  yourself  to  ask  them  to  leave,  please  ask  someone  else  to  do  so.       • We  have  been  encouraged  by  the  police  to  take  photographs  of  such  behaviour,  in   case  we  are  forced  to  prosecute.         DANGEROUS  DRIVING     We  have  also  had  repeated  incidents  of  dangerous  driving  on  the  Oval.         • Please  take  the  license  plate  number  of  any  vehicle  causing  a  disturbance  and  give  it   to  a  member  of  the  LT  or  HOOT  along  with  a  description  of  the  activity,  as  we  can   report  this  to  the  police  who  will  issue  warnings  and  prosecute  repeat  offenders.       LOST  PROPERTY     There  is  a  lost  property  box  in  Reception.  Please  put  items  you  find  there.  If  you  aren’t  able   to  find  something  and  it  isn’t  in  the  lost  property  box,  put  a  notice  on  the  Intranet.     If  you  have  any  questions  about  security  on  the  Oval,  please  email  them  to  HOOT  at  If  we  all  cooperate,  we  can  help  make  the  Oval  a  safe  and  pleasant  place  for   everyone  who  lives  and  visits  here.      

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  51  

HOSPITALITY   YWAM  Foundational  Value  #17:    PRACTICE  HOSPITALITY     “YWAM  affirms  the  ministry  of  hospitality  as  an  expression  of  God's  character  and  the  value  of   people.  We  believe  it  is  important  to  open  our  hearts,  homes  and  campuses  to  serve  and  honour   one  another,  our  guests  and  the  poor  and  needy,  not  as  acts  of  social  protocol,  but  as   expressions  of  generosity.”  

We  as  a  community  believe  that  hospitality  is  the  privilege  of  the  whole  community  to  make   people  feel  at  home,  welcomed  and  truly  wanted.  The  meaning  of  hospitality  is  “friendly  and   kind  behaviour  towards  guests  or  strangers”.  It  isn’t  just  about  a  bed  for  the  night,  it’s  about   helping  people  know  that  they  are  welcome,  even  if  it’s  just  with  a  cup  of  cold  water.    We   love  to  meet  new  people,  such  as  at  Community  Meeting  or  at  meal  times.       • When  you  as  a  staff  member  have  a  personal  guest  to  stay,  they  can  either  stay  in  a   guest  room  in  one  of  the  accommodation  buildings  or  in  the  Hospitality  House.     THE  HOSPITALITY  HOUSE         We  are  blessed  to  have  a  house  at  YWAM  Harpenden  which  is  dedicated  to  receiving  visitors   connected  to  YWAM  Harpenden  in  some  way.  These  visitors  are  personal  guests,  speakers   on  our  training  courses,  visiting  YWAMers  or  family  of  staff.    In  most  cases  there  is  a  small   cost  for  Bed  &  Breakfast  which  the  team  will  explain  when  you  book.  Please  book  early  to   avoid  disappointment.     THE  OASIS     One  part  of  the  Hospitality  House  is  set  aside  for  visiting  YWAMers  who  have  recently  been   through  a  challenging  time,  or  are  in  need  of  refreshment  or  debriefing.  This  flat  is  called  the   Oasis,  and  is  suitable  for  families  as  well  as  singles.       • For  enquiries,  please  contact       GUEST  ROOMS  IN  INDIVIDUAL  BUILDINGS         Most  buildings  have  their  own  guest  room,  with  guidelines  for  visitors  decided  by  the  house.   Procedures  for  the  use  of  these  can  be  found  from  house  /  flat  co-­‐ordinators,  including  the   details  of  cost  (if  any).  If  these  rooms  are  full,  you  can  put  an  announcement  on  the  Intranet   to  see  if  your  friends  can  stay  in  a  friend’s  home,  and  in  the  last  instance  you  may  want  to   contact  the  building  No.9  co-­‐ordinator  to  see  if  there  is  a  room  available.       GLEANINGS       In  Ruth  2,  Boaz  instructs  his  farm  workers  this  way:  “Even  if  she  (Ruth)  gathers  among  the   sheaves,  don’t  embarrass  her.  Rather,  pull  out  some  stalks  for  her  from  the  bundles  and  leave   them  for  her  to  pick  up,  and  don’t  rebuke  her.”       Some  amongst  us  are  at  times,  like  Ruth,  in  need  of  food.  The  “Gleanings”  cupboard  was   established  a  few  years  ago  to  try  to  meet  this  need.    The  cupboard  is  at  the  rear  of   Hospitality  above  a  small  freezer  (also  for  Gleanings)  and  is  supervised  by  Hospitality  Staff.       Who  can  benefit  from  the  Gleanings?     • If  you  would  like  to  take  from  the  Gleanings,  please  speak  to  the  Hospitality  House,   who  keep  a  list.  This  list  is  reviewed  from  time  to  time  with  the  LT.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  52  

WHAT DOES  GOD’S  WORD  SAYS  ABOUT  HOSPITALITY?     Let  us  outdo  one  another  in  serving.  The  Jesus  in  you  and  me  should  be  anxious  to  serve.     1  Peter  4:9-­‐10:  Cheerfully  share  your  home   with  those  who  need  a  meal  or  a  place  to  stay.   God  has  given  each  of  you  a  gift  from  his  great   variety  of  spiritual  gifts.    Use  them  well  to   serve  one  another.    (NLT)     Hebrews  13:2:  Do  not  forget  to  be  kind  to   strangers  for  some  who  have  done  this  have   entertained  angels  without  realizing  it.     Isaiah  58:7-­‐9:  I  want  you  to  share  your  food   with  the  hungry  and  bring  right  into  your  own   homes,  those  who  are  helpless,  poor,  destitute.     Clothe  those  who  are  cold  and  do  not  hide   from  relatives  who  need  your  help.    If  you  do   these  things,  God  will  shed  His  own  glorious   light  upon  you.    He  will  heal  you;  your   godliness  will  lead  your  forward;  and   goodness  will  be  a  shield  before  you,  and  the   glory  of  the  Lord  will  protect  you  from  behind.     Then  you  will  call,  the  Lord  will  answer,  “Yes,  I   am  here.”    He  will  quickly  reply.    All  you  need   to  do  is  stop  making  false  accusations,   spreading  vicious  rumours.     Acts  2:44-­‐46:  And  all  the  believers  met   together  constantly  and  shared  everything   with  each  other,  selling  their  possessions  and   dividing  with  those  in  need.    They  worshipped   together  regularly  at  the  Temple  each  day,   met  in  small  groups  in  homes  for  Communion,   and  shared  their  meals  with  great  joy  and   thankfulness.     Hebrews  6:10:  For  God  is  not  unfair.    How  can   He  forget  your  hard  work  for  Him,  or  forget   the  way  you  used  to  show  your  love  for  Him  –   and  still  do  by  helping  His  children?     Proverbs  3:27:  Do  not  withhold  good  from   those  to  whom  it  is  due,  when  it  is  your  power   to  do  it.     Proverbs  11.25:  A  generous  man  will  prosper;   he  who  refreshes  others  will  himself  be   refreshed.     Romans  15:32…so  that  I  may  come  to  you  in   joy  by  the  will  of  God  and  find  refreshing  rest   in  your  company.     Matthew  25:37-­‐40:  Then  the  righteous  will   answer  Him  saying,  “Lord,  when  did  we  see   You  hungry,  and  feed  You,  or  thirsty,  and  give   you  drink?    And  when  did  we  see  You  a   stranger  and  invite  You  in,  or  naked,  and   clothe  You?”    And  the  King  will  answer  and   say  to  them,  “Truly  I  say  to  you,  to  the  extent   that  you  did  it  to  me  of  the  least  of  these   brothers  of  Mine,  you  did  it  to  me.”  

Colossians  4:5:  Conduct  yourselves  with   wisdom  toward  outsiders,  making  the  most  of   the  opportunity.       Mark  10:43-­‐45:  But  among  you  it  will  be   different.    Whoever  wants  to  be  a  leader   among  you  must  be  your  servant,  and   whoever  wants  to  be  first  among  you  must  be   the  slave  of  everyone  else.    For  even  the  Son  of   Man  came  not  be  served  but  to  serve  others   and  to  give  his  life  as  a  ransom  for  many.     Hebrews  10:24:  Let  us  think  of  ways  to   motivate  one  another  to  acts  of  love  and  good   works.     Philippians  2:3-­‐4:  Don’t  be  selfish;  don’t  try  to   impress  others.    Be  humble,  thinking  of  others   as  better  than  yourselves.    Don’t  look  out  only   for  your  own  interests,  but  take  an  interest  in   others,  too.     Galatians  6:9-­‐10:  And  let  us  not  get  tired  of   doing  what  is  right,  for  after  awhile,  we  will   reap  a  harvest  of  blessing  if  we  do  not  get   discouraged  and  give  up.    That  is  why   whenever  we  can,  we  should  always  be  kind   to  everyone,  and  especially  to  our  Christian   brothers.     Romans  12:13:  When  God’s  children  are  in   need,  you  be  the  one  to  help  them  out.    And   get  into  the  habit  of  inviting  guests  home  for   dinner  or,  if  they  need  lodging  for  the  night.     1  Timothy  3:2:  An  overseer,  then,  must  be   above  reproach,  the  husband  of  one  wife,   temperate,  prudent,  respectable,  hospitable,   able  to  teach.     Mark  9.41:  For  whoever  gives  you  a  cup  of   water  to  drink  because  of  your  name  as   followers  of  Christ,  truly  I  say  to  you,  he  shall   not  lose  his  reward.     Romans  12:10,16,20:  Be  devoted  to  one   another  in  brotherly  love;  give  preference  to   one  another  in  honour:    Be  of  the  same  mind   toward  one  another;    do  not  be  haughty  in   mind,  but  associate  with  the  lowly.    Do  not  be   wise  in  your  own  estimation.    But  if  your   enemy  is  hungry,  feed  him,  and  if  he  is  thirsty,   give  him  a  drink;  for  in  so  doing  you  will  heap   burning  coals  upon  his  head.     Luke:  14:12-­‐13…  When  you  put  on  a  dinner,   He  said,  “Do  not  invite  friends,  brothers,   relatives,  and  rich  neighbours!    For  they  will   return  the  invitation.    Instead,  invite  the  poor,  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  53  

the crippled,  the  lame  and  the  blind.      Then  at   the  resurrection  of  the  godly,  God  will  reward   you  for  inviting  those  who  cannot  repay  you.”     John  13:14-­‐16:  If  I  then,  the  Lord  and  the   Teacher,  washed  your  feet,  you  also  ought  to  

wash one  another’s  feet.    For  I  gave  you  an   example  that  you  also  should  do  as  I  did  to   you.    Truly,  truly,  I  say  to  you,  a  slave  is  not   greater  than  his  master,  neither  one  who  is   sent  greater  than  the  one  who  sent  hi

Love  One-­Another     Love     1. Love  one  another  (Jn  14:34;  Jn  15:12,  17;  Rom  13:8;  1  Pet  1:22;  1  Jn  3:11;  1  Jn  4:8)   2. Be  devoted  to  one  another  (Romans  12:10)   3. Have  concern  for  each  other  (1  Corinthians  12:25)   4. Be  kind  to  one  another  (Ephesians  4:32;  1  Thessalonians  5:15)   5. Bear  with  one  another  (Colossians  3:13;  Ephesians  4:2)   6. Forgive  one  another  (Ephesians  4:32;  Colossians  3:13)   7. Comfort  one  another  (1  Thessalonians  4:18)   8. Be  hospitable  to  one  another  (1  Peter  4:9)   9. Serve  one  another  (Galatians  5:13)   10. Carry  each  other’s  burdens  (Galatians  6:2)   11. Pray  for  one  another  (James  5:16)   12. Be  compassionate  to  one  another  (Ephesians  4:32)   13. Greet  one  another  with  a  kiss  (1  Corinthians  16:20;  1  Peter  5:14)   14. Do  not  wrong  one  another  (Leviticus  25:14)   15. Do  not  deprive  one  another  (1  Corinthians  7:5)     Trust     16. Submit  to  one  another  (Ephesians  5:21)   17. Confess  your  sins  to  one  another  (James  5:16   18. Speak  the  truth  to  one  another  (Zechariah  8:16)   19. Live  in  harmony  with  one  another  (Romans  12:16)   20. Do  not  lie  to  one  another  (Colossians  3:19)   21. Do  not  slander  one  another  (James  4:11)   22. Do  not  grumble  against  one  another  (James  5:9)   23. Do  not  go  to  law  against  one  another  (1  Corinthians  6:6)   24. Do  not  provoke  and  envy  one  another  (Galatians  5:26)     Respect  or  honour     25. Accept  one  another  (Romans  15:7)   26. Encourage  one  another  (1  Thessalonians  5:11;  Hebrews  3:13;  Hebrews  10:25   27. Build  one  another  up  (Romans  14:19;  1  Thessalonians  5:11)   28. Belong  to  one  another  (Romans  12:5)   29. Honour  one  another  (Romans  12:10)   30. Wash  one  another’s  feet  (John  13:14)   31. Consider  one  another  better  than  yourself  (Philippians  2:3)   32. Be  humble  towards  one  another  (1  Peter  5:5)   33. Spur  one  another  on  (Hebrews  10:24)     Understanding  or  knowledge     34. Have  fellowship  with  one  another  (1  John  1:7)   35. Be  at  peace  with  one  another  (Mark  9:50)   36. Teach  one  another  (Colossians  3:16;  Romans  15:14)   37. Admonish  one  another  (Colossians  3:16)   38. Speak  to  one  another  (Ephesians  5:19)     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  54  

FIRE SAFETY     WHAT  TO  DO  IF  YOU  DISCOVER  A  LARGE  FIRE     • Do  not  attempt  to  extinguish  any  fire  unless  it  is  safe  to  do  so….     • Leave  the  property     • Close  all  doors  behind  you       • Do  NOT  go  back  into  a  burning  building  for  anything  


Dial 999       If  there  is  still  someone  inside  the  building,  tell  the  Fire  and  Rescue  Service  when   they  arrive  -­‐  they  will  be  able  to  find  the  person  quicker  and  more  safely  than  you  

Do not  go  back  until  you  are  told  it  is  safe  to  do  so  by  the  Fire  and  Rescue  Service  

GETTING HELP  -­  DIALLING  999  /  112  

Dial 999   Your  call  will  be  answered  by  an  operator  who  will  ask  you  which  emergency   service  you  require  and  the  telephone  number  that  you  are  dialing  from   You  must  stay  on  the  line  and  you  will  then  be  connected  to  the  Fire  and  Rescue   Control  Room  in  the  area  you  are  calling  from,  not  the  local  fire  station   As  you  are  connected  to  the  Fire  and  Rescue  Service  you  will  hear  the  telephone   exchange  operator  pass  your  telephone  number  to  the  fire  brigade  control  operator.   The  Control  Operator  will  ask  you  some  questions….  


What is  on  fire?   What  is  the  address?     What  is  the  nearest  main  road?   What  town  are  you  in?   Don’t  put  the  telephone  down  until  they  have  taken  all  the  details!  

If you  are  trapped  and  unable  to  leave,  the  operator  will  stay  on  the  phone  line  with   you  and  give  you  fire  survival  guidance  to  help  you  until  the  fire  engine  arrives     MAKE  SURE  THAT  IF  YOU  CALL  THE  EMERGENCY  SERVICES  BETWEEN  22:00  &   07:30  THAT  YOU  SEND  SOMEBODY  TO  OPEN  THE  ELECTRONIC  GATE  TO  ALLOW   THE  EMERGENCY  SERVICES  TO  ENTER  THE  PROPERTY  

• • • •

WHAT  TO  DO  IF  YOU  DISCOVER  A  SMALL  FIRE:       • Do  not  attempt  to  extinguish  any  fire  unless  it  is  safe  to  do  so….   • There  are  two  types  of  fire  extinguisher  suitable  for  use  on  the  Oval  (see  below)   • Please  report  to  HOOT  if  they  are  not  there  or  have  been  used  so  it  can  be  replaced   • Take  note  of  fire  exits  and  location  of  extinguishers   • NEVER  prop  open  a  fire  door  –  there’s  a  £5000  fine  for  propping  open  a  fire  door   and  an  extra  £5000  if  you  do  it  with  a  fire  extinguisher       YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  55  

Water Spray  Extinguisher   Fires  involving  organic  solid  materials  such  as  wood,  cloth,  paper,   plastics,  Coal  etc.     Danger  :  Do  not  use  on  burning  fat  or  oil  or  on  electrical   appliances   How  to  Use   Point  the  jet  at  the  base  of  the  flames  and  keep  it  moving  across  the   area  of  the  fire.  Ensure  that  all  areas  of  the  fire  are  out.     How  it  Works   Water  has  a  great  effect  on  cooling  the  fuel  surfaces  and  thereby   reducing  the  pyrolysis  rate  of  the  fuel.  Instead  of  a  jet  nozzle  a   spray  nozzle  is  used,  with  a  higher  pressure,  which  creates  a  fine   spray.  This  allows  for  a  given  quantity  of  water  to  have  a   considerable  increase  in  the  surface  area  presented  to  the  fire.  This   makes  extinguishing  more  efficient  by  more  rapid  extraction  of   heat,  formation  of  steam  etc.    

Carbon  Di-­Oxide  Extinguisher   Best  For  ELECTRICAL  &  FLAMMABLE  such  as  grease,  fats,  oil   paint,  petrol  etc  but  NOT  KITCHEN  FRYING  PANS   Danger:  This  type  of  extinguisher  does  not  cool  the  fire  very   well  and  you  need  to  watch  that  the  fire  does  not  start  up  again.   Fumes  from  CO2  extinguishers  can  be  harmful  if  used  in   confined  spaces:  ventilate  the  area  as  soon  as  the  fire  has  been   controlled.   How  to  Use   The  discharge  horn  should  be  directed  at  the  base  of  the  flames   and  the  jet  kept  moving  across  the  area  of  the  fire.     How  it  Works     Carbon  dioxide  extinguisher  works  on  classes  B  and  C  and   works  by  suffocating  the  fire.  Carbon  dioxide  will  not  burn  and   displaces  air.   Fire  Blanket     Fire  blankets  are  made  of  fire  resistant  materials.  They  are   particularly  useful  for  smothering  flammable  liquid  fires  or  for   wrapping  round  a  person  whose  clothing  is  on  fire.    There  should   be  a  fire  blanket  in  every  kitchen.   Best  For   Fires  involving  both  solids  and  liquids.  Particularly  good  for  small   fires  in  clothing  and  for  cooking  oil  /  frying  pan  fires  provided  the   blanket  completely  covers  the  fire.    

Danger: If  the  blanket  does  not  completely  cover  the  fire,  it  will  not   be  able  to  extinguish  the  fire.   How  to  Use   Place  carefully  over  the  fire.  Keep  your  hands  shielded  from  the  fire.   Do  not  waft  the  fire  towards  you.   How  it  Works   Smothers  the  fire  and  prevent  oxygen  getting  to  the  fire.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  56  

FIRE PREVENTION     Smoke  alarms  are  devices  that  incorporate  a  means  of  detecting  a  fire  (smoke  detector)  and   giving  a  warning  (alarm).  They  are  about  the  size  of  a  hand  and  are  normally  fitted  to  the   ceiling.  They  can  detect  fires  in  their  early  stages  and  give  you  precious  minutes  to  enable   you  and  your  family  to  leave  your  house  in  safety.       • We  recommend  that  you  purchase  a  smoke  alarm  and  regularly  check  it.         They  cost  very  little  to  purchase.  They  are  very  sensitive  to  small  particles  of  smoke   produced  by  flaming  fires,  such  as  chip  pans,  and  will  detect  this  type  of  fire  before   the  smoke  gets  too  thick.  They  are  marginally  less  sensitive  to  slow  burning  and   smoldering  fires  which  give  off  larger  quantities  of  smoke  before  flaming  occurs.     FIRE  EXITS  &  FIRE  DOORS     • Do  not  block  exits  or  leave  furniture  in  hallways  that  could  be  a  hazard  if  there  was  a   fire.  There  are  clearly  marked  FIRE  DOORS  in  all  the  buildings.  These  doors  need  to   remain  shut  at  all  times  as  they  are  specifically  designed  to  prevent  fire  spreading.       • The  buildings  on  the  Oval  are  all  old  and  are  in  a  conservation  area,  so  have  lots  of   old  wood  (floors,  windows,  beams  etc).       • Please  be  aware  that  candles  are  not  allowed  in  building  No.9  and  in  other  areas   should  not  be  left  unattended.         • Smoking  is  not  permitted  in  any  of  the  buildings  at  YWAM  Harpenden.  

RECEPTION   Reception  is  open  Monday  to  Friday  from  09:00  -­‐  13:00  and  14:00  -­‐  17:00;  after  office  hours,   an  emergency-­‐only  phone  number  is  available  on  the  recorded  message.     • We  do  not  have  a  full-­‐time  receptionist,  so  this  is  one  of  the  available  weekly  work   duty  jobs  for  all  staff.  Please  speak  to  Personnel  and  we  will  get  you  trained!     • Reception  is  the  place  to  look  for  the  fax  machine,  the  franking  machine,  office   supply  catalogues,  telephone  directories  and  the  lost  property  box.     POST  /  MAIL           Post  is  delivered  daily,  except  on  Sunday.  After  sorting,  it  is  put  into  mailboxes  (commonly   referred  to  as  pigeon-­‐holes)  in  the  Clock  Building.  A  specific  staff  member  will  sort  the  mail   into  the  pigeon-­‐holes  during  the  week.     • If  goods  are  being  delivered  that  require  a  signature,  please  try  to  locate  the  person   responsible  for  ordering  them  so  that  they  can  be  checked  and  signed  for,  and  any   delivery  receipts  should  be  placed  in  the  Accounts  Mail  slot.     • For  outgoing  personal  mail:  place  stamped  mail  in  the  tray  marked  ‘Stamped  Mail   Tray’;  this  is  collected  around  15:00  Monday  –  Friday.  Lists  of  postage  rates  and   scales  for  weighing  letters  are  in  Reception.  There  is  also  a  Post  Box  by  the  front   gate.  This  is  collected  twice  daily  and  on  Saturdays.  It  is  for  stamped  letters  only.     • For  outgoing  business  mail:  There  is  a  franking  machine  in  Reception  for  business   mail.  Please  use  the  correct  code  (list  on  franking  machine)  for  your  department,   then  put  into  the  correct  mail  bag,  i.e.  2nd  class,  1st  class,  international.  For  special   delivery  and  parcels,  please  follow  the  directions  posted  in  reception.  If  in  doubt,   please  check  with  the  operations  administrator.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  57  

STAMPS &  STATIONERY         • Stamps  may  be  purchased  at  the  Post  Office  and  some  other  shops  in  Harpenden.     • Office  supplies  can  be  ordered  via  reception  for  your  office.  Please  use  the  forms   provided  in  Reception  or  the  Bramley  Building.     • Please  note  that  YWAM  letterhead  is  NOT  for  personal  use,  including  newsletters   and  the  YWAM  logo  is  not  to  be  used  on  personal  letters  /  newsletters.     • Speak  to  YWAM  Harpenden  Communications  if  you  would  like  clarification  on  this.  

TELEPHONES     THE  TELEPHONE  SYSTEM  AT  YWAM  HARPENDEN       • To  make  an  outside  call:    dial  9,  then  your  three  digit  personal  code,  then  **,  and   finally  the  telephone  number  you  require.  You  do  not  have  to  pause  at  any  stage.     • You  should  already  have  been  given  your  personal  phone  code,  but  if  not,  please  see   the  Personnel  Department  to  have  one  allocated  to  you.    For  work  purposes,  your   department  leader  will  provide  any  necessary  work  codes.       • Please  note  that  personal  phone  codes  are  only  available  for  staff;  students  have  to   use  the  payphone  for  making  personal  calls.       • You  may  print  out  your  own  copy  of  the  telephone  list  from  the  Intranet.       • For  instructions  on  how  to  answer  and  transfer  calls  from  Reception,  please  refer  to   the  Reception  Manual  (in  Reception).     • Do  not  give  out  any  mobile  or  home  phone  numbers  without  express  permission  –   this  is  especially  important  if  you  are  working  on  Reception.  Take  a  message  instead.       YWAM  HARPENDEN  PHONE  BILLS         Details  of  all  outgoing  calls  made  with  personal  codes  are  logged  by  our  telephone  system.   These  are  used  to  produce  phone  bills;  the  amount  included  on  your  invoice  from  Accounts.     TIPS  ON  HOW  TO  AVOID  EXPENSIVE  PHONE  CALLS     • The  peak  rate  for  phone  calls  is  08:00  to  18:00  Monday  to  Friday.  Outside  these   hours,  calls  can  be  much  cheaper.  For  mobile  phones,  the  evening  rate  usually  starts   later  (e.g.  19:00).  With  phone-­‐cards,  the  rate  is  usually  the  same  at  all  times.     • All  local  and  national  calls  are  significantly  cheaper  at  the  weekend.  So  if  you  want  a   long  chat,  try  waiting  until  Saturday  or  Sunday  (at  any  time  of  the  day).     INTERNATIONAL  CALLS     If  you  will  be  on  staff  long-­‐term  and  want  to  make  international  calls  regularly,  it  may  be   cheaper  to  get  an  account  with  an  international  phone  company.    Speak  to  somebody  from   your  country  or  continent  for  advice.       • To  call  another  country  from  the  UK,  dial  00  before  the  country  code.  You  can  make   international  calls  from  most  phones,  including  public  phones,  by  dialling  the   number  directly.  However,  it  is  usually  cheaper  to  use,  Skype  on  your  computer,  a   phone-­‐card  or  to  use  an  international  calling  company.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  58  

PUBLIC TELEPHONES  /  PAYPHONES     There  are  public  telephones  in  many  places.  Some  of  them  also  have  Internet  access.  You   will  usually  find  illustrations  and  instructions  on  how  to  use  the  phone  and  you  can  pay  for   calls  with  coins,  a  phone  card  or  a  credit  card.       To  use  a  public  telephone:     • Most  public  phones  are  provided  by  British  Telecom  (BT),  but  you  sometimes  see   payphones  provided  by  another  company.  You  may  also  find  payphones  in  buildings   such  as  hotels,  which  are  run  by  the  building’s  owner  who  may  set  higher  charges.     • If  using  coins:  lift  the  handset  and  insert  money  (at  least  20p  for  local  calls).  Enter   the  number.  When  your  money  has  almost  been  used  up,  you  will  hear  some  beeps   prompting  you  to  add  more  coins  or  to  finish  your  call.     • If  you  are  using  a  credit  card:  lift  the  handset  and  then  swipe  the  card  through  the   slot.  You  can  then  dial  the  number  you  want.  It  is  often  more  expensive  to  pay  by   credit  card.  If  you  are  using  a  phone-­‐card:  see  below.     PHONE  CARDS     • Pre-­‐payment  phone  cards  are  usually  the  cheapest  way  of  making  an  international   call,  and  can  also  be  used  for  calls  within  the  UK.       • You  can  buy  phone  cards  from  newsagents,  post  offices  and  other  shops.  Many   companies  offer  these  cards,  so  it  is  good  to  compare  prices  when  buying  one.       • To  make  a  call  using  a  phone  card,  dial  the  0800  or  0808  number  on  the  back  of  the   card  to  be  connected  to  the  phone  card  company.  Next  enter  the  PIN  number  on  the   back  of  your  phone  card.  Then  dial  the  number  you  want.     FINDING  NUMBERS     • You  can  find  numbers  of  local  residents  and  businesses  in  the  telephone  directory.  In   the  front  of  the  directory  you  will  find  the  dialling  codes  for  many  countries  and   cities  in  the  world.  You  can  also  find  contact  details  for  local  companies  (listed  by   subject)  in  the  Yellow  Pages  books,  and  from  their  on-­‐line  directory     • You  can  also  call  a  Directory  Enquiries  services  to  ask  for  any  telephone  number  –   although  there  is  a  charge  for  all  of  these  services.  Several  companies  offer  a   Directory  Enquiries  service,  with  different  prices,  but  all  the  numbers  start  118.  The   person  you  speak  to  will  offer  to  connect  you  to  the  number  they  give  you  -­‐  this  will   be  more  expensive  than  dialling  the  number  directly.  The  following  numbers  are   British  Telecom  Directory  Enquiries  Services:      UK  Directory  Enquiries,  when  you  call  from  a  residential  phone:  118  500      UK  Directory  Enquiries,  when  you  call  from  a  public  payphone:  118  141      International  Directory  Enquiries,  when  you  call  from  a  residential  phone:  118  505      International  Directory  Enquiries,  when  you  call  from  a  public  payphone:  118  060      You  can  also  use  the  BT  Directory  Enquiries  service  for  free  on-­‐line.  This  has  a  link   to  some  international  directory  enquiry  Websites.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  59  

DIRECT DIALLING  AND  THE  OPERATOR     You  can  usually  make  telephone  calls  by  keying  the  number  directly  into  most  telephones  in   the  UK.  However,  it  is  occasionally  difficult  to  get  a  connection  or  you  may  need  to  ask  a   question  about  using  the  telephone.       In  this  case,  phone  either  the  UK  operator  (100)  or  the  international  operator  (155)  to  be   connected.  Both  operators  are  free  but  if  an  operator  connects  you,  the  call  is  charged  at  a   much  higher  rate  than  if  you  dial  the  number  yourself.     MOBILE  PHONES     Mobile  phones  in  the  UK  use  GSM  standards,  so  if  you  already  have  a  GSM  phone,  you  can   often  just  buy  a  new  SIM  card  and  continue  to  use  your  phone.  The  main  mobile  networks  at   the  time  of  writing  are:  T-­‐Mobile,  Virgin,  Orange,  Vodafone,  O2  and  3.  Each  of  these   companies  offers  various  packages  and  tariffs.       • Start  by  visiting  a  shop  that  sells  mobile  services  for  all  networks.  Get  advice  from   the  shop  assistant  on  the  most  economical  package  for  the  amount  of  time  you  plan   to  use  your  mobile  phone  –  for  example,  pay-­‐as-­‐you-­‐go  packages  are  more   economical  if  you  do  not  use  a  mobile  phone  very  often.  If  you  send  a  lot  of  text   messages,  look  for  a  package  that  makes  each  text  message  more  economical.       • It  is  often  very  expensive  to  call  mobile  phones  on  a  different  network  –  so  be  careful   when  you  call  other  mobile  numbers!  Investigate  all  the  options  before  signing  up.       • Remember,  calls  from  landline  phones  to  mobile  phones  are  more  expensive  than   calls  to  other  phones,  so  people  who  call  you  may  not  want  to  talk  for  too  long!     COMPUTERS,  INTERNET  &  EMAIL     • YWAM  Harpenden  is  fortunate  to  have  a  secure  network  that  gives  us  unlimited   broadband  access  to  the  Internet.  Our  IT  department  provides  secure  services  for   our  own  base  as  well  as  for  workers  in  sensitive  locations  around  the  world.       •  To  connect  to  the  network  we  require  that  you  have  anti-­‐virus  software  installed.   For  ministry  computers  we  use  Sophos  antivirus.  For  personal  computers  you  can   use  the  antivirus  software  of  your  choice,  but  Sophos  is  recommended.  We  have   both  wired  and  wireless  access  in  all  the  Oval  buildings.       • You  will  need  a  member  of  the  Network  team  to  load  your  computer  or  wireless   device  onto  the  network  as  your  IP  address  needs  to  be  loaded  onto  our  system.    You   will  receive  your  YWAM  Harpenden  e-­‐mail  address,  phone  use  code  and  Intranet   logon,  which  the  Network  Team  will  explain  to  you.       • The  cost  to  access  the  network  is  approximately  £10  per  month  per  access  site.  This   includes  your  e-­‐mail  address,  unlimited  Internet  access,  antivirus  protection  and  the   continued  development  of  the  network.  A  hardware  firewall  protects  our  network   and  provides  network  filtering  to  protect  from  unwanted  or  inappropriate  content.       • We  discourage  the  use  of  P2P  File  sharing  programs.    Sometimes  they  are  used  for  a   single  file,  but  even  one  file  can  cripple  the  network,  which  is  why  we  block  them   with  our  firewall.  If  someone  tries  to  use  one,  the  most  likely  result  will  be  they  find   it  doesn’t  work-­‐  or  at  least  not  work  very  well,  because  the  firewall  is  knocking  it  off.       • The  Network  Team  is  glad  to  provide  personal  assistance  with  your  computer   problems  when  we  have  sufficient  personnel.  However,  in  the  absence  of  a  full  team,   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  60  

personal assistance  will  be  limited  to  issues  related  to  the  network  only.       YWAM  HARPENDEN  INTRANET     An  Intranet  is  like  a  Website,  but  only  people  who  are  signed  on  to  it  can  access  it.  YWAM   Harpenden  Intranet  is  the  place  for  news  and  opinions  relevant  to  life  on  the  Oval  and  holds   a  wealth  of  information,  documents,  contacts,  fun  and  photos.         • Everyone  should  regularly  log-­‐on  to  keep  up  to  date  on  essential  happenings,  and   also  be  your  first  stop  for  bookings  forms,  phone  numbers  and  other  information   related  to  base  life.       • You  are  invited  to  post  things  on  the  Intranet  that  will  be  of  help  to  the  rest  of  the   community.    It  is  best  to  browse  and  see  what’s  there.  It’s  really  easy  –  we  promise!     To  get  to  the  Intranet  type:  type    or      in  your  web  browser.    You  will  be  asked  for  your  oval   email  address  &    password.    Then  click  and  go!       YOU  MUST  NEVER  SHARE  YOUR  NETWORK  PASSWORD  WITH  OTHERS.  

FACILITIES  on  the  Oval       In  addition  to  the  rooms  and  buildings  that  are  bookable  (via  HOOT),  there  are  also  other   facilities  available  on  the  Oval  for  YWAM  Harpenden  Staff.       OUTDOOR  &  SPORTS  EQUIPMENT       In  most  cases,  the  majority  of  sports  &  outdoor  is  under  the  ownership  or  stewardship  of  an   individual  or  team.  This  includes  the  BBQ’s,  football  &  volleyball  equipment.       • Please  check  with  HOOT,  Forever  or  Oval  Sports  United  if  you  have  any  questions.     FITNESS  on  the  Oval       Behind  the  Factory  there  is  a  small  but  well-­‐equipped  room  with  some  good  cardio-­‐vascular   exercise  machines,  a  3-­‐station  weight  training  multi-­‐gym  and  an  extensive  array  of  free   weights  equipment.  It  is  accessed  through  the  crèche  room.       • For  reasons  of  health  and  safety  and  insurance  we  require  all  users  to  go  through  an   induction  to  the  gym  and  to  sign  a  release  form  before  you  begin  training.       • Much  of  the  equipment  was  purchased  by  members  of  staff  for  the  benefit  of  all,  so   please  feel  free  to  make  a  donation  towards  the  upkeep  and  purchase  of  new   equipment  in  the  future  and  please  do  take  a  turn  to  dust,  polish  and  vacuum  the   room  from  time  to  time.  We  need  a  volunteer  to  clean  once  a  week.       • Please  do  not  allow  children  to  be  in  the  gym  unaccompanied.       • Please  also  ensure  you  have  taken  medical  advice,  before  embarking   on  vigorous  physical  training,  especially  after  a  long  period  of  relative  inactivity.     • There  are  group  fitness  sessions  available  to  all  staff  and  trainees  of  YWAM   Harpenden,  at  06:30  –  07:15  Mon,  Wed,  &  Fri,  facilitated  by  YWAM  Harpenden  staff.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  61  

BLESSINGS BOUTIQUE     God  has  good  gifts  for  his  children.  We  hope  that  the  Blessings  Boutique  will  live  up  to  its   name  and  bless  those  who  give  and  receive  used  clothing  and  miscellaneous  items  from  it,   but  we  all  need  to  be  good  stewards  of  the  Boutique.         • If  you  find  donations  that  are  in  a  bad  condition,  please  put  them  in  the  recycling  bin.     • When  choosing  goods  to  take  to  the  Boutique,  please  remember  the  following   principles:     - All  items  must  be  clean,  washed  and  not  damaged  (e.g.  for  CLOTHES:  does  the  zip   work?  Do  the  shoes  have  laces?)     - NO  UNDERWEAR     - No  books*  *If  you  have  good  quality  Christian  books  or  novels,  please  speak  to  the   training  department  to  see  if  they  would  like  them.     - No  furniture  or  electrical  items  **  Please  put  a  note  on  the  HAVE  GOT  NEED  section   of  the  Intranet.     • Please  do  not  give  the  Boutique  code  to  people  who  do  not  live  here.       • If  you  want  to  bless  a  visitor  with  clothes  from  the  Boutique,  please  take  them  into   the  Boutique  and  stay  with  them  while  they  choose  something.         • An  adult  must  accompany  children  under  16  visiting  the  Boutique.    

FACILITIES OPEN  TO  THE  PUBLIC     The  Oval  is  used  by  many  groups  during  the  week.  For  example,  Harpenden  Colts  Football   Club  play  and  train  on  the  back  field  on  Sundays  during  the  football  season  and  pupils  from   The  Kings  School  in  Ambrose  Lane  regularly  play  sport  on  the  netball  pitch  and  back  field.     • Members  of  the  public  are  permitted  to  use  the  backfields  for  football  and  other   games,  but  we  do  not  wish  to  have  the  Oval  used  as  a  public  park.       • Visitors  are  a  deterrent  to  vandalism  or  criminal  activity  in  the  secluded  areas  of  our   property;  however  if  you  see  anyone  acting  inappropriately  on  the  property  you   may  approach  them,  or  ask  one  of  the  LT  to  do  so,  or  call  the  police  if  appropriate.     OVAL  CAFÉ     The  Oval  Café  opened  in  2007  as  a  ministry  to  bless  the  local  community,  serving  the  best   quality,  ethically  traded  teas  and  coffees,  hot  and  cold  drinks,  home  baked  goods  and   Panini’s.    It  is  an  extension  of  our  heart  of  welcome  and  hospitality,  with  free  Wi-­‐Fi  for  our   visitors.     • The  Oval  Café  is  open  Mon  –  Fri,  09:00  –  17:00,  and  Sat,  11:00  -­‐  16:00.       • To  book  the  Oval  Café  for  an  event,  please  obtain  a  booking  form  from  café  manager     • The  café  offers  a  25%  discount  on  pre-­‐paid  cards  for  YWAM  Harpenden  staff  and  is  a   key  place  for  us  to  extend  Jesus’  model  of  hospitality.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  62  

DOG WALKERS  SCHEME     There  are  a  group  of  people  who  live  locally,  wear  wellies,  and  like  to  walk  in  the  woods  in   the  company  of  furry,  four-­‐legged  creatures.  We  affectionately  refer  to  them  collectively  as   “the  dog-­‐walkers”.       • People  can  apply  annually  for  a  permit  allowing  them  to  walk  their  dog  on  the   property.  This  makes  sure  that,  while  we  want  to  share  the  beauty  of  the  property   God  has  blessed  us  with  and  build  good  relationships  with  our  neighbours,  those   who  walk  their  dogs  here  understand  that  there  are  also  guidelines  to  the  privilege.     • The  backfield  and  bluebell  woods  behind  the  chapel  and  Bramley  Hall  are  accessible   for  our  neighbours  to  walk  their  dogs,  and  if  they’d  like  to  have  a  coffee  in  the  café   they  can  tie  the  dog  to  the  chain  on  the  big  tree  between  the  café  and  the  chapel.     • Dog  walkers  can  enter  only  by  the  back  road  and  through  the  apple  orchard.     • Dog  walkers  must  keep  control  of  and  clean  up  after  their  dogs.       • Dogs  are  not  allowed  on  the  Oval  road  at  any  time.     • The  vast  majority  of  people  who  come  to  walk  here  do  this  and  are  considerate  and   respectful  of  our  facilities,  and  many  of  them  express  their  gratitude  for  permission   to  be  here.  If  you  see  anyone  who  does  not  appear  to  be  abiding  by  this  agreement,   please  feel  free  to  speak  politely  to  them.       • For  information  about  the  DOG  WALKER  SCHEME  see  sheets  in  Reception.     FIT  MUMS    &  BUFF  DADDIES       David  Hulford,  a  qualified  personal  trainer  and  former  YWAM  Harpenden  resident,  offers   these  for  parents  who  lead  busy  lives.       • For  new  or  expectant  Mothers  there  is  the  program  ‘Fit  Mums’,  and  ‘Buff  Daddies’   (Saturday  mornings)  for  Dads  who  want  to  exercise.         • Contact  David  for  more  details:         • These  classes  are  free  of  charge  as  a  blessing  to  YWAMers.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  63  

THE BRAMLEY  HALL     The  Bramley  Hall  was  originally  named  the  “Bernard  Baron  Hall”  by  the  National  Children’s   Home.  When  YWAM  moved  to  The  Oval,  the  “BB  Hall”  retained  its  name  but  was  changed  to   reflect  the  life  of  a  YWAM  staff  member,  Beryl  Bramley....Beryl  joined  YWAM  at  Ifield  Hall,   Crawley,  Sussex  UK  in  1973,  and  served  faithfully  through  various  YWAM  ministries  until   her  struggle  with  cancer  ended  in  1991.  She  was  a  pioneer,  involved  in  many  aspects  of   ministry,  usually  very  practical.  Beryl  led  the  team  which  prepared  Holmsted  Manor  in   Sussex  for  the  first  YWAM  School  to  be  held  there  in  1976  and  continued  there  as  a  member   of  the  leadership  team  and  a  "spiritual  mother"  to  many.  As  the  years  went  by  she  took  on   various  roles  in  YWAM,  and  worked  alongside  local  churches.  One  of  Beryl’s  most  significant   ministries  in  YWAM  was  that  of  hospitality  and  catering  and,  as  she  established  the   hospitality  ministry  in  Highfield  Oval  between  1986  and  1991,  the  Beryl  Bramley  Hall  is   fittingly  named  in  her  memory.  Beryl’s  life  and  ministry  bore  much  fruit  and  the  heart  of  the   BB  Hall  remains  hospitality  and  welcome.  

STAFF POLICY  FOR  EATING  IN  THE  BRAMLEY  HALL       Eating  Together  and  ‘Table  Fellowship’  is  a  very  important  part  of  our  live  /  learn   community  and  was  modelled  by  Jesus  and  the  early  church.  Therefore  we  want  to  make  it   possible  for  staff  and  trainees  to  eat  simple,  healthy  and  nutritious  food  together.  Efficiency   is  gained  in  purchasing  and  cooking  for  larger  numbers,  but  it  does  require  greater  skill  and   planning.  Everyone  who  eats  can  contribute  to  the  cooking  or  wash-­‐up  and  cleaning  of  the   kitchen  and  dining  room  on  an  equitable  and  consistent  basis.    We  do  want  staff  to  see  the   benefit  in  relationship,  cost  and  time  of  eating  together.  There  should  be  no  distinction   between  training  staff  and  other  staff;  all  are  YWAM  Harpenden  staff.     TRAINEE  INPUT     From  the  training  schools  budget  we  transfer  £25  per  trainee  per  week  to  the  Food  (FOO)   account.    This  is  spent  purely  on  food.  An  additional  £5  per  trainee  per  week  is  for  Food   Equipment  (FEQ),  and  this  is  used  to  replace  broken  items,  purchase  fridges,  freezers,   cookers,  and  maintain  the  dishwasher  etc.           CAMPUS  INPUT     In  addition,  the  campus  subsidises  the  cost  of  food  by  covering  all  property  insurance,  taxes,   utilities  and  maintenance  on  BB  Hall  and  provides  free  voluntary  labour.  These  amounts  are   considerable.     MONTHLY  CHARGES     Some  staff  eat  in  the  BB  Hall  because  their  accommodation  does  not  provide  self-­‐catering   facilities,  primarily  those  who  have  served  less  than  two  years  on  staff  at  YWAM  Harpenden.    We  do  not  charge  trainees  enough  to  provide  free  staff  meals,  but  we  do  charge  significantly   reduced  amounts  for  YWAM  Harpenden  staff.  Meals  are  substantially  subsidised  and  take   into  account  the  fact  that  staff  will  not  necessarily  eat  all  meals  there.  Monthly  charges  are   added  to  staff  fees  and  transferred  to  the  FOO  account.  This  means  that  overdue  staff  fees   will  need  to  be  addressed  early.  The  following  (2012)  is  a  guide  only,  as  costs  will  vary.     • £45  per  person  (12  years  or  older)  per  month   • 1-­‐2  yrs  free   • 3-­‐4  yrs  £20/month   • 5-­‐11yrs  £30/month   • 12+  yrs  £45/month   • If  children  primarily  eat  main  meals  because  they  eat  at  school,  for  example,  the  cost   will  be  3-­‐4  yrs  £12.50/month;  5-­‐11yrs  £20/month;  12+  yrs  £30/month.       YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  64  

REFUNDS   If  you  are  away  for  two  or  more  weeks  in  a  month  you  can  request,  through  Personnel,  a   refund  for  the  time  you  were  away,  which  will  be  calculated  on  a  per  diem  figure.     WASH  UP  ROTAS     All  staff  eating  regularly  in  the  BB  Hall  will  be  on  a  clean-­‐up  rota  with  trainees  and  will   wash-­‐up  or  clean  the  kitchen  at  least  twice  per  week,  in  addition  to  other  work  duties     • The  evening  wash-­‐up  is  not  a  “trainee  work  duty”  or  “staff  work  duty”  but  a   responsibility  because  you  are  eating  regularly  in  the  BB  Hall     • Individuals  are  responsible  to  find  their  own  replacement       • Deep  cleaning  of  the  kitchen  may  be  scheduled  as  a  work  duty     • Breakfast  and  lunch  prep  and  wash-­‐up  can  be  work  duties,  but  work  duties  are  to   take  10  hours  per  week  for  all  trainees,  not  just  half  an  hour  or  an  hour  a  day     • Meal  prep  times  at  weekends  and  wash-­‐up  (not  the  main  meal  wash-­‐up)  etc  should   be  considered  as  part  of  work  duty  time     SIGN  OUT  AND  SIGN  IN  LISTS     There  are  two  comprehensive  sign  in  /  out  lists:  one  is  for  staff  and  trainees  permanently   marked  as  signed  into  the  BB  Hall.  When  not  eating  they  would  need  to  sign  out.  The  other   list  would  be  for  staff  eating  occasionally  in  the  BB  Hall  to  sign  in.    If  people  consistently  fail   to  sign  out  and  in  we  will  need  to  consider  consequences.       • Please  remember  to  use  your  proximity  card  to  ‘beep’  in  for  every  meal  that  you  eat   in  the  BB  Hall,  as  this  ensures  that  you  eat  enough  meals  to  qualify  for  the  reduced   rate  of  £45  /  month  food  charge.  This  includes  those  who  don’t  have  cooking   facilities  in  their  residence.     TAKING  FOOD  AWAY  TO  EAT  ELSEWHERE     Because  the  intention  is  to  eat  together,  individuals  and  families  should  not  come  and  take   food  away  to  eat  elsewhere,  except  in  unusual  circumstances  (such  as  illness),  cleared  with   the  Kitchen  Manager.    Crockery  (plates,  bowls,  glasses,  cups)  and  cutlery  (knives,  forks,  and   spoons)  should  not  be  taken  away  from  the  BB  Hall.     REVIEW  PROCESS     £45  /  month  does  not  cover  real  costs,  but  is  the  figure  we  are  settling  on  for  now.  As  we   continually  work  to  improve  the  system  there  will  be  ongoing  review  and  improvements.           DEFICITS  ON  THE  FOOD  ACCOUNT     Wise  food  purchases  and  a  healthy  diet  are  maintained  and  major  cost  savings  are  unlikely.   Deficits  will  be  tackled  by  increasing  charges  to  trainees  and/or  staff  or  clearing  the  deficit   by  subsidizing  it  from  other  campus  sources.  Miracles  and  free  food  Donations  are  possible   with  prayer  and  action!       Compiled  by  John  Peachey  &  Julia  Pratten;  Jan  2011       YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  65  

Please be  aware  that  this  is  a  working  document  and  may  be  updated  at  the  end  of  each   quarter.  The  initial  trial  was  in  Jan  2011.         In  addition  to  those  who  regularly  eat  in  the  BB  Hall,  all  involved  in  food  preparation  or   clean-­‐up  should  participate  in  an  annual  orientation  for  the  BB  Hall,  and  those  who  oversee   meal  preparation  will  be  asked  to  qualify  for  a  Food  Hygiene  certification.           Remember  if  you  are  doing  any  food  preparation  or  clear-­‐up  you  need  to:     • Be  in  good  health.  No  cold,  sore  throat,  vomiting  or  diarrhoea  for  48  hours     • Wear  sensible  closed  shoes     • Wear  clean  clothes       If  you  have  any  other  questions  please  speak  to  a  member  of  the  Kitchen  Team.        

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  66  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  67  

GUIDELINES FOR  LIVING  ON  THE  OVAL   1. Our  overall  consideration  must  be  the  Oval  is  the  Lord’s  property  and  that  we  are   given  responsibility  to  carefully  steward  this  wonderful  resource.    Just  as  we  have   been  careful  to  stress  that  it  is  not  ultimately  YWAM’s,  so  we  all  acknowledge  that   the  housing  we  occupy  is  ultimately  God’s,  and  we  freely  lay  down  our  rights  to  it.     2. We  believe  God  wants  us  to  enjoy  good  quality  and  secure  housing  that  will  promote   the  well-­‐being  of  each  staff  member.    We  want  to  provide  a  beneficial  living   environment  conducive  to  the  emotional,  physical,  spiritual  and  mental  growth  of   staff,  their  children  and  the  community  as  a  whole.     3. We  do  our  best  to  allocate  housing  without  favouritism  and  partiality,  seeking  to  be   fair  to  the  needs  of  all.     4. In  YWAM,  we  value  community.    In  particular,  our  educational  philosophy  is  based   on  a  live-­‐learn  model,  where  mature  Christians,  experienced  veteran  missionaries,   students,  long-­‐term  and  short-­‐term  staff,  and  people  of  all  ages  and  different   cultures  are  able  to  interact  and  learn  from  each  other.    We  believe  discipleship  and   mentoring  are  fostered  well  in  this  environment,  often  occurring  informally  and   naturally.     5. We  strongly  encourage  practicing  hospitality  as  it  is  a  foundational  value  of  YWAM.     Value  no.  17  states,  “YWAM  affirms  the  ministry  of  hospitality  as  an  expression  of   God’s  character  and  the  value  of  people.    We  believe  it  is  important  to  open  our   hearts,  homes,  campuses,  and  bases  to  serve  and  honour  one  another,  our  guests,   and  the  poor  and  needy,  not  as  acts  of  social  protocol,  but  as  expressions  of   generosity.”     6. As  we  live  in  such  close  proximity  to  one  another,  it  is  important  that  we  respect  and   prefer  each  other.    There  is  a  base-­‐wide  understanding  that  between  the  hours  of  11   pm  and  7  am,  noise  must  be  kept  to  a  minimum,  on  the  Oval,  in  our  accommodation,   and  in  communal  areas.    

HOUSING FEES     Rents  are  paid  monthly  in  advance  with,  generally,  an  increase  in  January  in  accordance   with  inflation.       Council  Tax     Council  Tax  is  included  in  your  rent  unless  you  are  in  self-­‐contained  accommodation,  in   which  case  you  will  need  to  pay  your  council  tax  directly  to  the  council.    You  will  need  to   go  to  the  website  below  to  arrange  payment.­‐and-­‐benefits/council-­‐tax/     Internet   Approximately  £10  a  month  for  internet  usage  is  included  in  your  monthly  staff  bill.     Off  Campus  housing   You  may  wish  to  find  accommodation  off  campus  nearby,  such  as  in  Luton,  St  Albans,   Harpenden,  Batford  or  Redbourne.  To  research  costs  of  living  in  the  area:   • or  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  68  

CRITERIA FOR  HOUSING  ALLOCATION     While  the  goal  of  the  Housing  Committee  is  to  give  everyone  who  desires  Oval  housing  the   type  they  prefer,  it  may  not  always  be  possible  to  do  so.    Due  to  space  and  financial   limitations  it  is  unlikely  that  ideal  accommodation  will  be  available  to  suit  everyone  on  the   Oval.    Timing  plays  an  important  part  in  what  accommodation  is  offered  to  incoming  staff.     What  we  can  offer  depends  on  what  we  have  available  at  a  particular  time.    The  option  of   finding  accommodation  off  base  is  open  to  everyone.       Factors  considered  in  housing  allocation…   • Length  of  past  service  to  the  ministries  at  Highfield  Oval  (i.e.  the  number  of  years   spent  at  YWAM  Harpenden).   • Length  of  past  service  to  YWAM  at  other  locations.   • Age     • Length  of  intended  service   • Different  needs/dynamics  of  families,  couples,  and  singles.   • Financial  considerations.   • Pastoral  needs  and  grounds  for  compassion   • Adequate  space  for  people  (living/cooking/bathroom)     If  staff  members’  circumstances  change,  then  their  housing  allocation  is  open  for  review,  e.g.   additional  children,  change  between  full  time  and  part  time  service  with  YWAM,  children   leaving  home.    Alternatively,  if  accommodation  becomes  available  on  the  base  that  was  not   available  at  the  time  of  your  allocation,  all  staff  are  welcome  to  apply  to  the  housing  group  to   be  considered  for  a  change  in  accommodation.       The  staff  fee  is  determined  by  the  Leadership  Team  and  is  based  on  the  amount  of  space  and   amenities,  i.e.,  cooking  facilities,  self-­‐contained  bathroom,  etc.  provided.    It  includes  the   housing,  water,  heat,  electricity  and  council  tax  in  shared  accommodation.    In  self-­‐contained   flats,  the  Council  tax  is  payable  directly  to  the  Council  and  is  not  a  part  of  the  YWAM  fee   structure.      

HOUSING GROUP       1. To  consider  housing  needs  of  both  new  applicants  and  existing  staff,  looking  at   available  housing,  and  allocating  as  appropriate.     2. To  communicate  with  the  Flat  Co-­‐ordinator,  department  head,  and  the  individual   concerning  the  housing  that  has  been  allocated  to  them  and  the  cost  of  it.     3. To  approve  staff  moving  from  one  house/flat/room  to  another.     4. To  process  with  the  ministry  leader  any  staff  departure  from  the  Oval,  ensuring  that   housing  is  left  in  an  acceptable  state.    If  the  housing  is  left  in  poor  condition,  the   ministry  leader  will  be  approached  to  help  in  rectifying  this.     5. To  check  staff  into  new  accommodation  and  out  of  old  accommodation.    The  purpose   of  this  is  two-­‐fold.  1)  To  ensure  that  the  accommodation  is  left  clean  and  ready  for   the  new  occupant  to  move  into  and  2)  To  maintain  a  minimum  overall  standard  of   accommodation  with  the  expectation  being  that  we  will  leave  the  accommodation  in   a  similar  or  improved  condition  to  how  we  received  it.         6. To  collect  a  Staff  Fee  Deposit,  of  £50  for  single  rooms  and  £100  for  flats,  that  will  be   returnable  provided  that  the  accommodation  is  left  in  a  suitable  manner,  e.g.  keys   returned,  clean,  no  significant  damage.    Personnel  will  provide  cleaning  and  exit  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  69  

guidelines a  few  weeks  in  advance  of  your  departure  date.    A  member  of  the  housing   group  will  contact  you  nearer  the  time  to  arrange  a  check  in/out  visit.   How  do  we  function?     The  Housing  Group  meets  monthly  to  serve  the  base  community  by  allocating  existing   housing  according  to  the  guidelines  in  this  booklet.    If  an  issue  arises  that  cannot  wait  until   the  next  meeting,  we  are  in  regular  email  contact.             How  can  the  Housing  Group  be  contacted?     1. Send  a  written  request  or  e-­‐mail  (  to  say  that  you  would  like   to  make  a  housing  request,  express  a  concern  or  whatever.  (Since  we  are  all  involved   with  various  ministries,  this  is  more  effective  than  simply  “a  word  in  our  ear”.)    If   you  are  aware  of  someone  having  concerns  about  their  housing,  please  encourage   them  to  contact  the  housing  group  directly.       2. Following  your  written  request,  one  of  us  may  contact  you  in  person  so  you  can   share  in  more  detail  and  depth  what’s  on  your  heart.     3. In  the  next  monthly  meeting  your  request  will  be  considered  by  the  housing  group.     If  you  feel  you  would  like  to,  you  are  also  most  welcome  to  attend  and  share  with  us   all.    Please  contact  the  chair,  in  advance,  if  you  would  like  to  do  this.  

DEFINITION OF  OTHER  ROLES  INVOLVED  IN  HOUSING  ALLOCATION     Role  of  the  Leadership  Team     1. To  help  set  priorities  of  allocation  for  the  housing  group  (i.e.  the  LT  may  strategically   reserve  accommodation  on  base  for  essential  staff  roles  or  according  to  growth   priorities.    The  LT  may  also  re-­‐allocate  a  portion  of  a  building  for  major  renovations   or  change  of  use).   2. To  determine  staff  fees.     3. To  input  into  the  submission  of  new  members  and  approve  or  appoint  the  chair  of   the  Housing  Group.       Role  of  the  Personnel  Department     1. To  bring  to  the  Housing  Group  the  names  of  staff  needing  to  be  housed.    Factors  such   as  age,  length  of  service  in  YWAM,  family  situation,  role,  length  of  commitment  to   Harpenden  plus  any  other  information  needed  for  the  decision.     2. To  advise  the  Housing  Group  of  staff  wanting  to  let  out  their  flats  while  they  are   away.     3. To  be  aware  of  the  new  staff  that  departments  are  potentially  recruiting  and  keep   the  housing  group  informed  of  staff  being  processed  or  departing.     4. To  administrate  staff  fees,  staff  deposit  fees,  and  keys  to  accommodation.     5. To  advise  of  cleaning  and  exit  guidelines  for  leaving  accommodation  and/or  the   Oval.           YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  70  

Role of  Ministry/Department  Leader     1. To  keep  the  Personnel  Department  regularly  informed  of  staff  they  are  recruiting  or   who  are  leaving.     2. To  communicate  to  the  Housing  Group  any  special  factors  to  be  aware  of  when   housing  is  allocated  to  new  staff.     3. To  refrain  from  giving  any  promise  or  expectation  of  the  type  of  accommodation   that  might  be  available  for  prospective  staff.     4. To  liase  with  Personnel  to  ensure  shared  accommodation  is  adequately  furnished   and  prepared  for  the  arrival  of  the  new  staff.         5. To  process  the  departure  of  staff  with  the  housing  group  to  ensure  that  housing  is   left  in  a  suitable  state.    If  it  is  not  left  suitably,  to  assist  housing  in  rectifying  this   matter.     Role  of  the  Flat  Co-­ordinator       The  Chair  of  the  Housing  Group  appoints  the  Flat  Co-­‐ordinator  in  liaison  with  the  Housing   Group  and  the  building  concerned.    This  role  is  not  a  permanent  position  for  the  duration  of   the  co-­‐ordinator’s  time  on  the  Oval  but  can  be  undertaken  for  varying  lengths  of  time,  e.g.  6   months,  1  year  or  longer  etc.    The  Chair  needs  to  be  approached  if  there  are  any  issues  with   the  Flat  Co-­‐ordinator  that  you  have  been  unable  to  resolve  yourself,  e.g.  they  are  not   fulfilling  their  responsibilities.     The  co-­‐ordinator  is  the  point  person  in  the  flat  for:     1. Communicating  to  the  rest  of  the  flat/building  when  new  staff  are  arriving  (the   Housing  Group  &  Personnel  are  responsible  for  informing  the  co-­‐ordinator  of  new   staff  &  their  arrival  dates).  The  Dept/ministry  leader  and  the  co-­‐ordinator  are   responsible  for  ensuring  the  room  has  basic  furniture  and  is  ready  for  the  new  staff   member.     2. Welcoming  new  flat  mates,  introducing  them  to  all  the  necessary  information   (laundry  facilities,  cleaning  rosters  and  other  responsibilities  that  are  shared  among   occupants,  TV  licence  information,  First  Aid  Kit,  Fire  Blankets  and  safety   procedures).  Personnel  and  the  Dept/Ministry  Leader  also  have  a  responsibility  to   make  certain  the  new  staff  member  is  aware  of  anything  that  would  be  relevant  in   ensuring  a  smooth  transition  to  community  living  including  cultural  issues.     3. Assigning  and  overseeing  rotas  for  the  cleaning  and  upkeep  of  communal  areas,   giving  job  descriptions  where  necessary.     4. Calling  house  meetings  or  similar  to  help  the  smooth  running  of  the  little   “community”     5. Making  sure  that  any  TV’s  in  communal  areas  have  a  current  TV  License.     6. Communicating  any  unresolved  discipleship  issues  that  arise  in  the  flat  to  relevant   ministry  leaders  with  the  knowledge  of  all  concerned.    (As  far  as  possible,  issues   should  be  resolved  within  the  flat.)     7. Communicating  repair  or  renovation  requests  to  the  maintenance  department  for   communal  areas.  Family  flats  should  take  care  of  their  own  maintenance  or   replacement  needs.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  71  

ADDITIONAL HOUSING  INFORMATION     Guidelines  for  the  Temporary  Holding  of  Staff  Housing     We  recognise  that  there  are  situations  when  God  leads  Oval  staff  members  to  spend  time   elsewhere,  and  that  sometimes  it  may  be  appropriate  to  hold  their  housing  open  for  their   return.    Under  the  condition  that  God  is  leading  them  away  for  a  specific  time  and  purpose,   with  a  clear  call  to  return  to  long-­‐term  ministry  in  Harpenden,  it  may  be  possible  to   temporarily  hold  housing  for  staff.     On-­‐base  housing  is  a  privilege  and  if  we  hold  housing  for  someone,  the  length  of  time   granted  should  reflect  his  or  her  length  of  service  to  and  investment  in  this  base.    Should  this   situation  arise,  please  contact  the  Housing  Group  for  advice.     Staff  must  be  aware  though  that,  while  the  Housing  Group  will  try  to  help  find  someone  to   temporarily  use  their  accommodation  while  they  are  away  to  pay  the  rent,  this  may  not  be   possible.    The  staff  member  is  liable  for  the  cost  of  renting  of  the  flat  while  they  are  away   should  there  be  times  when  the  accommodation  is  empty.     DTS  staff  going  on  outreach  who  have  made  a  two  year  commitment  to  the  Oval  are  allowed   to  hold  their  accommodation  until  their  return  and  be  charged  at  50  per  cent  of  their  normal   rent  plus  council  tax.  This  is  up  to  a  maximum  of  3  months.  Alternatively,  they  may  look  to   sub-­‐let  their  flat  to  another  YWAMer  whilst  they  are  away.    They  will  need  to  pack   belongings  away  to  adequately  allow  for  someone  to  use  their  room  during  their  absence.     However,  if  the  DTS  is  assisting  staff  financially  with  outreach  costs,  this  rent  reduction  will   not  apply.    Staff  who  do  wish  to  apply  for  this  rent  reduction  need  to  notify  housing  at  least   two  weeks  before  going  on  outreach.     Storage  on  the  Oval     Some  of  the  buildings  have  communal  storage  areas  (a  room  or  cupboards).    These  should   be  shared  equally  between  all  the  occupants  in  that  building/corridor,  including  those  in   shared  and  self-­‐contained  flats.    However,  if  you  do  have  more  storage  space  in  your   accommodation  than  others,  please  take  this  into  consideration  when  using  the  communal   storage  space.     Subletting  your  Room/Flat     If  you  are  subletting  your  flat  for  more  than  a  week,  PLEASE  let  the  Housing  Group  and   Personnel  know.    This  is  so  that  we  know  who  is  actually  living  on  the  Oval  at  any  given  time   for  security,  post,  etc.  If  you  wish  to  sublet  to  anyone  outside  of  the  Oval  Community,  there   must  be  approval  from  the  leadership  team.  

WHAT CAN  BE  EXPECTED  IN  SHARED  ACCOMMODATION     Kitchens   Tables  and  chairs,  cooker,  fridge/freezer,  cupboards,  pots/pans,  and  floor  covering.     Bedrooms   Bed,  wardrobe,  chest  of  drawers,  lamp/light  shades,  curtains,  chair,  table,  basic  floor   covering  (some  variation  on  these  items  will  be  provided).     Laundry  Areas   Washer/dryer   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  72  

Lounge Area   Sofa/chairs     If  residents  of  flats  wish  to  have  microwaves,  kettles,  toasters,  TVs,  VCRs,  etc.,  they  are  free   to  purchase  them  as  individuals  or  jointly.    TV  licenses  are  required  for  the  communal  room   in  each  individual  flat  and  for  any  private  TV  kept  in  your  bedroom.    These  may  be  obtained   at  the  Post  Office  or  online  at     Cookers  and  other  major  appliances  are  maintained  and  replaced  by  YWAM,  unless   negligence  is  involved.    Please  contact  the  management  team  regarding  any  replacements.     The  Flat  Co-­‐ordinator  should  submit  to  the  Refurbishment  Group  in  writing  any   improvements  they  desire  concerning  communal  areas.    

WHAT CAN  BE  EXPECTED  IN  SELF-­CONTAINED  ACCOMMODATION?     Kitchens     Basic  Kitchen  items  -­‐-­‐  cooker,  cupboards  and  sink  are  provided  by  the  Oval.    Often  due  to  the   generosity  of  the  previous  occupants,  most,  if  not  all,  flats  have  reasonable  kitchens.     Bathrooms   Sink,  Bath  or  Shower  and  Toilet     Bedrooms  and  Lounges   Normally  these  are  provided  empty  so  that  residents  can  either  bring  their  own  furniture  or   obtain  furniture  when  they  arrive.         Note:  Exact  details  of  what  the  flat  does  and  does  not  contain  can  be  requested  from  the   Housing  Group  at  the  time  of  Oval  Housing  allocation.     It  should  also  be  noted  that  the  Oval  keeps  a  very  limited  amount  of  furniture  stock  on  site.     This  usually  consists  of  beds,  sofas,  cupboards,  wardrobes,  etc.,  and  can  be  reserved  by  any   potential  residents,  if  available  at  that  time.    

PAINT POLICY  ON  THE  OVAL     We  want  to  encourage  everyone  to  feel  at  home  in  their  accommodation  and  to  have  the   freedom  to  decorate  as  they  would  like.  However  we  have  found  that  it  is  necessary  to  have   some  guidelines  with  regards  to  re-­‐decoration  (paint  &  wall-­‐paper)  which  we  ask  you  to   respect.     If  you  have  any  questions  with  regards  to  painting/decorating  your  accommodation  please   approach  a  member  of  the  Refurbishment  or  Housing  Group  (the  details  of  who  are  in  these   groups  is  on  the  Intranet).     In  light  of  us  all  being  stewards  of  this  property  we  would  ask  that  you  help  maintain  your   accommodation  to  a  high  standard.  This  means  painting  as  needed  in  order  to  keep  the   accommodation  in  a  good  condition.  When  rooms  are  re-­‐painted/get  new  wall-­‐paper,  it  is   expected  that  this  is  done  with  the  appropriate  preparation  and  finish.    Please  get  advice  if   you  are  not  sure  what  this  entails.     Resident’s  own  rooms/self-­contained  flats    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  73  

1. Rooms should  be  painted  in  neutral  or  pastel  colours.  If  you  are  not  sure  if  the  paint  you  like   is  suitable,  please  check  with  a  member  of  the  Housing  or  Refurbishment  group  before   painting.     2. If  you  choose  to  paint  your  room  in  bright  colours  this  must  be  painted  back  to  a  neutral   colour  before  you  move.  However  you  are  only  allowed  to  paint  the  walls/ceiling  in  bright   colours.  Please  bear  in  mind  that  it  may  take  2-­‐3  coats  of  paint  to  cover  bright/dark  colours   which  is  at  your  own  expense.       3. Radiators,  pipes,  window  frames,  doors  and  door  frames  are  only  allowed  to  be  painted  in   white  or  magnolia  or  the  wood  can  be  left  unpainted  if  it  is  properly  treated  with  either   varnish  or  wax  to  protect  it.     4. If  your  window/door  frames  were  unpainted  when  you  moved  into  your  accommodation,   then  you  are  not  allowed  to  paint  them.  This  is  because  it  is  a  very  time-­‐consuming  process   to  strip  them  of  the  paint  and  also  leaving  them  unpainted  requires  less  upkeep.  However   you  are  able  to  put  varnish/wax  on  them  to  protect  them.     5. If  the  new  residents  like  your  bright  colour  scheme  and  request  that  you  leave  it,  then  they   are  responsible  for  repainting  the  room  back  to  neutral  colours  when  they  move.     6. We  are  aware  that  some  rooms  were  inherited  with  bright  colours  and  in  these  cases,  the   base  will  provide  magnolia  or  white  paint  for  these  to  be  repainted.       7. All  painting,  apart  from  the  exception  above,  is  undertaken  at  your  own  expense.     8. All  of  the  above  also  applies  to  re-­‐decorating  with  wall-­‐paper  instead  of  paint.     9. If  a  member  of  staff  leaves  having  not  re-­‐painted  their  room  back  to  neutral  colours,  the  line   leader  will  be  approached  and  asked  to  do  this  with  their  team.         Communal  Rooms     The  base  will  provide  magnolia  or  white  paint  for  the  communal  areas  in  the  buildings.  If   you  would  like  to  add  a  mixer  to  this  or  purchase  a  different  colour  this  is  at  your  own   expense.    However  communal  areas  must  be  painted  in  neutral  colours  and  hall-­‐ways  must   be  consistent.  Before  painting  any  communal  areas,  a  request  needs  to  be  made  to  the   Refurbishment  group.    

REFURBISHMENT GROUP       The  refurbishment  group  exists  to  advise  on  and  approve  changes  to  the  fabric  of   residences,  common  areas  and  offices  on  the  Oval,  whether  funded  by  the  Oval  or  by   individuals.    While  the  Oval  is  your  home  when  living  here,  it  remains  the  property  of  YWAM   Harpenden  when  you  leave.  For  this  reason,  the  refurbishment  group  will  work  with  staff   towards  the  improvement  of  our  facilities  within  the  parameters  of  our  limited  resources.   The  refurbishment  group  will  consider  long  and  short  term  implications  of  any  change,   including:  legal  requirements;  financial  limitations;  and  other  needs  on  the  base;  as  well  as   the  value  to  the  current  and  future  users  of  any  rooms.         It  is  likely  that  most  changes  you  wish  to  make,  which  you  are  going  to  fund,  to  improve   your  living  space  will  be  approved.  The  group  exists  mainly  to  direct  base-­‐funded   improvements  and  to  ensure  that  all  work  is  done  in-­‐line  with  legal  requirements  or  plans   for  the  long-­‐term  use  of  an  area.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  74  

Therefore, any  changes  you  propose  to  make  to  the  Oval  buildings  in  the  following   categories  need  to  be  approved  by  the  refurbishment  group.  This  can  be  done  by  a  simple   email  to       Things  you  need  to  get  approval  for  :       • Any  work  involving  changes  to  the  electrics  -­‐    remember,  the  refurbishment  group  does   not  deal  with  repairs  to    existing  items,  but  with  changes  you  wish  to  make  to  improve    them.         Note:    this  does  not  mean  changing  light  bulbs  or  lampshades  but  does  include  the   changing  of  fixtures.     • Any  plumbing  work     Note:    Plumbing  in  major  appliances  can  be  done  by  a  professional,  or  done  by  yourself   as  long  as  you  have  it  checked  by  the  maintenance  team  or  a  recognised  competent   person.    Improperly  fitted  appliances  can  cause  major  damage.    We  recommend  that   you  ask  the  refurbishment  group  and  seek  competent  advice  before  installing  any   major  appliance  (fridge,  freezer,  dryer,  washer,  dish-­‐washer)  that  is  not  just  the   replacement  of  an  old  one.    Note:  This  is  not  referring  to  the  repair  /  maintenance  of   existing  plumbing,  which  should  be  referred  to       • No  work  involving  changes  to  the  gas  mains/supply  should  be  attempted  under  any   conditions.  This  includes  installation  of  gas-­‐fuelled  appliances.    This  is  a  legal   requirement,  whereby  all  gas  appliances  are  to  be  handled  by  CORGI  registered   professionals.       • Any  building  work  which  creates  a  permanent  change  (ie.  Dividing  rooms,  building  loft   beds,  fitted  wardrobes  etc)     • Floor  Coverings  -­‐  any  permanent  changes  made  to  floor  coverings  need  to  be  approved.   The  base  attempts  to  provide  adequate  floor  coverings  in  common  areas  and  rooms.    If  a   floor  cover  needs  changing,  make  a  request  and  we  will  make  the  decision  together.    If   you  wish  to  fund  the  change  of  a  floor  covering  it  can  be  done  with  the  approval  of  the   Refurbishment  Group  on  the  understanding  that  you  are  investing  in  the  Oval  and  will   leave  the  carpet/floor  on  your  departure.         • Decorating  -­‐  The  base  attempts  to  provide  window  coverings  (curtains,  blinds  etc.)  for   each  flat.    These  can  be  replaced  as  long  as  you  provide  adequate  window  coverings,  of   equal  or  greater  value,  when  you  leave  –  i.e.  you  can  either  leave  the  ones  you  buy,  or   put  up  the  originals  or  similar  ones.  Therefore,  no  permission  is  needed  to  replace   window  coverings  that  can  easily  be  changed.    

EMERGENCIES AND  REPAIRS   Emergencies     Who  do  I  call  on  for  Emergencies?     The  Maintenance  person  or  in  the  absence  of  one,  the  Leadership  Team/Management  Team.   (Note:  emergencies  are  things  like:  floods,  total  power  failure,  fire,  no  heat,  etc.,  NOT  general   repairs)       General  Repairs       YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  75  

The Oval  is  responsible  for  the  water,  gas  and  electricity,  as  well  as  sanitation,  space  and   water  heating.    This  includes  the  following:     INTERNALLY   • Water  pipes,  gas  pipes  and  electrical  wiring.   • Basins,  baths,  toilets   • Water  heaters,  boilers,  fireplaces  (structures)  and  radiators   • Electrical  sockets  and  light  fittings,  but  not  light  bulbs  and  fuses.   • Walls,  floors,  ceilings,  doors,  door  frames  and  thresholds     EXTERNALLY    Roof  gutters  and  drain  pipes    Outside  walls,  doors,  window  frames  and  other  external  timbers.    External  painting.    Pathways  and  stairs       Note:  For  those  with  fireplaces,  please  note  that  you  are  responsible  to  sweep  your  chimney   at  least  once  a  year.    You  MUST  notify  the  Housing  Group  when  your  chimney  is  swept  as  the   Oval  must  keep  a  record  for  insurance  purposes.    Please  DO  NOT  light  a  fire  until  this  has   been  seen  and  approved.       Procedure  for  Reporting  a  Repair  Request     Please  email:           The  Maintenance  team  is  usually  very  busy  and  have  to  prioritise  requests.    Please  be   patient  and  gracious  with  them.   Note:  Under  no  circumstances  WHATSOEVER,  should  residents  attempt  ANY  repairs,   modifications,  or  upgrades  to  the  Oval  maintained  areas,  particularly  water,  electricity  or   gas.    If  in  doubt,  please  ask.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  76  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  77  

DRIVING &  CARS     CARS       If  you  plan  to  be  in  the  UK  for  some  time,  you  may  consider  buying  a  car.  Remember  that   you  can  purchase  a  second-­‐hand  or  used  car  more  cheaply  than  a  new  one!  It  is  a  good  idea   to  take  a  British  friend  along  with  you  to  help  you  check  it  out.  Having  a  car  can  work  out  to   be  expensive,  as  you  will  need  petrol,  insurance,  and  motor  tax,  as  well  as  paying  for  repairs.       MOTORISTS  ON  THE  OVAL     Please  drive  slowly  around  the  Oval  and  take  heed  of  the  10-­‐mile  speed  limit.  This  is  for  the   safety  of  young  children  around  the  base  –  who  can  easily  come  from  behind  a  tree,  parked   car  or  hedge  without  seeing  you  or  your  car.     PARKING  ON  THE  OVAL     • Please  park  your  cars  in  the  parking  bays  in  front  of  your  home.       • If  you  have  more  than  one  car,  please  park  your  second  car  behind  the  Bramley   Building  or  down  by  the  Clock  Building  car  park.       • Please  ask  all  visitors  (personal  or  business,  daytime  or  night-­‐time)  to  use  the  car   park  behind  the  Bramley  Building.  That  way  the  parking  bays  remain  free  for   residents  when  they  return  home.     LEGAL  INFORMATION  FOR  FOREIGN  NATIONAL  DRIVERS       United  Kingdom  law  requires  that  after  one  year  of  residency  in  the  U.K.,  a  foreign  national   wishing  to  continue  driving  in  the  U.K.  MUST  OBTAIN  A  BRITISH  DRIVING  LICENCE.    For   further  information,  please  see  website:         If  you  need  to  get  a  British  driving  licence  and  take  a  driving  test,  this  can  take  several   months,  so  plan  well  before  your  year  comes  to  an  end.     • IMPORTANT  -­  Foreign  nationals  must  carry  their  driving  licences  on  them  at   all  times.  If  asked  to  produce  it  and  unable  to  do  so,  the  police  will  arrest  you   until  you  can  prove  that  you  are  licensed  to  drive.         • PLEASE  NOTE:    If  you  are  driving  on  the  wrong  type  of  driving  licence  and  you   have  an  accident,  it  is  possible  that  the  insurance  company  will  make  VOID  the   insurance  cover  you  have!    The  implications  of  this  are  serious  in  that  a   substantial  financial  claim  could  be  levied  against  YOU,  which  in  the  natural   would  be  impossible  for  you  to  pay.  The  results  could  even  get  you  a  prison   sentence.  The  moral  issue,  of  course,  would  also  be  that  the  ‘Third  Party’   having  a  legal  claim  to  recompense  would  get  nothing,  thereby  possibly   causing  great  family  hardship.     • If  your  licence  shows  entitlement  to  drive  heavy  goods  or  public  service  vehicles   (HGVs/PSVs),  please  note  that  special  arrangements  apply  to  the  driving  of  these   vehicles  in  Great  Britain.  You  may  only  drive  these  vehicles  if:       - You  are  the  holder  of  a  licence  issued  by  a  Member  State  of  the  European   Community  or  the  vehicle  you  are  driving  has  been  temporarily  imported.     • You  must  bear  a  licence  that  allows  you  to  drive  a  vehicle  with  more  than  nine  total   people  before  you  are  allowed  to  legally  drive  vans.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  78  

CAMPUS VEHICLES     As  a  campus,  we  have  vehicles  available  for  business  purposes,  and  at  times  for  personal   use.    If  you  would  like  to  be  included  on  the  insurance  to  drive  these  vehicles,  please  see  the   Campus  Administrator.    Only  authorised  drivers  may  use  the  campus  vehicles.    Some  of  the   conditions  for  the  drivers  are  below.  Otherwise,  further  information  can  be  obtained  from   the  Campus  Administrator.     • There  are  weekly  sign-­‐up  sheets  for  each  vehicle  near  where  the  vehicle  keys  are   kept.  It  is  necessary  to  book  a  vehicle  and  to  indicate  whether  the  trip  is  a  business   or  a  personal  one.  Should  a  vehicle  be  required  for  business  and  no  booking  space  is   available,  business  use  will  take  precedence  over  a  private  booking.     • In  order  to  use  the  campus  vehicles  speak  to  the  Campus  Administrator  to  ensure   that  you’re  eligible  and  put  on  the  insurance.       • Should  you  wish  to  book  a  vehicle  for  a  long  period  (over  4  hours),  please  check  with   the  Campus  Administrator  first  and  then  record  it  on  the  sign-­‐out  sheet.     • Please  fill  each  vehicle  with  fuel  when  it  reaches  ¼  tank  level  and  take  note  if  the  car   requires  diesel  or  unleaded  fuel.    You  may  get  reimbursed  for  any  fuel  you  paid  for   from  the  accounting  department  if  you  have  a  receipt  for  the  fuel.       • Please  check  the  oil  and  water  before  you  take  a  vehicle  out.     • Rates  for  Private  Use:  (2012:  costs  will  increase  in  line  with  fuel  costs)     - Volvo  car:  36p  per  mile  +  20%  VAT   - Renault  Transit  Van:  60p  per  mile  +  20%  VAT       • Please  note:  These  prices  may  change  regularly,  due  to  rises  in  petrol  prices.     WHAT  TO  DO  IF  A  YWAM  HARPENDEN  VEHICLE  BREAKS  DOWN?     • YWAM  Harpenden  belongs  to  the  Royal  Automobile  Club  (R.A.C.).       • There  is  a  membership  card  in  each  vehicle.       • If  you  break  down,  ring  the  FREEPHONE  (0800)  number  on  the  back  of  the  card.  The   RAC  provides  ‘at  home’,  roadside  and  recovery  assistance.  Please  make  sure  the  card   is  kept  in  the  vehicle  to  which  it  belongs.  If  you  breakdown  and  the  card  is  missing,  it   will  be  difficult  to  get  service.  You  could  be  the  one  stuck  on  the  motorway!       USE  OF  MOBILE  PHONES  IN  VEHICLES  –  IMPORTANT,  TAKE  NOTE!     In  a  new  regulation  that  came  into  force  on  the  1st  of  December  2003,  it  is  a  specific  offence   to  use  a  hand-­‐held  phone,  or  similar  device  when  driving.  A  hand-­‐held  device  is  something   that  “is  or  must  be  held  at  some  point  during  the  course  of  making  or  receiving  a  call  or   performing  any  other  interactive  communication  function”.       The  law  will  also  consider  employers  liable  if  they  require  their  employees  to  use  a  hand-­‐ held  phone  whilst  driving  and  might  also  be  liable  if  they  failed  to  forbid  their  employees   from  using  phones  whilst  driving  on  company  business.  Whilst  Youth  With  A  Mission  is  not   an  employer  in  the  traditional  sense,  we  do  not  endorse  any  staff  member  breaking  this  law.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  79  

TRAINS &  TRAIN  TRAVEL     The  rail  network  provides  a  fairly  fast  way  of  travelling  around  the  country.  You  can  find  out   information  about  train  times  and  ticket  prices  from  National  Rail  Enquiries:     • Web:  or  from  a  train  station  or  travel  agent.     • You  can  buy  train  tickets  from  any  train  station.     • Harpenden  Train  Station,  Station  Road,  Harpenden,  Herts.  AL5  4SP     • Web:     IDEAS  FOR  CHEAPER  TRAIN  TRAVEL     Buy  a  Return  Ticket     Return  tickets  are  usually  cheaper  than  two  single  tickets.  If  you  are  travelling  to/from  your   destination  in  one  day,  you  may  be  able  to  buy  a  ‘cheap  day  return’,  which  is  even  cheaper.       Buy  your  ticket  in  advance     If  you  plan  to  make  a  long  journey,  it  is  often  worth  buying  your  ticket  a  few  days,  or  even   weeks,  before  your  journey  –  this  will  save  you  money  and  should  ensure  you  get  a  seat  on   the  train.  The  tickets  you  can  buy  in  advance  include  Saver,  Super  Saver  and  Apex  tickets.   For  some  of  these  tickets,  you  will  need  to  book  the  time  of  train  you  will  travel  on  –  your   ticket  will  not  be  valid  if  you  travel  on  a  different  train.       Travelcards/Season  Pass     If  you  intend  to  travel  around  London  or  any  of  the  major  cities,  it  will  probably  be  cheaper   to  purchase  a  travel-­‐card.  A  one-­‐day  travel-­‐card  allows  you  unlimited  travel  for  one  day,  and   normally  works  out  to  be  the  price  of  three  journeys!       In  London,  you  can  buy  an  off-­‐peak  travel-­‐card,  Mon-­‐Fri  after  09.30,  or  weekends.  You  can   also  buy  a  travel-­‐card  for  weekdays  before  09.30,  but  these  are  much  more  expensive.       You  can  also  buy  travel-­‐cards  /  season  tickets  for  longer  periods,  e.g.  a  week,  a  month,  a  year   for  travel  in  lots  of  towns  /  cities  in  the  UK.     • Network  Card:  In  the  South  East  of  England,  a  ‘Network  Card’  works  out  cheaper  (at   the  time  of  writing)  than  other  discount  cards,  such  as  the  Young  Person’s  Railcard.     • Young  Persons  Railcard:  If  you  are  26  years  old  or  younger  or  a  full  time  student,   you  can  buy  a  Young  Person's  Railcard.  This  gives  you  a  1/3  discount  every  time  you   buy  a  train  ticket,  so  it  is  worth  getting  one  if  you  intend  to  travel  a  lot  in  the  UK.  You   can  buy  one  at  most  stations.     • Ask  for  help:  ask  at  the  train  station  which  would  be  the  best  ticket  or  you  –  and   compare  the  costs  of  the  different  types  of  tickets  available.     TRAIN  STATIONS  IN  LONDON     Many  cities  around  the  UK  have  just  one  main  railway  station.  However  there  are  eight  main   stations  in  London,  from  where  you  can  catch  trains  to  different  parts  of  the  UK.  It  is  wise  to   check  which  station  you  will  need  to  use  if  you  are  travelling  through  London  to  get  to   another  city.    Trains  from  Harpenden  stop  at  Kings  Cross  /  St  Pancras  International  Station.             YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  80  

UNDERGROUND TRAINS     Several  cities  in  the  UK  have  an  underground  or  metro  system  (in  London,  this  is  called  the   ‘tube’).  The  underground  has  the  advantage  that  trains  are  not  held  up  by  traffic.  However,   be  prepared  for  a  squeeze,  especially  at  peak  travelling  times!  It  is  easy  to  plan  your  journey   if  you  are  not  familiar  with  where  you  are  going.  Stations  are  clearly  marked  on  maps  and  by   signs  in  the  street.  You  need  to  buy  your  Underground  ticket  before  you  get  on  the  train  –   either  from  a  machine  or  a  ticket  seller.  Beware  of  'ticket  touts'.  These  are  people  who  sell   tickets  unofficially,  usually  at  a  higher  price  than  the  official  price.       OYSTER  CARD     When  visiting  London  by  train,  you  can  purchase  an  Oyster  card  -­‐  a  plastic  smartcard  to  use   instead  of  paper  tickets.  You  can  put  Travel-­‐cards,  bus  &  tram  passes  and  pay-­‐as-­‐you-­‐go   credit  on  it,  which  you  use  up  as  you  travel.  Staff  at  the  Harpenden  train  station  will  help  you   buy  the  most  cost-­‐effective  ticket.  Travelling  in  groups  of  four  will  save  you  money.    

LOCAL BUSES     You  can  find  leaflets  with  local  bus  routes  and  times  at  the  public  library,  or  find  information   on  routes  and  times  of  buses  in  your  area  from  Traveline  (     • Many  buses  in  large  towns  and  cities  operate  an  ‘exact  fare’  policy,  which  means  the   driver  will  not  give  you  change  if  you  don't  have  the  right  amount  of  money  in  coins.     • Make  sure  that  you  have  a  selection  of  coins  ready  before  you  board  the  bus.       • You  may  be  able  to  buy  a  travel-­‐card  or  season  ticket  to  save  money  if  you  use  local   buses  regularly.     • To  catch  a  bus,  find  a  bus  stop  for  the  right  bus  route.  When  your  bus  approaches,   show  the  bus  driver  that  you  want  to  use  the  bus  by  stepping  to  the  edge  of  the   pavement  and  stretching  your  arm  towards  the  road.       • Pay  the  driver,  or  show  any  travel-­‐card  /  season  ticket  as  you  get  on  the  bus.       • When  you  want  to  get  off,  press  the  button  that  tells  the  driver  to  stop  at  the  next   bus  stop  (ask  the  driver  for  help  if  you  don’t  know  where  you  need  to  get  off  the  bus  –   the  bus  driver  will  then  tell  you  when  you  reach  your  destination).  


• •

National  Express,  a  national  coach  operator,  operates  a  comprehensive  network  of   coach  services  across  the  UK  and  this  can  often  work  out  cheaper  than  other  forms   of  travel.  However,  travel  by  coach  takes  longer,  may  not  be  as  comfortable,  and   often  has  fewer  services.       If  you  are  26  years  old  or  younger  or  a  full  time  student,  you  can  buy  a  Discount   Coach-­‐card.  This  will  save  you  30%  on  many  National  Express  journeys.       Book  your  ticket  in  advance,  as  seating  is  limited.  For  more  details,  visit  your  local   coach  station  or  contact  National  Express  (Web:     An  alternative  company,  Megabus  also  offers  very  cheap  coach  travel  across  the  UK.     You  can  also  travel  by  coach  to  destinations  in  continental  Europe  –  services  are  run   by  Eurolines.  These  coaches  always  start  and  finish  at  London  Victoria  coach  station.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  81  

TAXIS     Sometimes  you  need  to  travel  where  there  are  no  buses  or  trains,  and  then  taxis  are  useful.       • Look  for  taxi  companies  in  local  telephone  directories.  All  taxi  firms  have  to  be   registered  by  the  local  council,  so  for  short  journeys  different  taxi  companies  will   charge  similar  fares.  However,  always  get  a  quote  before  a  journey  of  more  than  8   miles  as  prices  can  vary  a  lot  between  different  firms.       • Taxis  are  often  thought  to  be  expensive,  but  if  a  group  of  people  share  a  taxi  and   divide  the  cost,  the  price  will  work  out  quite  favourably.       • For  your  own  safety,  only  travel  in  a  registered  taxi.       • Do  not  enter  a  car  if  you  cannot  see  a  taxi  sign,  even  if  the  driver  offers  you  a  cheaper   fare.  


Asking lifts  from  strangers  in  passing  cars  is  known  as  hitch  hiking.    

Hitch hiking  is  not  considered  safe  in  the  UK,  especially  for  women  or  people   travelling  alone.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  82  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  83  

EMERGENCY SERVICES  &  MEDICAL  CARE     The  following  emergency  services  can  all  be  contacted  on  any  ‘phone  by  dialling  999.  On  the   Oval,  this  bypasses  the  need  for  a  code  for  an  outside  line  and  automatically  connects  you  to   the  emergency  services.  They  will  ask  you  which  service  you  would  like.     • Police   • Fire     • Ambulance  /  paramedic   • Coastguard     If  you  call  the  emergency  services,  please  be  aware  that  after  22:30  they  need  to  be  let  in  at  the   back  gate  –  they  may  not  know  the  code.  Also  you  need  to  know  your  building  and  flat  number.  

HEALTH &  MEDICAL  INFORMATION       BEFORE  YOU  ARE  ILL!     Don't  leave  finding  out  about  health  care  until  you  don't  feel  well!       • One  of  the  first  things  to  do  on  arrival  in  the  UK  is  to  find  out  if  you  are  eligible  for   NHS  (National  Health  Service)  treatment.    The  NHS  is  the  public  health  care  system   in  the  UK.    You  should  register  with  a  local  doctor  (General  Practitioner  /  GP).     IF  YOU  ARE  ILL     • First  visit  the  surgery  of  the  doctor  with  whom  you  wish  to  register.  You  will  be  sent   somewhere  else  if  they  cannot  help  you.  You  may  need  to  make  an  appointment  to   visit  the  doctor  at  a  later  time.       • Call  the  NHS  111  service  if  you  need  medical  help  fast,  but  it’s  not  a  999  emergency.   •

You will  be  assessed,  given  advice  and  directed  straightaway  to  the  local  service  that   can  help  you  best.  Calls  to  NHS  111  are  free  from  landlines  and  mobile  phones.  

You can  also  contact  to  check  symptoms  online.       NHS  walk-­‐in  centres  provide  assessment  by  experienced  nurses  or  doctors  (not  all   have  a  doctor)  without  an  appointment.  They  offer  advice  and  treatment  for  minor   ailments  and  injuries  such  as  cuts,  bruises,  minor  infections,  skin  complaints  etc.   Luton  Walk-­In  Centre    14-­16  Chapel  Street,  Luton,  Bedfordshire,  LU1  2SE  (4.3  miles).  

MINOR INJURIES  UNITS     If  your  injury  is  not  serious  you  can  visit  a  minor  injuries  unit  (MIU)  rather  than  an  A&E   (Accident  &  Emergency)  department;  this  allows  A&E  staff  to  concentrate  on  people  with   serious  and  life-­‐threatening  conditions  and  save  yourself  a  potentially  long  wait.    (For  definitions  of  serious  injuries  or  illness,  see  next  section)     Sprains  and  strains   Broken  bones   Wound  infections   Minor  burns  and  scalds   Minor  head  injuries   Insect  and  animal  bites   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  84  

Minor eye  injuries   Injuries  to  the  back,  shoulder  and  chest         1.    St.  Albans  City  Hospital  Minor  Injury  Unit,  Waverley  Road,  St.  Albans,  Hertfordshire,  AL3   5PN  Tel:  01727  897182  (4.6  miles)  09.00-­‐20.00  7  days  a  week  (closed  Christmas  Day)     2.    Dacorum  Urgent  Care  Centre  Hillfield  Road,  Hemel  Hempstead,  Hertfordshire,  HP2  4AD   Tel:  01442  287451(7.0  miles)  24hrs/  7  days  a  week.    

ACCIDENT &  EMERGENCY  (A  &  E)     A  &  E  departments  assess  and  treat  patients  with  serious  injuries  or  illnesses,  such  as....     Loss  of  consciousness   Pain  that  is  not  relieved  by  simple  analgesia   Acute  confused  state   Persistent,  severe  chest  pain,  or   Breathing  difficulties     If  you  need  to  go  to  A&E,  somebody  on  campus  with  a  car  will  help  you  if  necessary.       • If  you  are  unable  to  move  to  a  car  or  need  emergency  onsite  care  -­‐  call  999     NEAREST  A&E:     Luton  &  Dunstable  Hospital:  Lewsey  Road,  Luton,  Bedfordshire,  LU4  0DZ      Tel:  0845  127   0127  (6.9miles)         Queen  Elizabeth  II:  Howlands,  Welwyn  Garden  City,  Hertfordshire,  AL7  4HQ      Tel:  01438   314  333  (8miles)           PAYING  FOR  HEALTHCARE  AND  PRESCRIPTIONS     Emergency  treatment  in  A  &  E  or  from  a  local  doctor  (GP)  is  free,  but  you  may  need  to  pay  for   other  health  services  and  prescriptions.    If  you  don’t  register  with  a  GP,  costs  are  much  higher.     DO  I  NEED  HEALTH  INSURANCE  WHILE  I’M  IN  THE  UK?     Emergency  treatment  at  a  hospital  is  normally  free  of  charge.  When  taking  up  residence  in   the  UK,  you  are  advised  to  register  with  a  GP  and  a  dentist.       Once  you  are  registered  with  a  GP,  you  receive  an  NHS  card  with  an  NHS  number.    For   volunteers  and  missionaries  living  here  for  under  a  year,  they  may  need  to  pay  some  fees   when  admitted  to  hospital  as  an  in-­‐patient  or  seen  at  an  outpatient  clinic.         If  you  have  lived  in  the  UK  for  at  least  a  year  prior  to  treatment  with  no  more  than  3  months   out  of  the  country  in  12  months,  you  are  entitled  to  free  NHS  treatment.     If  you  have  questions,  visit:   PRESCRIPTIONS       During  your  visit  to  the  GP  or  dentist,  you  may  be  given  a  prescription  describing  the   medicine  you  need:     Take  the  prescription  to  a  shop  which  has  a  ‘pharmacy’.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  85  

The shop  will  supply  you  with  the  medicine  for  which  there  is  usually  a  charge.  If  you  have   an  exemption  certificate  you  do  not  need  to  pay  for  your  prescriptions.     MEDICINES     You  can  buy  some  medicines  for  common  ailments  at  a  supermarket  or  chemist  /  pharmacy.   In  a  pharmacy,  you  can  also  ask  for  advice  if  you  don't  feel  well,  for  example  with  a  headache   or  sore  throat.  However,  if  you  continue  to  feel  unwell,  you  should  see  a  doctor.     PRIVATE  TREATMENT     It  is  also  possible  to  have  medical  treatment  ‘privately’,  i.e.  paid  for  by  you  rather  than  the   NHS.  Talk  to  your  doctor  for  details.  You  will  obtain  treatment  more  quickly  if  you  have   private  health  cover  than  through  the  National  Health  Service,  although  the  treatment  itself   will  probably  be  the  same.  Be  warned:  private  treatment  can  be  very  expensive.     SICKNESS     • If  you,  or  a  ‘neighbour’,  are  ill  and  unable  to  come  to  work,  please  see  that  the   appropriate  department  head  is  informed  as  soon  as  possible.       Please  also  let  Personnel  or  the  Leadership  Team  know  about  serious  illnesses  so  that  they   can  come  and  pray  for  you.     GENERAL  MEDICAL  PRACTITIONERS     We  strongly  recommend  that  all  of  our  staff  register  with  one  of  the  two  medical  centres  in   Harpenden.    If  you  are  not  from  the  UK  and  don’t  have  an  NHS  number,  you  may  need  a   letter  from  Personnel  confirming  that  you  are  living  here.       The  Elms  Medical  Centre   Tel:  01582-­‐769393     Appts:  01582-­‐767444   5  Stewart  Road       Fax:  01582-­‐461735   Harpenden  AL5  4QA     Davenport  House  Surgery   Tel:  01582-­‐767821   Bowers  Way       Fax:  01582-­‐769285   Harpenden  AL5  4HX       When  booking  Dr’s  appointments,  please  schedule  these  outside  of  office  hours.     DENTISTS     Dentists  specialise  in  the  treatment  of  teeth.  You  may  choose  any  local  dentist.       • Ask  before  you  start  treatment  if  it  will  be  paid  for  by  the  NHS  or  not.  If  you  have  an   exemption  certificate  (see  above)  you  do  not  need  to  pay  for  dental  treatment.       • It  is  worth  asking  about  dentists  before  you  need  them!  For  more  information  on   dental  costs  see:­‐fees-­‐nhs.php     OPTICAL  TREATMENT   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  86  

If you  need  eye  glasses,  go  to  any  specialist  optician  or  high  street  optician.       • Compare  prices  at  several  shops  before  having  your  eyes  tested  or  buying  glasses,  as   some  shops  are  more  expensive  than  others.     FIRST  AID     There  are  several  qualified  First  Aiders  on  staff,  trained  to  assist  in  accident  situations  only.       • The  names  of  those  trained  in  First  Aid  are  in  Reception  and  inside  First  Aid  boxes.     • Please  refer  any  other  personal  medical  questions  to  your  General  Practitioner  (GP).     Basic  First  Aid  kits  are  located  in  every  building  on  the  Oval  for  the  use  of  staff  for  work   related  injuries  only.       Staff  and  students  are  expected  to  provide  their  own  private  medical  supplies  for  pain  relief,   plasters  (band-­‐aids),  etc.     All  work  /  ministry  related  accidents  must  be  reported  in  the  Accident  Log  in  Reception  as   soon  as  possible  after  the  accident.                

                      LOCAL  CHURCH  FELLOWSHIPS     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  87  

We are  all  part  of  the  Body  of  Christ  and  as  part  of  our  Foundational  values  we  are  called  to:     “Fellowship:  We  are  called  to  commit  to  the  Church  in  both  its     local  nurturing  expression  and  its  mobile  multiplying  expression.”     Below  are  local  churches  which  YWAM  Harpenden  staff  attend.  Alongside  regular  church   attendance,  active  participation  is  encouraged  (e.g.  in  a  small  group  or  serving).  Please  let   Personnel  know  which  church  you  join  as  this  helps  us  with  local  church  relationships.       For  all  local  churches  see  the  following  websites:     or  or       Harpenden     ALL  SAINTS  (Church  of  England)     Sunday:  Holy  Communion:  09:00,  Family  Service:  10:15   Activities:  Tots  &  Teddies,  Sunday  Clubs  &  Youth  Groups   Home  Fellowship  Groups,  Prayer  Groups,  Choir,  Women’s   Fellowship.  129  Station  Road,  AL5  4UU   Tel.  01582  765524  (St  Nicholas  Office)       BETHANY  COMMUNITY  CHURCH  (New  Frontiers)       Sunday:  10:30  at  the  Chapel,  St  George’s  School   Midweek  Cell  Groups,  and  Youth  Activities   Elders:  Neil  Chitty,  Tony  Foord  and  Steve  Low  

    Natalie  Edwards  &  family    

  Doreen  Jenkins     Amanda  Costa  &  family    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  88  

Office: 130a  Southdown  Road,  Harpenden  AL5  1PU   Tel.  01582  763860   email:       CHRISTCHURCH  (Independent  Evangelical,  FIEC)     Sunday:  10:30;  Roundwood  Park  School,  Roundwood  Park     18:00  at  Christchurch  Vaughan  Road     Rev  Gareth  Lewis  Tel:  01582  463260/768289/769165   House  groups,  Alpha,  Christianity  Explored,  Youth  activities.      


HIGH  ST.  METHODIST       Sunday:  10:30  &  18:30;  full  range  of  midweek  activities   Rev  Jenny  Dyer,  Church  Office:  01582  713056     On  the  High  Street,  next  to  WHSmith       CRABTREE  CHURCH  (Independent  Evangelical,  Crabtree  Lane)     Mike  Read  Tel:  01582  769724         NETWORK  CHURCH       Sunday:  10:30   (cell  church  working  in  association  with  Pioneer)   Rothamsted  Conference  Centre,  on  the  Harpenden  Road.   For  location  map  and  more  information  visit  our  website  or  phone  Trevor  Withers,  leadership   team  leader,  on  01727  858379.       CELL  CHURCH  (weekday  house  church)     Contact  the  Greens  directly  to  get  details  of  when  they  meet.       ST  NICHOLAS  (Church  of  England)     Sunday:  08:00  Holy  Communion     09:30  Sung  Eucharist  (with  Sunday  Club  and  Crèche)   11:30  Morning  Praise   16:30  'Simply  Worship'  -­‐  first  Sunday  of  the  month   18:30  Evensong     Rector:  Rev  Christopher  Futcher     Parish  Office:  Tel  01582  765524  /  Fax  713646   email:    

Anne  &  Brian  Sloan       Val  Clark    

  Terry  Elphick   Jon  &  Leah  Judge  &  family   John  &  Suzi  Peachey  &  family   Steve  &  Julie  Sullivan  &  family   Ina  Steyn   Danny  &  Rachel  John  &  family    

Caleb  McAlpine  

  Emmanuel  &  Janice  Entee     Pete  &  Pat  Kinahan        

  Lynn  &  Marti  Green       Lydia  Chua     Becky  Mehaffey  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  89  

UNITED REFORMED  CHURCH     Sunday:  10:30     Contact  Tom  Pattie  for  all  enquiries:  01582  760987     Vaughan  Road     Linked  with  Trinity  URC  St  Albans  and  Brickett  Wood  URC.   Other  services  and  activities  http://harpenden-­‐       THE  SALVATION  ARMY     Church  Office  Tel:  01582  469399  (mornings)   Email:   Leyton  Green       OUR  LADY  OF  LOURDES  CHURCH  (Roman  Catholic)     Priest:  Monsignor  Harry  Turner     Parish  Office:  1  Kirkwick  Ave  Tel:  712245   Rothamsted  Avenue     Luton     NEW  COVENANT  FELLOWSHIP  CHURCH     Kestin  House  –  (All  Saints  Building)       ST  MARY’S  (Church  of  England)     Sunday:  08:00  -­‐  Holy  Communion   10.00  -­‐  Morning  Worship,  family  focused   18:33  -­‐  evening  service  oriented  to  young  people     19  Dunstable  Road    Luton,  LU1  1BE   Contact:  Tel:  01582  438  200       CHRISTCHURCH  BUSHMEAD  (Church  of  England)     Sunday:  08:00  Holy  Communion  (2nd  and  4th  Sunday  only)   09:30  Informal  Worship  with  groups  for  all  children  up  to  Yr  6   11:15  Informal  Worship  with  groups  for  children  up  to  Year  10   Hancock  Drive,  Luton,  LU2  7SF   Tel.:  01582  454081   Email:  office@christchurch-­‐         Website:  www.christchurch-­‐       LUTON  CHINESE  CHURCH     Sunday:  14:00   Central  Baptist  Church   52  Park  Street,  Luton  LU1  3ET   Tel.:  01908  694114        Fax:  01908  675512    

  Gareth  &  Cindy  Cater  &  family     Daniel  &  Wendy  Snell  &  family    

          Annette  Jandrell  

  Andrew  &  Nice  Bowers  &  family  

  Yan  Yan  Liu  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  90  

Email:         LUTON  CHRISTIAN  FELLOWSHIP     Corner  of  Hibbert  St  &  Castle  Street   Luton,  Bedfordshire  LU1  3AL   01582  619  990         STOPSLEY  BAPTIST  CHURCH     Sunday:  10:25  &  19:00   St  Thomas’  Road,  Stopsley,  Luton,  LU2  7UY   Tel.:  01582  727352   Fax:  01582  418357   Email:     Website:       HOPE  CHURCH     Email:     Website:     ST  ALBANS     ST  PAUL'S  CHURCH       Hatfield  Road,  St  Albans,  AL1  4JP   Office,  Blandford  Road,   Telephone  (01727)  846281   http://www.stpauls-­‐       THE  VINEYARD  CHURCH       Sunday:  10:00,  11:59  &  19:45pm   Unit  7,  Brick  Knoll  Park   Ashley  Road  Industrial  Estate   St  Albans  AL1  5UG   Tel:  01727  812  765         ST  ALBANS  ABBEY       CITY    CHURCH            


  Dale  &  Emma  Lambert  &  family     Chris  &  Laura  Mudd  &  family  

  Yan  &  Claire  Nicholls  &  family  

  Colin  &  Halyna  Forbes  &  family      


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  91  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  92  

HARPENDEN   is  a  picturesque  and  lively  town  in  Hertfordshire,  South-­‐East  England,  just  35  miles  north  of   London,  which  is  easily  reached  by  train.         With  over  30,000  residents  for  which  the   Town  Council  provides  essential   community  services,  ‘the  Village’  as  it  is   referred  to  locally,  has  good  transport   links,  an  abundance  of  shopping,  leisure   and  restaurant  facilities  and  many  green   open  spaces,  of  which  the  Green  Flag   award-­‐winning  Harpenden  Common  is   the  largest.             Harpenden  is  also  home  to  the  world-­‐renowned  Rothamsted  Research  Centre  where   scientific  research  focuses  on  sustainable  land  management  and  its  environmental  impacts.   Rothamsted  Park  has  a  small  skate  park,  tennis  courts  and  fitness  centre  with  a  public   swimming  pool.  Enquire  at  the  Fitness  Centre  or  pool  for  opening  times  and  costs.     Harpenden  has  many  shops  commonly  found  in  other  English  towns,  with  three  central   supermarkets,  multiple  female  clothes  shops,  charity  shops,  banks,  estate  agents  and   chemists.  A  good  proportion  of  these  are  run  by  independent  retailers.  The  local  council  has   resisted  the  opening  of  fast  food  chain  outlets.  Cafes  are  common  in  Harpenden  and  most   are  owned  independently.  There  are  multiple  restaurants  and  many  pubs;  both  in  central   Harpenden  and  in  its  suburbs.    

TOWNS AND  CITIES  NEARBY     ST  ALBANS  (5  miles  south  of  Harpenden)     St  Albans  town  forms  the  main  urban  area  of  the  City  and  District  of  St  Albans.  St  Albans  was   a  settlement  of  pre-­‐Roman  origin  named  Verlamion  (or  Verulam)  by  the  Ancient  British   Catuvellauni  tribe.  It  became  the  first  major  town  on  the  old  Roman  road  of  Watling  Street   for  travellers  heading  north  and  became  the  Roman  town  of  Verulamium.  Saint  Alban,  the   first  British  Christian  martyr,  was  beheaded  in  AD  308  by  Maximian  at  the  orders  of   Emperor  Diocletian,  who  had  denounced  the  Christian  faith  and  ordered  the  deaths  of  all   subjects  and  allies  of  the  Roman  Empire  who  refused  to  give  up  the  faith.  Saint  Alban   consequently  gave  the  town  its  modern  name.  It  is  a  historic  market  town,  and  is  a  sought-­‐ after  dormitory  town  within  the  London  commuter  belt.  Property  prices  are  notoriously   high  within  the  district,  which  is  one  of  the  most  expensive  in  the  UK.       • Public  transport  to  St  Albans  is  via  bus  or  train.     LUTON  (7  miles  north  of  Harpenden)     Luton  is  a  large  town  and  the  unitary  authority  of  Bedfordshire,  England.  With  its  near   neighbours,  Dunstable  and  Houghton  Regis,  Luton  forms  the  Luton  /  Dunstable  Urban  Area   with  a  population  of  over  240,000.  Luton  is  home  to  Luton  Town  Football  Club  (whose   history  includes  several  spells  in  the  top  flight  of  the  English  league  as  well  as  a  Football   League  Cup  triumph  in  1988),  London  Luton  Airport  (opened  in  1938,  one  of  England's   major  airports),  and  the  University  of  Bedfordshire.  Luton  has  seen  several  waves  of   immigration;  in  the  early  20th  century  Irish  and  Scottish  people  arrived  in  the  town,   followed  by  Afro-­‐Caribbean  and  Asian  immigrants.  More  recently,  immigrants  from  Eastern   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  93  

Europe have  made  Luton  their  home.  As  a  result  of  this  Luton  has  a  diverse  ethnic  mix.       Luton  Carnival,  held  on  the  late  May  bank  holiday,  is  the  largest  one-­‐day  carnival  in  Europe.       The  town  was  for  many  years  famous  for  hat-­‐making  and  home  to  a  large  Vauxhall  Motors   factory;  the  head  office  of  Vauxhall  Motors  is  still  situated  in  the  town.  Car  production  began   in  1905  and  continued  until  2002,  but  commercial  vehicle  production  remains.   The  main  shopping  area  in  Luton  is  the  Arndale  Mall.  George  Street,  on  the  south  side  of  the   Arndale,  was  pedestrianised  in  the  1990s.    Contained  within  the  main  shopping  centre  is  the   Market,  with  butchers,  fishmongers,  fruit  and  veg  stalls,  hairdressers,  tattoo  parlours,  ice   cream,  flower  stalls,  and  T-­‐shirt  printing  as  well  as  eating  places.    Another  major  shopping   area  is  Bury  Park  where  there  are  shops  catering  to  Luton's  ethnic  minorities.       • Public  transport  to  Luton  is  via  bus  or  train.     LONDON     The  capital  of  England  and  the  United  Kingdom,  the  largest  metropolitan  area  in  the  United   Kingdom,  and  the  largest  urban  zone  in  the  European  Union  by  most  measures,  London  has   been  a  major  settlement  for  2,000  years,  with  a  history  going  back  to  its  founding  by  the   Romans,  who  called  it  Londinium.       London's  ancient  core,  the  City  of  London  (the  financial  district),  largely  retains  its  square-­‐ mile  mediaeval  boundaries.  Since  at  least  the  19th  century,  the  name  London  has  also   referred  to  the  metropolis  around  this  core  and  within  the  boundary  of  the  M25  motorway.       The  bulk  of  this  forms  the  London  region  and  Greater  London  administrative  area.  The   Greater  London  Urban  Area  is  the  second  largest  in  the  EU  with  a  population  of  over  8   million,  while  London's  metropolitan  area  is  the  largest  in  the  EU  with  an  estimated  total   population  of  between  12  and  14  million.       London  is  a  leading  global  city,  with  strengths  in  the  arts,  commerce,  education,   entertainment,  fashion,  finance,  healthcare,  media,  professional  services,  research  and   development,  tourism  and  transport  all  contributing  to  its  prominence.       It  is  the  world's  largest  financial  centre  alongside  New  York,  has  the  largest  city  GDP  in   Europe  and  is  home  to  the  headquarters  of  more  than  100  of  Europe's  500  largest   companies.       It  is  the  most-­‐visited  city  in  the  world:  London's  five  international  airports  make  its  airspace   the  busiest  of  any  urban  centre  worldwide,  and  London  Heathrow  (LHR)  is  the  world's   busiest  airport  by  number  of  international  passengers.       London's  43  universities  form  the  largest  concentration  of  higher  education  institutions  in   Europe.       In  2012,  London  became  the  first  city  to  host  the  Summer  Olympics  three  times.       London  has  a  diverse  range  of  peoples,  cultures  and  religions,  and  more  than  300  languages   are  spoken  within  its  boundaries.      

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  94  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  95  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  96  

SETTLING IN     Even  though  YWAM  Harpenden  is  an  international  community,  and  you  may  not  fully  notice   cultural  differences  until  you  are  in  a  truly  British  context,  moving  to  a  new  country  can  be   daunting  and  difficult.  Everything  is  unfamiliar;  the  weather,  landscape,  language,  food,   dress,  social  roles,  values,  customs  and  communication  -­‐  basically,  everything  you're  used  to   is  no  longer  there.  You'll  find  that  the  day  unfolds  differently  to  where  you  come  from,  that   business  is  conducted  in  a  way  that  may  be  hard  to  understand,  the  shops  open  and  close  at   hours  that  you  could  never  predict…BUT  we  want  to  do  our  best  to  help  you  settle  quickly!    

BRITISH CULTURE     The  English  are  said  to  be  reserved  in  manners,  dress  and  speech  and  are  famous  for   politeness,  self-­‐discipline  and  especially  our  sense  of  humour.  Basic  politeness  such  as,   ‘please’,  ‘thank  you’  and  ‘excuse  me’,  are  expected.     CASUAL  CONTACT     British  people  do  not  always  make  prolonged  conversation  on  a  first  meeting.  This  is  called   being  ‘reserved’.  You  will  find  that  most  local  people  won’t  talk  to  strangers  while  shopping,   on  the  bus,  train  or  when  in  a  queue.  You  should  not  interpret  this  as  being  unfriendly,   although  it  may  seem  strange  to  you.  You  should  not  try  to  make  continuous  conversation  at   such  times  unless  it  is  obvious  that  the  other  person  expects  it.     A  FIRST  MEETING     On  first  meeting  someone,  try  to  ask  general  questions  and  not  personal  ones  which  may  be   thought  to  be  impolite.  Questions  like,  ‘What  is  your  name?’  ‘Where  do  you  live?’  or  ‘What  do   you  do?’  are  acceptable,  but  questions  like  ‘How  old  are  you?’,  ‘How  much  do  you  earn?’  or   ‘How  much  did  you  pay  for  this?’  would  be  considered  impolite.     If  in  doubt,  talk  about  yourself:  what  you  do  and  where  you  come  from.  Some  British  people   know  little  about  other  countries,  and  many  know  little  about  other  cultures  in  detail.  Even   if  they  have  travelled  abroad,  tourist  travel  is  very  different  from  actually  living  in  a  country.     TERMS  OF  ENDEARMENT  -­  NAMES  YOU  MAY  BE  CALLED     You  may  be  called  by  many  different  'affectionate'  names,  according  to  which  part  of  the   England  you  are  visiting.  Do  not  be  offended,  this  is  quite  normal!  For  example,  you  may  be   called  dear,  dearie,  flower,  love,  chick,  chuck,  me  duck,  me  duckie,  mate,  guv,  son,  ma'am,   madam,  miss,  sir,  or  treacle,  according  to  your  sex,  age  and  location.       TIME     Time  keeping  is  quite  rigid  in  the  UK.  Life  revolves  around  our  watches  and  clocks  and   dominates  everyday  life!  Arriving  late,  even  a  few  minutes,  is  considered  impolite.     For  example,  if  a  meeting  is  arranged  for  lunchtime,  there  might  be  a  plan  to  eat  and  then  to   talk  or  the  other  way  round.  If  you  are  late  you  could  miss  the  part  you  needed  to  attend.     TOUCH     The  British  are  reluctant  to  show  their  emotions  in  public.  Unlike  some  cultures,  people  do   not  usually  slap  each  other  on  the  shoulder  or  make  physical  contact  during  a  conversation.   A  British  person  may  misinterpret  such  behaviour  as  aggressive  or  being  too  emotional.       • It  may  be  usual  for  you  to  stand  close  to  another  person  while  in  conversation.  In  the   UK  people  usually  maintain  a  distance  of  60-­‐110  cm,  so  do  not  be  surprised  if  people   move  away  from  you  when  talking!   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  97  

GREETINGS   Most  British  people  will  smile  when  they  meet  you,  irrespective  of  how  they  are  feeling.     They  will  often  greet  you  with  ‘Hello,  how  are  you?’  This  is  simply  a  way  of  saying  ‘Hello’  or   ‘Welcome’  and  they  will  be  expecting  a  reply  similar  to  ‘Quite  well  thank  you’.  ‘Hello,  how   are  you?’  is  not  a  request  for  a  lot  of  details  about  your  health.     • In  a  more  formal  situation  (such  as  meeting  your  tutor  or  landlord  for  the  first  time)   it  is  usual  to  shake  the  right  hand  of  the  person  you  are  meeting.  It  does  not  matter  if   you  make  the  first  move  with  your  right  hand.       • Kissing  /  embracing  are  not  usual  on  a  first  meeting  and  you  should  avoid  them.     • In  the  UK,  there  is  no  special  significance  to  the  left  and  right  hands.  Both  can  be   used  for  giving  and  receiving  presents,  although  the  right  hand  is  always  used  for   shaking  hands.     You  may  be  used  to  avoiding  eye  contact  as  a  sign  of  respect  for  an  older  person  or  authority   figure.  This  is  not  the  case  in  the  UK  where  avoiding  eye  contact  is  seen  as  a  sign  of   insincerity  and  slyness.       Try  to  look  at  people  when  speaking  to  them  although  it  is  usual  to  avoid  prolonged  eye   contact  with  strangers  (for  example  the  person  next  to  you  in  a  train).     GENDER  AND  EQUALITY     It  is  important  to  be  aware  that  in  the  UK  female  and  male  members  of  staff  are  equally   respected  and  accepted.     HOW  TO  ADDRESS  PEOPLE     You  may  be  thought  very  formal  if  you  address  people  as  Mr,  Miss,  Mrs,  Dr  or  Professor,  as   many  people  now  expect  to  be  called  by  their  first  names;  however,  some  older  people  may   prefer  to  be  addressed  more  formally  -­‐  listen  carefully  to  how  people  introduce  themselves   and  to  how  others  address  them.     QUEUES     Queuing  is  the  normal  method  of  waiting  for  your  turn  in  shops,  at  bus  stops  and  in  similar   situations.  If  in  doubt  as  to  whether  someone  is  actually  in  the  queue  or  just  standing  there,   always  ask  before  rushing  in.  To  rush  to  the  front  of  a  queue  could  cause  great  offence.     CONVERSATION  AND  LANGUAGE     If  English  is  your  second  or  third  language,  even  some  people  who  speak  English  well  may   find  some  local  forms  of  speech  or  accents  difficult  to  understand.  Inferences,  sarcasm  and   inflections  of  the  voice  can  all  alter  the  meaning  of  a  statement.     EXPECTING  INDIRECT  ANSWERS     Answers  that  mean  'yes'  usually  include  the  word  'yes'.  However  answers  that  mean  'no'   may  be  worded  indirectly.  For  example,  if  you  asked  a  friend  if  you  could  come  for  tea,  your   friend  may  say,  ‘Well  it  would  be  nice  to  see  you  today  for  tea,  but  we  are  rather  busy  so  I  will   let  you  know.’  Your  friend  might  well  be  saying  in  this  case,  ‘No  I  would  rather  you  came  for   tea  another  day.’       • Do  not  be  worried  about  saying  'no'.  In  this  country  a  ‘no’  is  not  considered  impolite.   • Honesty  is  much  preferred,  so  that  people  know  what  you  really  mean.  If  you  do  not   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  98  

wish to  do  something  do  not  worry  about  saying  so.     ASKING  QUESTIONS     Never  be  afraid  of  asking  questions  of  your  host,  tutor  or  lecturer.       • Asking  questions  or  putting  another  point  of  view  is  not  considered  rude  in  this   country.  It  is  often  expected  that  students  should  have  a  reasoning,  questioning   mind,  so  you  will  be  expected  to  ask,  but  don’t  take  over  every  conversation  by   asking  too  many  questions.     IMPROVING  YOUR  ENGLISH     The  best  way  of  improving  English  is  to  use  it!  Try  to  find  someone  with  whom  you  can   speak  regularly.  It  is  best  to  talk  to  people  who  are  not  too  busy,  such  as  young  or  retired   people.  Ask  them  to  tell  you  if  you  use  a  wrong  word  or  if  you  mispronounce  a  word.     You  may  also  find  that  the  Adult  Education  Centre  in  the  town  run  English  classes.  If  you  are   having  problems  writing  English,  you  may  find  that  a  book  helps.  There  are  many  good   books  on  written  English  but  if  you  have  difficulty  finding  one,  here  are  two  suggestions:     'The  Complete  Plain  Words';  by  Ernest  Gowers     'One  hundred  per  cent  Report  Writing';  by  RA  Ward     WHAT  SHOULD  I  DO  IF  I  CANNOT  UNDERSTAND  WHAT  SOMEONE  HAS  SAID?     • First  ask  the  other  person  to  repeat  what  they  said  more  slowly,  saying,  ‘I’m  sorry,   would  you  please  say  that  again  more  slowly?’       • If  you  still  cannot  understand,  ask  for  it  to  be  written  down.  This  will  help  the  other   person  to  know  that  you  are  having  difficulties  and  may  mean  that  they  will  take   more  care  to  use  simple  English  and  speak  more  slowly.     • Do  not  be  worried  about  letting  the  other  person  know  that  you  have  not   understood:  it  is  not  considered  rude  in  the  UK  to  ask  a  question.     WHAT  DO  I  DO  IF  SOMEONE  DOES  NOT  UNDERSTAND  WHAT  I  HAVE  SAID?     • You  should  repeat  the  comment  using  different  words  if  possible.       • Try  writing  down  your  comment  –  it  may  be  that  the  other  person  is  not  familiar   with  your  pronunciation.     YOUTH  CULTURE     There  is  no  such  thing  as  a  typical  British  young  person!  People  may  be  identified  with  one   group  or  another  by  the  clothes  they  wear  and  the  music  they  listen  to.  A  friendship  group  is   often  very  important  to  them.  Britain  is  no  longer  a  Christian  country,  and  so  you  may  find   that  many  people  live  in  a  way  you  find  surprising.     BRITISH  POLITICS     You  might  just  be  interested  in  our  politics!  Britain  has  no  written  constitution,  but  the   system  of  parliamentary  government  is  the  result  of  gradual  change  over  many  centuries.   The  oldest  institution  in  Britain  is  the  Monarchy,  which  dates  back  to  at  least  the  9th  century.     The  British  Parliament  is  one  of  the  oldest  representative  assemblies  in  the  world.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  99  

The House  of  Lords  and  the  House  of  Commons  both  have  medieval  origins.   The  British  political  party  system  depends  upon  organised  political  parties,  each  of  which   presents  its  policies  to  the  electorate.  In  practice,  most  candidates  in  elections  belong  to   either  the  Conservative  Party  (Tories),  the  Labour  Party  or  the  Liberal  Democrats,  although   there  are  smaller  parties  who  stand  for  Parliament.     In  recent  years,  there  has  been  a  movement  to  political  decisions  being  made  in  the   geographical  location  where  they  have  the  greatest  impact.  The  UK  now  has  a  devolved   government  for  Scotland  and  a  regional  assembly  for  Wales.     Several  staff  at  YWAM  Harpenden  have  read  “Watching  the  English:  the  Hidden  Rules  of   English  Behaviour”,  by  Kate  Fox,  and  recommend  it  for  more  insight.  

EATING AND  DIET     BRITISH  DIET     Eating  habits  in  the  UK  have  been  steadily  changing  over  the  last  few  years,  with   the  introduction  of  fast  food  restaurants  and  other  diets.  Vegetarian  food,  pizzas,  burgers,   Chinese,  Indian  and  other  international  foods  are  all  now  part  of  the  everyday  British  diet.   This  means  that  it  is  quite  difficult  to  define  what  ‘British  food’  is  like!     Traditional  British  dishes  normally  consist  of  a  meat  dish  with  potatoes  and  other   vegetables  such  as  carrots,  peas,  broccoli  and  cabbage.  The  meat  dish  is  often  a  type  of  stew   which  is  meat  cooked  in  a  sauce,  with  vegetables,  in  the  oven.  Meat  may  also  be  fried,  grilled,   or  roasted  in  the  oven.       A  sweet  dish  will  normally  be  served  after  the  main  course:  dishes  such  as  apple  pie  (two   pastry  layers  filled  with  apple),  ice-­‐cream  or  cake.       Sometimes  an  extra  course  called  the  ‘starter’  or  ‘appetiser’  is  served  before  the  main   course:  you  might  be  served  something  like  soup,  pâté  or  melon.     Sunday  lunch  is  a  great  British  tradition,  and  is  normally  a  roast  meat  dish  with  vegetables   which  will  be  served  as  the  main  course.     A  traditional  ‘English  breakfast’  consists  of  cereal  followed  by  fried  egg,  bacon,  sausage  and   tomato.  There  will  then  be  served  toast  and  an  orange  jam  known  as  marmalade.  Tea,  coffee   and  orange  juice  will  also  be  served.  However,  most  British  people  will  usually  have  a  much   simpler  breakfast  of  cereal  and  /  or  toast  with  marmalade  or  jam,  with  tea,  coffee  or  orange   juice  to  drink.     The  British  mealtimes  have  various  names.  This  is  often  very  confusing,  even  for  British   people  –  so  do  ask  if  you’re  not  sure!  The  first  meal  of  the  day  is  normally  ‘breakfast’,  but   sometimes  a  late  breakfast  is  called  ‘brunch’  (combination  of  breakfast  and  lunch).  A  meal  is   often  eaten  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  and  is  usually  called  ‘lunch’  –  this  is  often  light  food,   such  as  sandwiches.  The  evening  meal  is  often  the  main  meal  of  the  day,  and  it  has  various   names:  ‘dinner’,  ‘supper’  and  ‘tea’  (‘tea’  or  ‘high  tea’  is  more  common  in  northern  England   and  Scotland).     ‘Afternoon  tea’  is  different  to  the  main  meal  called  ‘tea’.  Afternoon  tea  is  a  light  snack  type   meal  eaten  in  the  late  afternoon.  Traditionally,  toasted  teacakes  (a  sweet  bread  bun  with   currants  and  sultanas)  or  scones  (a  form  of  bread  dough)  are  eaten  with  jam  and  cream.   Often  a  variety  of  cakes  is  served.  However,  many  people  understand  ‘afternoon  tea’  as  a  cup   of  tea  or  coffee  together  with  a  cake  or  biscuit.  In  some  cases  afternoon  tea  can  be  a  more   formal  affair,  especially  if  you  go  out  for  afternoon  tea,  so  feel  free  to  confirm  with  your  host.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  100  

The British  traditional  takeaway  meal  is  ‘fish  and  chips’.  A  variety  of  fish  is  available   (normally  cod,  haddock  or  plaice)  which  is  coated  with  batter  and  fried  in  vegetable  oil.   Batter  is  made  from  flour,  eggs  and  milk.  Chips  are  chopped,  fried  potatoes.  Many   international  takeaways  are  also  available,  e.g.  Chinese,  Indian,  Italian,  Thai.     INTERNATIONAL  FOOD     Although  not  every  item  of  your  own  national  food  is  available  in  the  UK,  it  is  surprising   what  can  be  found.       • Luton  is  a  very  cosmopolitan  town  which  has  a  large  Chinese,  South  Asian  &  African   population,  and  so  has  many  specialist  food  stores.       • In  Luton  and  St  Albans  there  are  supermarkets  which  have  a  wider  range  of  food   items.  You  can  find  details  of  the  specialist  food  shops  in  you’re  the  area  by  looking   at  the  ‘Yellow  Pages’  telephone  directory  or  the  on-­‐line  version  (       RESTAURANTS     If  you  go  to  a  restaurant,  you  will  usually  be  taken  to  a  table  by  a  waiter  /  waitress.  If  the   restaurant  is  popular,  it  is  best  to  telephone  and  book  in  advance  to  ensure  that  you  get  a   place.  Most  restaurants  serve  vegetarian  dishes  as  well  as  meat  dishes.       • If  you  go  to  a  restaurant  with  a  British  friend,  each  person  usually  pays  for  their  own   food,  unless  your  friend  has  specifically  said  they  will  pay.       • It  is  not  absolutely  necessary  but  a  tip  of  approx  10%  is  often  left  at  the  end  of  the   meal,  except  where  a  service  charge  is  explicitly  mentioned  on  the  bill.       • If  you  are  leaving  a  tip,  do  it  in  change  so  that  the  waiting  staff  receives  the  tip.  There   is  a  minimum  wage  in  the  UK  so  staff  shouldn’t  be  dependent  on  tips  for  a  salary.     CAFES,  TEA  SHOPS  AND  COFFEE  SHOPS     These  are  good  places  to  go  for  a  drink  (usually  non-­‐alcoholic,  hot  and  cold  drinks).  They   always  have  a  range  of  snack  foods.  In  some  cafes  etc,  a  waiter/waitress  will  serve  you;  in   others,  you  need  to  go  to  a  counter  to  order  and  collect  your  drink/food.    

IF YOU  ARE  INVITED  OUT     British  people  may  well  invite  you  out  as  a  sign  of  friendship  and  also  so  that  you  are  not  on   your  own.  You  should  not  invite  yourself  to  a  meal  unless  you  know  the  person  very  well.       “WILL  YOU  COME  FOR  COFFEE?”     People  will  often  use  the  phrase  ‘Will  you  come  for  coffee’  to  mean,  ‘Would  you  like  to  come   round  for  a  short  while  and  chat.’  Normally  different  drinks  such  as  tea,  drinking  chocolate   or  a  soft  drink  like  orange  will  be  available  as  well  as  coffee,  and  you  will  be  asked  what  you   would  like.  Your  host  will  not  normally  offer  you  alcohol  at  a  ‘coffee’  event.       • You  should  accept  the  invitation  the  first  time  if  you  would  like  to  go.       • If  you  refuse  the  first  invitation,  a  British  person  may  think  this  is  your  final  decision   and  may  not  ask  you  again.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  101  

ALCOHOL &  PUBLIC  HOUSES  (PUBS)     Many  British  Christians  drink  alcohol,  which  may  be  a  real  shock  to  you.  A  common  point  of   view  is:  ‘I  wouldn’t  get  drunk.  I  only  drink  in  moderation.’  Be  careful  not  to  seem  judgmental   of  someone  who  drinks  in  moderation  or  tell  them  it  is  wrong.         • Please  read  the  document  in  the  appendix  for  guidance  from  the  YWAM  Harpenden   leadership  on  alcohol.     • If  you  are  asked  to  go  to  a  public  house  (pub)  you  don’t  have  to  drink  alcohol.       • Soft  drinks  are  available,  and  often  tea  and  coffee  too.       • Food  is  usually  a  reasonable  priced  and  quality.  You  usually  need  to  go  to  the  bar  to   order  food  and  drink  –  don’t  wait  for  a  waiter  /  waitress  to  come  to  you!     VISITING  PEOPLE’S  HOMES     It  is  not  normal  to  ‘just  turn  up’  at  someone’s  house.  If  you  need  to  call  to  collect  something   or  see  someone,  write  or  phone  first  to  arrange  a  suitable  time.  An  invitation  for  a  meal,  or   visit  to  an  event  or  historic  site  should  not  be  taken  as  an  invitation  for  an  intimate  or  long-­‐ term  friendship.     DIET     Some  people  may  not  know  what  you  like  to  eat  so  help  them  as  much  as  possible  by   explaining  the  things  that  you  do  and  do  not  eat  -­‐  this  will  not  be  considered  rude.       Tell  your  host  the  things  you  do  not  eat  the  week  before  they  prepare  a  meal  for  you.     ARRIVAL  &  GIFTS     When  you  arrive,  try  to  be  punctual.  If  you  are  delayed,  a  phone  to  tell  your  host  you  will  be   late.  Do  not  arrive  too  early  either;  five  minutes  early  is  about  right.       In  most  cases  (especially  when  you  do  not  know  your  host  very  well)  it  is  usual  to  take   a  small  gift,  such  as  a  box  of  chocolates  or  flowers.     CAN  I  BRING  MY  CHILDREN?     If  you  have  children,  always  ask  your  hosts  in  advance  whether  they  are  expecting  them  for   the  meal  or  not.  If  they  are  invited,  you  may  like  to  tell  your  hosts  the  sorts  of  food  they  eat.   If  your  hosts  don’t  have  children,  it  is  helpful  to  take  a  book  /  toy  for  your  child  to  play  with.     SEATING  &  EATING     If  the  meal  is  served  at  a  table,  you  should  wait  until  you  are  called  to  sit  down.  The  meal   will  either  be  served  on  a  plate,  or  bowls  will  be  passed  round  from  which  you  help  yourself.     If  there  are  several  knives,  forks  and  spoons  at  your  place  at  table,  always  start  with   the  ones  furthest  away  from  your  plate  and  work  in.  Often,  the  fork  and  spoon  for  the   dessert  will  be  placed  at  the  top  of  your  plate.     Always  wait  to  be  offered  more  food,  do  not  just  take  it.  Only  if  you  know  your  hosts   very  well  should  you  help  yourself.  However,  if  food  has  been  served  from  a  bowl,  and   you  see  your  neighbour’s  plate  empty,  it  is  polite  to  ask  your  neighbour  if  you  can   pass  anything  to  them.  Do  not  serve  your  neighbour,  just  pass  them  the  bowl.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  102  

If you  are  offered  more,  and  you  would  like  to  take  it,  always  accept  the  first  time  that   you  are  offered.  If  you  refuse  the  first  time  that  you  are  offered  more,  your  host  will   think  that  you  are  full  or  do  not  like  the  food  and  you  may  not  be  asked  again.     The  way  you  place  your  knife  and  fork  will  indicate  to  your  host  whether  or  not  you   have  finished.       WHAT  IF  I  CANNOT  EAT  THE  FOOD?     If  anything  is  served  that  you  do  not  know,  feel  free  to  ask,  especially  if  you  are  vegetarian.       If  you  can't  eat  anything  please  tell  your  host.     They  will  usually  understand  but  remember,  mistakes  happen,  especially  if  your   hosts  are  not  used  to  having  international  guests.     CLEARING  AWAY     It  is  polite  to  offer  the  host  help  to  clear  away  and  wash  the  dishes  after  the  meal,  although   don’t  be  surprised  if  your  offer  is  refused.     SHOULD  I  RETURN  THE  HOSPITALITY?     British  people  enjoy  having  guests  and  will  not  automatically  expect  you  to  invite  them  back   for  a  meal.  Do  not  feel  that  you  have  to  invite  them.  However,  if  you  have  a  suitable  room  or   flat,  and  enjoy  making  a  meal,  then  you  will  find  that  a  return  invitation  would  normally  be   welcomed  and  considered  a  privilege  by  your  British  friends.  covers  a  vast  range  of  subjects  related  to  British  life.    

HOLIDAYS, SEASONS  AND  TIME     PUBLIC  HOLIDAYS     The  UK  has  a  variety  of  public  holidays  when  workplaces  and  offices  close  for  the  day.  These   are  often  called  ‘bank’  holidays.  Many  shops  and  facilities  close  during  public  holidays,   especially  at  Christmas.  You  should  try  to  find  out  about  other  activities  if  you  do  not  intend   to  spend  the  time  studying,  as  these  holidays  can  be  quite  lonely  when  everything  is  closed   and  there  seems  to  be  nothing  to  do!     1st  January:  New  Years  Day   March/April:    (dates  vary)  Good  Friday  and  Easter  Monday   First  Monday  in  May:  May  Day   Last  Monday  in  May:  Spring  Bank  Holiday   Last  Monday  in  August:  Bank  Holiday     25th  December:  Christmas  Day   26th  December:  Boxing  Day   Elsewhere  in  the  UK:     2nd  January:  Bank  Holiday  (Scotland  only)     17th  March:  St  Patrick's  Day  (Northern  Ireland  only)   Easter  Monday:  is  NOT  a  public  holiday  in  Scotland     12th  July:  Battle  of  the  Boyne  (Northern  Ireland  only)     First  (not  last)  Monday  in  August:  Bank  Holiday  (Scotland  only)     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  103  

Check the  YWAM  Harpenden  Calendar  as  there  may  be  more  dates  for  the  current  year.     JOINING  IN  CELEBRATIONS     Many  of  the  local  and  national  celebrations  can  be  very  good  fun,  and  it  is  worth  finding  out   what  is  happening  in  your  locality.  Hogmanay  (Scotland’s  New  Year  celebrations)  can  be   particularly  lively.  At  Easter  there  are  often  parades  and  fairs.       CHRISTMAS     Christmas  is  a  time  of  year  when  there  are  lots  of  celebrations  throughout  the  UK.  However,   many  facilities  in  town  and  on  campus  may  close  down  between  Christmas  and  New  Year.       • On  Christmas  Day  and  Boxing  Day,  most  shops  close  and  public  transport  doesn’t   operate.       • During  the  weeks  before  Christmas,  churches  have  special  services  called  ‘Carol   Services’,  where  traditional  Christmas  songs  are  sung,  often  by  candlelight.       There  are  always  special  Christmas  services  on  Christmas  Day,  but  it  is  worth  participating   in  a  hospitality  scheme  as  otherwise  you  may  feel  quite  lonely  during  the  Christmas  period.     THE  SEASONS  AND  WEATHER     The  weather  is  a  favourite  topic  of  conversation  in  the  UK  because  it  changes  so  much!       • Spring  (March-­‐May)  -­‐  you  can  expect  pleasant  and  mild  weather;  sometimes  sunny,   sometimes  rainy.  The  north  of  the  UK  is  generally  cooler  than  the  south.     • Summer  (June-­‐August)  -­‐  warm  (average  15-­‐20°c  /  often  hotter)  and  reasonably  dry.       • Autumn  (September  -­‐  November)  -­‐  generally  mild,  but  sometimes  cold.       • Winter  (December  -­‐  February)  -­‐  cold  (average  2-­‐5°c)  with  a  combination  of  rain,   snow,  wind  and  fog.       You  will  need  a  variety  of  clothing  for  different  times  of  the  year:       • It  is  helpful  to  have  several  layers  of  clothing  that  can  be  added  or  removed  as   required:  wool  for  warmth,  cotton  for  keeping  cool  and  waterproofs  for  the  rain.       • An  umbrella  is  always  useful!     • A  thick  pair  of  gloves,  a  scarf  and  some  heavy  boots  (in  case  of  snow)  are  also  very   useful,  especially  if  you  live  in  the  north  of  England,  Scotland  or  Northern  Ireland.         DAYLIGHT  HOURS     If  you  arrive  in  the  UK  during  either  June  or  December,  you’ll  see  that  we  either  have  very   long  or  very  short  days.  In  1907,  William  Willett,  a  London  builder,  noticed  that  summer   morning  light  was  wasted  while  people  slept,  and  that  the  time  would  be  better  utilised  in   the  afternoon  by  putting  the  clocks  forward.  Since  1916  the  UK  has  been  changing  its  clocks   backwards  and  forwards  in  order  to  save  hours  of  daylight.       • Short  days  in  winter:  in  mid-­‐December  the  sunrise  is  at  its  latest,  08:05*  and  the   earliest  sunset  is  at  15:50*.  The  shortest  day  is  between  20-­‐22  December.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  104  

Long  days  in  summer:  In  mid  June  the  sunrise  is  at  its  earliest  04:45*  and  the  latest   sunset  is  at  21:20*.  The  longest  day  is  between  20-­‐22  June.  

*These  times  are  not  exact  you  can  check  the  exact  times  through     CHANGING  THE  TIME     We  change  the  time  /  our  clocks  and  watches  twice  a  year.  In  the  winter  months,  we  have   GMT  (Greenwich  Mean  Time)  and  in  the  summer  it  is  BST  (British  Summer  Time).         Summer  time  (when  the  clocks  forward  one  hour)  is  from  the  last  Sunday  in  March   until  the  last  Sunday  in  October  (when  the  clocks  back  by  one  hour).         The  change  is  always  made  on  an  early  Sunday  morning  (to  minimise  disruption)  and   the  exact  date  is  different  every  year.       The  date  is  usually  noted  in  UK  diaries  and  newspapers.      

SHOPPING   Shopping  in  Britain  is  quite  easy  but  you  might  like  to  go  with  a  friend  the  first  time  in  case   it  all  appears  a  bit  strange.  The  main  shopping  street  in  many  towns  is  called  the  High  Street,   where  you  should  head  if  you  want  to  go  shopping.  Some  small  shops  are  owned  by  local   people  but  most  are  owned  by  national  'chains'  of  stores.  This  makes  many  town  centres   look  the  same.  Some  towns  have  street  markets  where  fresh  food  and  cheap  goods  can  be   bought.  Away  from  town  centres,  small  'corner'  shops  provide  groceries  to  local  customers.     WHEN  TO  SHOP     Shops  are  usually  open  09:00-­‐17:30  Monday-­‐Saturday;  in  some  areas  a  few  shops  may  close   for  an  afternoon  on  one  of  these  days,  and  in  cities  shops  may  open  later  on  Thursday   evening.  On  Sundays,  some  shops  stay  closed  and  others  open  –  but  for  less  hours  than  the   other  days  in  the  week.  Supermarkets  generally  have  longer  opening  hours  than  smaller   shops  (some  are  open  24  hours  a  day!)     SERVICE     In  many  shops,  you  help  yourself  to  goods  off  the  shelf  and  place  them  in  a  basket  or  trolley.   When  you  have  completed  your  selection,  you  take  it  to  a  counter  where  you  pay  for  what   you  have  selected.  This  is  called  ‘self  service’.  In  smaller  shops,  you  will  sometimes  find  an   assistant  who  will  help  you.  In  this  case,  ask  them  for  what  you  want.    Although  you  can  use   bags  that  the  shops  give  out,  sometimes  for  a  small  cost,  the  trend  is  to  bring  your  own  bags.     SUPERMARKETS     A  supermarket  is  a  good  place  to  start  shopping  because  it  is  self-­‐service  and  you  can  walk   around  and  choose  the  items  you  want.  Many  supermarkets  supply  international  foods  and   often  have  an  information  desk  where  you  can  get  information  about  what  you  need  to  buy.       • When  you  go  into  a  supermarket,  always  use  a  trolley  or  basket  for  your  items.       • The  main  supermarket  chains  in  the  UK  are:  Sainsbury’s,  Tesco,  Morrison’s  and   Asda,  but  you  will  also  find  some  discount  supermarkets  called  Netto,  Lidl  and  Aldi.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  105  

A FEW  GUIDELINES     If  you’re  not  sure  what  a  good  deal  is,  ask  someone  to  go  shopping  with  you  and  show  you   where  to  get  the  best  product  for  your  price  range.         Everything  should  have  a  price  on  or  near  it  (e.g.  on  the  shelf)  and  the  law  says  that   the  shop  has  to  sell  it  to  you  for  the  lowest  price  that  it  is  marked.         Most  big  stores  use  bar  codes  and  scan  the  items  at  the  checkout.         Always  get  a  receipt  so  that  you  can  change  things  if  there’s  a  problem.     BARGAINING     Virtually  all  prices  in  shops  are  fixed  so  you  will  not  be  able  to  bargain,  unless  the  goods  are   damaged,  in  which  case  the  shopkeeper  may  agree  to  a  lower  price.  However,  if  you  are   purchasing  something  from  a  newspaper  or  other  advert,  it  is  usual  to  bargain.  

SHOPPING IN  HARPENDEN     SUPERMARKETS     The  largest  supermarket  in  town,  Sainsbury’s  (on  the  High  St),  is  within  walking  distance   (20  minutes)  of  the  Oval  and  offers  a  wide  range  of  goods.  They  often  say  what  the  price  per   kg/l  etc  is  so  that  you  can  compare  the  various  goods  on  offer.       Sainsbury’s  has  a  range  called  ‘Basics’  their  cheapest  range,  not  always  the  best  but  the   quality  isn’t  bad.  If  you  want  to  look  at  some  of  the  various  costs,  take  a  look  at     Sainsbury’s  have  a  reward  scheme  called  the  Nectar  card  (‘Boots’,  the  chemist  /  pharmacy  /   drug-­‐store  also  has  a  rewards  scheme  which  gives  more  bonuses  so  it  may  be  better  to  shop   there  for  certain  things).       Other  local  supermarkets  are  Waitrose  and  Marks  &  Spencer.     POST  OFFICE     The  main  Post  Office  is  on  Station  Road;  as  well  as  postal  services,  they  can  often  help  you  in   other  ways,  and  offer  many  other  services;     PHARMACY     Health  and  beauty  products  are  available  from  most  pharmacies  (chemists).       The  biggest  chain  is  ‘Boots’,  which  has  a  shop  on  the  High  Street;     HOUSEHOLD  GOODS       For  household  goods,  try  Wilkinson  (St  Albans/Luton)  or   Ikea  (Milton  Keynes/  Brent  Cross)  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  106  

SECOND HAND  GOODS     CHARITY  SHOPS     Many  charities  like  ‘Help  the  Aged’  or  ‘Oxfam’  have  shops.  Goods  are  donated  to  the  shop,   which  then  sells  them  to  raise  money  for  the  charity.  It  is  worth  finding  out  what  charity   shops  there  are  in  your  area.       They  are  often  a  source  of  good  quality  second-­‐hand  goods  such  as  clothes,  kitchen  utensils,   furniture  or  children’s  clothing  at  very  cheap  prices.  You  may  be  fortunate  and  find  just   what  you  want,  so  it  is  worth  having  a  look  round  each  time  you  go  into  town.  You  may  spot   something  that  you  know  you  will  need  in  the  future!     FREECYCLE     Freecycle  is  an  internet-­‐based  community  recycling  project  of  re-­‐use  /  sharing  usable  goods,   giving  things  no  longer  wanted  or  needed  away  for  free.  It  is  open  to  all  who  want  to   "recycle"  items  they  no  longer  need  rather  than  throw  them  away.  Whether  it's  a  chair,  a  fax   machine,  a  piano  or  an  old  door,  you  can  offer  it  on  the  group.    They  have  two  main  rules:       Everything  must  be  free.     Give  before  you  receive.       Keep  in  mind  that  Freecycle  is  not  just  to  acquire  things;  if  you  choose  to  participate,  be   prepared  to  be  generous,  to  recycle  and  offers  as  many  things  as  you  take.         There  are  local  networks  in  St  Albans,  Luton  &  Harpenden.     EMMAUS       Emmaus  shops  sell  a  wide  range  of  good  quality  items  at  great  prices:  2nd-­‐hand  furniture,   household  goods  and  much  more.  From  sofas  to  sewing  machines,  books  to  bicycles,  you   never  know  what  you  might  find!  Shops  in  St  Albans  &  Batford:    

SHOPPING OUTSIDE  OF  HARPENDEN     St  Albans  and  Luton  have  good  shopping  areas;  you  may  also  be  interested  in:     HATFIELD  GALLERIA:  shopping,  designer  outlets  and  cinema  complex.       WELWYN  GARDEN  CITY:  John  Lewis  Department  store:     HITCHIN:  Has  a  good  market  and  some  good  charity  shops.     WATFORD:  HARLEQUIN  CENTRE  http://www.the-­‐harlequin-­‐     MILTON  KEYNES:  THE  CENTRE  MK  mall  (and  Ikea)     BRENT  CROSS  SHOPPING  CENTRE:  (including  John  Lewis  +   Ikea  is  nearby)  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  107  

MORE TO  DO,  SEE  &  KNOW     LIBRARIES     The  Public  Library,  High  Street  near  Sainsbury's  &  Boots,  contains  a  wide  range  of  books   (fact  &  fiction),  DVDs,  newspapers,  and  magazines.  You  can  also  use  the  internet  in  some   public  libraries.  You  will  need  a  letter  from  Personnel,  stating  that  you  are  living  at  Highfield   Oval,  to  be  issued  a  library  card.     MUSEUMS     Museums  contain  a  wide  range  of  information  about  local  activities,  societies  and  groups,   many  of  which  will  be  available  near  where  you  are  staying.  A  local  museum  is  often  worth  a   visit  as  it  will  give  a  lot  of  the  history  of  the  area.     Many  museums  (&  art  galleries)  in  the  UK  are  free  (  for  full  list).     The  National  Trust  and  English  Heritage  are  organisations  which  maintain  many  old  houses,   gardens,  castles  and  areas  of  land  designated  as  being  of  outstanding  natural  beauty.  There   is  often  a  charge  for  entry  which  goes  towards  upkeep.       If  you  enjoy  seeing  these  sorts  of  things  you  will  find  that  membership  of  the  National  Trust   or  English  Heritage  gives  a  much  reduced  entrance  fee.     TOURIST  OFFICES     Tourist  Offices  have  a  great  deal  of  information  about  places  of  interest,  historic  houses,   places  to  stay  and  accommodation  whilst  travelling.  They  will  also  usually  be  able  to  make   inquiries  about  places  if  you  are  thinking  of  visiting  a  different  town  or  city  whilst  in  the  UK.     CITIZENS  ADVICE  BUREAUX  (CAB)     CAB's  are  useful  if  you  have  any  legal  problems,  difficulties  with  purchases,  problems  with   accommodation  or  landlords,  or  if  you  just  need  to  know  what  you  are  entitled  to  in  a  given   situation.  Even  if  they  cannot  help  you,  they  will  often  know  who  can.  The  local  office  can  be   found  from  the  telephone  directory  or  on  the  Citizens  Advice  website.     POLICE     The  police  are  well  respected  in  the  UK  and  will  be  very  pleased  to  help  you  if  they  can.   Apart  from  dealing  with  law  and  order  issues,  it  is  always  worth  going  into  your  local  police   station  if  you  lose  anything  while  you  are  out  as  lost  property  is  often  handed  in  to  the  local   police  station.       • If  you  come  across  an  accident,  it  is  always  worth  contacting  the  police.       • You  should  also  report  any  crimes  at  your  local  police  station,  for  example  if   someone  steals  something  from  you.     IF  YOU  ARE  DISABLED     If  you  are  disabled  in  any  way,  or  have  special  needs,  talk  to  your  team  leader  about  how   they  may  be  able  to  help  you.  If  you  want  to  travel  locally  or  nationally  whilst  you  are  in  the   UK  then,  depending  on  your  needs,  there  are  several  organisations  that  may  be  able  to  help.       • Contact  the  Royal  Association  for  Disability  and  Rehabilitation  for  more  information:   Phone:  020  7250  3222  •  email:  •  Web  Site:   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  108  

ENTERTAINMENT   You  will  be  able  to  find  cinemas,  theatres,  dance  venues,  and  informative  lectures  in  your   area.  Remember  that  some  films  and  plays  may  contain  violence,  language,  or  sex  scenes   which  you  may  find  objectionable.  See  the  British  Board  of  Film  Classification's  rating  of   films  as  a  guide  to  content  (     CINEMA     The  nearest  cinema  is  Luton  Cineworld;  plus  Ten  Pin  bowling  in  the  same  building.     Cheap  nights  are  on  Tuesdays  and  if  you  have  a  mobile  phone  with  Orange,  you  can  sign  up   for  “Orange  Wednesday’s”  for  a  deal  that  gives  you  2  for  the  price  of  1  on  movies  &  meals  at   Pizza  Express.  Check  with  for  more  information.     TELEVISION       The  UK's  five  most  watched  channels  are  BBC  One,  BBC  Two,  ITV,  Channel  4  and  Channel  5.         The  watershed  on  standard  television  in  the  UK  starts  at  21:00  and  finishes  at  05:30  the   next  morning.  Programmes  rated  15  cannot  be  shown  outside  this  period.  However,  some   12-­‐rated  shows  can  be  shown  before  21:00.     TELEVISION  LICENCE     In  the  United  Kingdom,  any  household  watching  or  recording  live  television  must  purchase   a  television  licence  every  year  (until  2016,  £145.50  for  colour;  £49.00  for  black  and  white).     The  licence  is  required  to  receive  any  live  television  transmission,  whether  it  is  received  via   terrestrial,  satellite,  cable,  or  the  Internet.       A  licence  is  not,  and  never  has  been,  required  simply  to  possess  a  TV  set,  for  the  purpose  of   watching  pre-­‐recorded  content,  or  use  as  a  monitor  for  video  games  or  computers.       Although  income  from  the  licence  is  primarily  used  to  fund  the  television,  radio  and  online   services  of  the  BBC  (they  do  not  have  any  advertising  to  generate  income),  a  licence  is   needed  to  view  all  broadcast  channels,  including  commercial  services.       If  you  watch  television  via  one  of  the  five  main  channels  online  you  do  not  require  a  licence   if  you  are  not  watching  live.         ICE-­RINK     The  nearest  ice-­‐rink  is  at  Hemel  Hempsted.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  109  


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  110  

REVIEW DATES       My  start  date  at  YWAM  Harpenden  is:           I  will  have  been  at  YWAM  Harpenden  for  3  months:     My  3  month  review  date  is:           My  team  is:                 My  team  leaders  are:              

________________________________ ________________________________    




TO DO  LIST:    


YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  111  

GUIDELINES ON  DRINKING  ALCOHOL  AT  YWAM  HARPENDEN       In  common  with  YWAM  bases  around  the  world,  Highfield  Oval  welcomes  staff  and  students   from  many  nations  and  peoples  of  the  world.  We  enjoy  and  celebrate  the  cultural  diversity   we  find  within  the  mission.  Within  the  norms  of  Biblical  standards  we  seek  to  accommodate   one  another,  in  Christian  love,  rather  than  trying  to  impose  a  particular  standard  or  set  of   expectations  on  our  individual  behaviour.       At  the  same  time  we  need  to  be  careful  not  to  offend  one  another  or  to  cause  anyone  to  slip   in  their  own  standard  of  behaviour.  Inevitably  we  will  find  a  variety  of  legitimately  held   views  within  the  Oval  at  any  particular  time  over  a  number  of  issues,  not  the  least  of  which   will  be  the  attitude  to  the  consumption  of  alcohol.       In  view  of  the  variety  of  opinion  on  the  issue  we  offer  the  following  policy  framework  to   allow  freedom  of  expression  and  an  environment  in  which  individuals  can  be  true  to  their   standards  and  beliefs  on  this  matter.     A  strict  no  alcohol  policy  operates  in  all  student  accommodation  and  public  places  on   Highfield  Oval.  Alcohol  may  neither  be  consumed  nor  taken  into  these  parts  of  the  premises.   Exceptions  can  be  made  with  the  permission  of  the  Leadership  Team  for  events  such  as   wedding  receptions.  Please  check  with  the  Leadership  Team  first.     Students  may  consume  alcohol  socially  off  the  premises  in  restaurants,  private  homes,  or   public  houses  with  discretion,  and  in  moderation.  However,  frequent  drinking  is  definitely   discouraged  and  is  a  matter  of  accountability  for  discipleship;  inebriation,  even  to  a  mild   extent,  is  not  permitted  and  will  lead  to  the  student  being  asked  to  leave  at  the  first  offence.   Mild  inebriation  includes  slurring  of  speech,  staggering,  and  hangovers.     There  will  be  times  when  the  consumption  of  alcohol  will  be  expressly  forbidden  by  school   leaders,  such  as  on  outreach  to  countries  where  the  cultural  norms  of  Christianity  do  not   allow  it,  to  Islamic  states,  or  where  the  leaders  are  aware  of  a  particular  student  having  a   past  history  of  difficulty  in  the  use  of  alcohol.     Students  are  also  reminded  of  the  fact  that  amongst  their  number  may  well  be  those  who   have  struggled  with  alcohol  or  other  substance  abuse  in  the  past  and  are  requested  to  be   sensitive  in  suggesting  outings  as  well  as  in  their  own  behaviour.     Staff  at  the  Oval  may  consume  alcohol  in  similar  circumstances  to  those  outlined  above  for   students,  off  site,  and  may  drink  alcohol  within  self-­‐contained  accommodation.    Staff  should   exercise  discretion  and  wisdom  at  all  times,  bearing  in  mind  the  sensibilities  of  other   cultures  and  traditions  as  well  as  those  amongst  us  who  may  be  recovering  alcoholics.     When  alcohol  consumption  becomes  a  regular  feature  of  life,  even  if  not  to  excess,  staff  may   be  asked  to  hold  themselves  accountable  for  their  activities.     Becoming  drunk  is  a  disciplinary  issue  within  the  community.          

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  112  

SMOKING   We  recognise  that  smoking  can  be  a  symptom  of  deeper  issues,  emotional  and  /  or  spiritual,   that  will-­‐power  alone  cannot  overcome.  We  have  no  desire  to  shame  or  ostracise  anyone   wrestling  with  addiction,  rather,  we  are  committed  to  helping  any  staff  member  deal  with   the  root  causes  through  ongoing  prayer,  discipleship  and  accountability.  However,     All  YWAM  Harpenden  staff  should  refrain  from  smoking,  including  cigars  &  hookah.     We  welcome  visitors  from  diverse  cultures  and  backgrounds,  with  different  views  on  many   issues;  please  remind  them  that  smoking  is  not  permitted  in  any  of  our  buildings.  

SUBSTANCE  /  DRUG  ABUSE     Under  no  circumstances  are  any  staff  members  or  trainees  permitted  to  indulge  in  the   recreational  use  of  illicit  substances  /  drugs.  Such  behaviour  will  result  in  the  offender  being   asked  to  leave  at  the  earliest  opportunity  and  seek  professional  help.     For  more  understanding  or  to  discuss  any  of  these  things,  please  see  a  member  of  the   Leadership  Team  or  Personnel  Team.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  113  

FIDELITY: KEEPING  COMMITMENTS     (Updated  October  2009)     Fidelity  is  a  word  that  includes  loyalty  and  faithfulness.  It  is  rooted  in  the  character  of  God   who  is  always  faithful,  who  always  keeps  his  commitment  to  us  and  promises  to  be  with  us   forever.  However,  we  live  in  a  world  where  commitments,  even  marriage  vows,  are   constantly  being  broken.  That  brokenness  affects  us  all.         From  time  to  time  staff  members  make  a  commitment  to  a  team  or  ministry  here  at  YWAM   Harpenden,  and  then  fail  to  see  that  commitment  through.  When  we  find  ourselves  in  the   position  where  someone  on  our  team  comes  to  us  with  ‘guidance’  or  a  decision  that  they   should  leave  before  completing  their  commitment,  we  often  don’t  know  how  best  to   respond.  We  always  hesitate  to  over-­‐rule  “guidance”  and  we  are  also  hesitant  to  persuade   someone  to  stay  when  their  heart  is  not  in  it.       We  want  to  avoid  these  situations.  They  are  difficult  for  all  involved,  but  we  are  aware  that  it   reflects  that  we  have  not  discipled  people  well  and  that  we  have  failed  as  teams  and  leaders.       We  would  be  less  likely  to  find  ourselves  in  this  situation  if  the  commitment  process  is   clearer,  more  formal,  serious  and  celebratory.  We  would  like  to  record  and  celebrate   commitments  in  a  more  public  way,  rather  than  it  just  being  a  line  on  an  staff  application.       It  is  helpful  to  understand  that  most  people  experience  doubts,  discouragements  and  tears   at  some  points  after  the  “honeymoon”  of  a  new  commitment.  Our  understanding  is  that   when  we  have  discerned  God’s  leading  and  made  a  commitment,  it  is  not  something  that  is   simply  changed  by  new  “guidance.”  In  fact,  God’s  Word  is  very  strong  on  us  keeping  our   commitments,  even  when  we  have  made  rash  ones.       Potential  new  staff  should  never  be  pressured  to  make  a  commitment  they  are  not  freely   choosing  and  they  should  never  have  that  commitment  accepted  until  they  have  realized   that  it  is  a  serious  vow.  It  is  a  commitment  made  in  obedience  to  how  God  has  led  them.  We   need  to  be  reminded  of  the  scripture  “When  you  make  a  vow  to  God,  do  not  delay  in  fulfilling   it.  He  has  no  pleasure  in  fools;  fulfil  your  vow.  It  is  better  not  to  vow  than  to  make  a  vow  and   not  fulfil  it.  Do  not  let  your  mouth  lead  you  into  sin.”  (Ecclesiastes  5:4-­‐6)     This  holds  true  for  leaders  and  team  leaders  as  well.  Sometimes  leaders  recruit  staff   enthusiastically  and  then  move  on  quickly.  Occasionally  this  can’t  be  avoided,  but  as  leaders,   team  leaders  and  community  members  it  is  very  important  to  keep  our  commitments  to  one   another  with  fidelity.     If  some  major  change  in  life  occurs,  such  as  the  death  of  a  very  close  family  member  or  an   illness  that  requires  their  assistance  at  home  etc.,  we  will,  of  course,  reconsider  the  terms  of   a  commitment.  But  we  will  not  readily  receive  news  of  different  “guidance.”     We  believe  this  is  an  important  part  of  our  calling  to  make  disciples.  Fidelity  and   faithfulness  are  central  to  following  Jesus.  When  we  easily  change  solemn   commitments  we  have  made,  we  are  not  helping  one  another  to  live  in  the  fear  of  the   Lord  who  commands  us  to  “Let  your  'yes'  be  yes,  and  your  ‘no’  be  no!”  (Matthew  5:37)  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  114  

NOTES FOR  REGISTRATION  WITH  THE  INLAND  REVENUE  FOR   INCOME  TAX  &  NATIONAL  INSURANCE     This  document  does  not  constitute  financial  advice  and  is  subject  to  errors  and  omissions.   Remember  it  is  your  responsibility  to  register  with  HMRC  ,  keep  accurate  records  and  submit  a   yearly  tax  return    (if  required)  as  well  as  registering  for  National  Insurance  .     Compiled  by  Anne  Sloan,  National  Support  Team,  September  2010;  revised  May  14th,  2012.     SUMMARY  PAGE     1. All  those  who  wish  to  volunteer  with  Youth  With  a  Mission  (YWAM)  England  &   Wales  on  a  full  time  basis  need  to  register  with  the  Inland  Revenue  (IR)  as  self-­‐ employed    missionaries.  If  you  live  in  the  UK  for  more  than  183  days  of  a  tax  year   (6th  April  to  5th  April)  you  are  liable  to  pay  UK  Income  Tax.     2. You  need  to  register  with  Her  Majesty’s  Revenue  &  Customs  (HMRC).      The  online   website  is  or  phone  the  helpline  on  0845  9154515,  or  use  the   wording  provided  as  a  template  at  the  end  of  this  document.       3. As  a  full  time  volunteer  with  YWAM  England  &  Wales,  you  are  classed  as  being  self-­‐ employed  and  you  are  responsible  for  paying  your  own  tax  and  National  Insurance   contributions.       4. You  need  to  keep  business  records  and  details  of  your  income  so  you  can  fill  in  an   annual  Self  Assessment  tax  return.       5. If  you  don't  do  this  you  are  liable  for  penalty  fines-­‐you  need  to  register  within  3   months  of  starting  with  YWAM-­‐the  initial  fine  is  100  pounds  for  not  doing  this,   which  can  increase  by  up  to  10  pounds  per  day.    It  is  your  responsibility  to  register   and  complete  self-­‐assessment  forms,  YWAM  cannot  do  it  for  you.     6.  Each  year  you  are  entitled  to  a  personal  allowance    that  means  you  can  receive  a   certain  level  of  income  without  paying  tax.    It  may  well  be  that  you  do  not  need  to   pay  any  income  tax,  but  you  MUST  register  with  the  HMRC  nonetheless  (April  2012   –  April,  2013  the  tax  allowance  has  increased  to  £8,105  for  under  65  year  olds).  For   the  tax  year  6th  April  2013-­‐5th  April  2014  the  allowance  will  be  increased  to  9,440   pounds.     7. You  must  also  register  for  National  Insurance.    As  full-­‐  time  volunteers  with  YWAM   England  &  Wales  you  are  entitled  to  pay  the  self-­‐employed  National  Insurance   contributions  which  are  very  reasonable.    However  if  you  earn  less  than  a  certain   amount  you  can  apply  for  a  small-­‐earnings  exemption  certificate..     8. If  you  have  any  questions,  you  can  contact  the  HMRC  helpline  (who  are  very  helpful)   or  the  Personnel  Department  for  general  enquiries.       GUIDANCE  NOTES     • All  those  who  wish  to  volunteer  with  Youth  With  a  Mission  (YWAM)  England  &   Wales  on  a  full  time  basis  need  to  register  with  the  Inland  Revenue  as  self-­‐employed   missionaries.      This  is  a  legal  requirement  and  if  you  do  not  do  this  you  are  liable  for   a  penalty  fine.    You  are  responsible  as  an  individual  for  doing  this  and  it  is  not  the   responsibility  of  YWAM.    You  need  to  do  this  within  3  months  of  starting  with  YWAM   otherwise  you  are  liable  for  a  100  pound  fine  (which  may  increase).     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  115  

• •

All UK  subjects  and  non-­‐UK  subjects  who  live  in  the  UK  for  more  than  183  days  of  a   tax  year  (6th  April  to  5th  April)  are  liable  to  pay  UK  Income  Tax.         You  need  to  register  with  Her  Majesty’s  Revenue  &  Customs  (HMRC).      The  online   website  is  easy  to  navigate  and  has  all  the  information  you  need.     Register  online  or  phone  the  newly  self-­‐employed  helpline  on  0845  9154515.     It  used  to  be  the  case  that  you  would  contact  your  local  HMRC  office,  but  now  when   you  write  or  phone  you  will  be  allocated  to  the  nearest  HMRC  office  that  is  available   –  this  could  be  anywhere  across  the  country,  but  once  you  are  registered  they  will  be   able  to  access  all  your  information  whenever  you  contact  them.    Please  do  not   hesitate  to  contact  them  with  any  questions  or  concerns,  they  are  very  helpful  and   willing  to  steer  you  through  their  procedures  and  systems.  

INFORMATION FROM  THE  HMRC  WEBSITE       SELF-­‐EMPLOYED  TAX  AND  NATIONAL  INSURANCE     If  you're  self-­‐employed,  you  are  responsible  for  paying  your  own  tax  and  National  Insurance   contributions.  You'll  need  to  keep  business  records  and  details  of  your  income  so  you  can  fill   in  an  annual  Self  Assessment  tax  return.     The  website  (  has  more  detail  on:         • Register  with  HM  Revenue  &  Customs  (HMRC)   • Income  Tax  and  Self  Assessment   • National  Insurance  contributions   • Record  keeping   • More  useful  links       INCOME  TAX    AND  SELF  ASSESSMENT     Once  you're  registered  as  self-­‐employed,  you'll  receive  a  Self  Assessment  tax  return  to   complete  each  year  so  that  you  can  provide  details  of  your  earnings  and  any  other  income   you  get  during  the  tax  year  (6  April  to  5  April).  This  information  is  used  to  work  out  how   much  Income  Tax  you  have  to  pay.         PERSONAL  ALLOWANCE       Nearly  everyone  who  lives  in  the  UK  is  entitled  to  an  Income  Tax  Personal  Allowance.  This  is   the  amount  of  income  you  can  receive  each  year  without  having  to  pay  tax  on  it.  Depending   on  your  circumstances,  you  may  also  be  able  to  claim  certain  other  allowances.    Please  go  to   the  website  (­allow)  for  more  information  on:       • Levels  of  Personal  Allowance   • How  do  you  get  the  Personal  Allowance?   • Who  can't  get  the  Personal  Allowance?   • Other  allowances  you  may  be  able  to  get   • Giving  to  charity  -­‐  effect  on  your  allowances   • More  useful  links    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  116  

Levels of  Personal  Allowance     • The  amount  of  Personal  Allowance  depends  on  your age + your income in the tax year   • Total  income  means  everything  you  receive  from  all  taxable  sources.  That  means   you  need  to  include  things  like  pensions  and  interest  on  your  savings  in  a  building   society  before  the  tax  has  been  taken  off.   There  are  three  levels  of  Personal  Allowance       If  you  become  65  or  75  during  the  year  to  5  April  2013,  you  are  entitled  to  the  full  allowance   for  that  age  group  (see  for  current  rates)     Personal   2012-­‐2013  tax  year       2013-­‐14  tax  year   Allowance   Basic  


9,440 pounds  

Age 65-­‐74  


10,500 pounds  

Age 75  and  over   £10,660   10,660  pounds     NATIONAL  INSURANCE  CONTRIBUTIONS       You  normally  have  to  pay  Class  2  National  Insurance  contributions  and  if  your  annual   profits  are  over  a  certain  amount  you  also  pay  Class  4  contributions.     Class  2  National  Insurance  contributions     Class  2  National  Insurance  contributions  are  a  flat  rate  of  £2.70  a  week.       If  earnings  are  below  £5,725  per  year  (2013-­‐14)  you  may  not  need  to   pay  (     Class  2  contributions  count  towards  certain  benefits,  like  the  basic  State  Pension,   Maternity  Leave  and  Bereavement  Benefit,  but  they  do  not  count  towards  the   additional  State  Pension,  Statutory  Sick  Pay  or  Jobseeker's  Allowance,  so  you  might   want  to  think  about  making  other  arrangements  like  a  personal  pension  and  income   protection  insurance.     EXCEPTIONS  TO  PAYING  CLASS  2  NATIONAL  INSURANCE  CONTRIBUTIONS       If  you  earn  less  than  £5,595  per  year  you  can  apply  for  a  certificate  of  small  earnings   exception  and  not  pay  Class  2  National  Insurance  contributions.  However,  you  might  decide   to  carry  on  paying  them  voluntarily  to  keep  your  entitlement  to  the  State  Pension  and  other   benefits.     As  at  Sept  2010  you  need  30  years  of  National  Insurance  Contributions  to  qualify  for  a  full   state  pension.    However  this  could  change  in  the  future.    (and  I  have  heard  that  it  will   probably  go  up  to  35  years  soon-­‐until  recently  it  was  40  years-­‐Anne).  For  married  women   you  can  get  60%  of  your  husband’s  state  pension  if  you  do  not  have  your  own.     RECORD  KEEPING     Legally  you  have  to  keep  records  for  your  business  and  for  any  other  income.  This  is  so  you   can  fill  in  your  tax  return  and  show  that  the  figures  are  right.  You  need  to  keep  at  least:     • Invoices  for  sales  and  purchases     • Receipts  for  business  expenses     • Bank  records     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  117  

Good records  will  also  save  you  time  and  help  you  run  your  business  more  efficiently.   Find  out  about  Self  Assessment  record  keeping:­keep-­self-­ emp.htm     (End  of  information  from  HMRC  website)       GUIDANCE  NOTES:  HOW  YWAMERS  RECEIVE  SUPPORT  (INCOME)     Gifts  to  Staff  Members     YWAM  staff  do  not  receive  salaries  but  are  responsible  for  raising  their  own  support.    For   most  YWAMers  this  includes  from  family,  friends  and  supporting  churches.      Each  person  is   responsible  to  set  their  own  financial  budget.    YWAM  believes  that  this  kind  of  personal   support  creates  a  healthy  situation  between  the  staff  member  and  the  giver  because:     • The  YWAM  worker  is  directly  accountable  to  their  supporters  through  personal   relationships.     • It  creates  a  support  team  for  the  YWAM  worker  which  includes  prayer,  accountability,   friendship  and  encouragement  as  well  as  financial  support.     • It  allows  supporting  churches  and  individuals  to  be  personally  involved  in  the  mission   and  ministry  of  the  person  whom  they  support.       This  is  how  gifts  to  YWAM  workers  may  be  given:     • By  payment  directly  to  the  individual  (regular  or  one-­‐off  gifts)     • By  standing  order  into  the  worker’s  bank  account     • Stewardship    (incorporating  UKET  and  Sovereign  Giving)  and  SKI.       Full  time  Christian  workers  can  receive  gifts  on  which  the  tax  paid  can  be  recovered,  thus   increasing  the  value  of  the  gift  by  25%  (the  giver  needs  to  be  a  UK  taxpayer,  the  recipient   can  be  a  non-­‐UK  subject  but  must  have  a  UK  bank  account).         We  recently  received  clarification  from  Stewardship  Services  as  to  restrictions  on  gifts   where  the  tax  can  be  recovered.    This  is  their  statement:     • “To  confirm,  as  a  full  time  Christian  worker  donation  requests  from  close  relatives  (or   spouses  of)  may  only  be  used  for  Ministry  Expenses,  we  also  need  to  have  confirmation  in   writing  of  that  understanding  from  the  donor.  Close  relatives  are  as  follows:  Grandparents,   Parents,  Siblings,  Children,  Grandchildren  (or  spouses  of).  If  you  are  studying  and  not  in   ministry  no  donations  may  be  made  by  any  of  the  above.  There  are  no  restrictions  on   friends  supporting  individuals”.         Giving  Services  Engagement  Team,  Stewardship.    24th  January,  2011.     See    and    for  further  details.         WHAT  IS  TAXABLE  INCOME?      

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  118  

The general  rule  is  that  any  income  received  by  virtue  of  your  vocation  is  taxable,   irrespective  of  who  gives  it  to  you.  YWAM  used  to  have  a  blanket  agreement  with  HMRC   until  2005  when  all  blanket  agreements  were  cancelled.         However,  our  agreement  was  not  cancelled  because  it  was  unreasonable,  but  because  HMRC   no  longer  has  blanket  agreements.    It  is  suggested  that  when  you  register  you  agree  with  the   HMRC  directly  which  income  you  receive  needs  to  be  declared  as  taxable  income.         Alternatively,  ask  your  accountant  to  do  this  on  your  behalf.     Taxable  Income     1. Gifts  from  churches  to  a  YWAMer,  even  if  you  haven’t  carried  out  any  work  for  them.     2. Gifts  from  churches  to  YWAM  to  cover  staff  fees  of  a  YWAMer.     3. Gifts  from  trusts  (i.e.  SKI,  Stewardship,  CAF)     4. Honoraria  received  in  return  for  performing  duty  (i.e.  speaking  in  a  DTS,  church)     5. Reimbursements  from  YWAM  for  travel     6. Gifts  from  friends.  Under  the  old  blanket  agreement  the  HMRC  agreed  to  allow  gifts   from  friends  to  be  taxable  at  50%  (i.e.  if  you  received  £100,  £50  would  be  taxable   and  £50  would  be  non-­‐taxable).  However  this  agreement  is  no  longer  valid.         Under  BIM62101  –  Missionaries  and  evangelists:    Income  from  vocation  the  HMRC  state:     that  personal  gifts  from  parents  or  immediate  friends  are  not  considered  taxable   receipts.    This  may  need  defining  with  HMRC  but  at  the  very  least  you  must  keep   records  of  all  income,  including  donor,  date  and  reason  for  gift.       7. Bank  interest,  dividends,  rental  income  etc.     NON-­‐TAXABLE  INCOME     1. Gifts  from  parents     2. Gifts  from  immediate  friends  (see  above)     3. Personal  testimonials,  or  personal  gifts,  for  example  on  marriage  or  for  medical   treatment.           It  has  been  understood  in  the  past  that  regular  gifts  from  friends  that  are  given  to  assist  you   being  a  missionary  are  taxable  but  a  one  off  gift  for  a  specific  purpose  is  not.    However,  it  is   your  responsibility  to  establish  this  with  HMRC  directly  (or  via  an  accountant).     BUSINESS  EXPENSES       You  can  make  deductions  from  your  taxable  income  to  reduce  your  tax  liability.   You  can  deduct  any  expenses  which  are  incurred  wholly  and  exclusively  for  the  purpose  of   your  work.    In  practice  if  an  expense  is  incurred  partly  for  business  and  partly  for  private   purposes,  then  HMRC  will  allow  you  to  claim  a  percentage  of  the  expense  as  a  deduction.         Here  are  some  examples  of  business  expenses     1. Travel  expenses  (but  not  to  and  from  permanent  place  of  work)   2. Outreach  expenses     3. Telephone,  stationary,  photocopy,  stamps   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  119  

4. Research material   5. Support  raising  costs   6. Office  at  home,  you  can  deduct  a  percentage  of  the  costs  for  rent,  light  heat,  water   7. Conference  fees   8. Further  training  schools/courses   9. Accountant’s  fees   10. Professional  subscriptions     11. Any  business  assets  under  £200     12. Assets  over  £200  *   13. Vehicle  expenses  **   *  If  an  asset  costs  more  than  £200  you  can  deduct  25%  of  the  cost  per  year  on  a  reducing   balance  basis.    This  deduction  requires  some  special  calculations  and  a  schedule  is  available   in  the  HMRC  personal  tax  forms.    See  example  below.     EXAMPLE:          Computer      bought  for      £781.74       Year  1  Original  Cost   £781.74   @25%       £195.43   (this  would  be  the  amount  of  deduction)   Carry  forward     £586.31   (£781.74  minus  £195.43)   Year  2  @  25%                                £146.58   (this  would  be  the  amount  of  deduction  which  is     Carry  forward         £439.73    25%  of  the  carry  forward  of  £586.31)   Year  3  @  25%                                £  109.93    (this  would  be  the  amount  of  deduction)   Carry  forward                                £329.80   Year  4  @  25%                                £82.45                                    (this  would  be  the  final  deduction  at  year  4)     **  You  can  deduct  a  percentage  of  your  personal  vehicle  operating  costs  if  you  use  your   vehicle  for  business.    These  costs  would  include  petrol,  insurance,  road  tax  and  repairs.         The  amount  you  can  deduct  is  based  on  the  proportionate  amount  of  time  you  use  your  car   for  business  or  personal  use.      If  you  drive  10,000  miles  per  year  and  6,000  are  related  to   business  then  you  can  deduct  60%  of  your  car  expenses  per  year.           The  actual  cost  of  the  vehicle  can  also  be  deducted  from  your  taxable  income  on  the  same   25%  basis  as  for  other  assets,  subject  to  a  maximum  of  £3,000  per  year.     Alternatively,  you  can  claim  mileage  (only  mileage  exclusively  for  business)  at  a  rate  of  45p   a  mile  (up  to  10,000  miles)  then  25p  a  mile  thereafter.         Accurate  records  will  need  to  be  kept  of  all  your  car  usage  and  mileage.     RECEIVING  INCOME  FROM  ABROAD?       For  those  of  you  who  receive  income  from  abroad  you  will  need  to  give  details  to  the  HMRC.     The  important  point  is  that  you  register  with  them  and  they  will  advise  what  taxable  and   non-­‐taxable  income  is.    There  is  a  section  in  the  annual  tax  return  to  declare  foreign  income.         WHEN  MUST  A  TAX  RETURN  BE  SUBMITTED  BY?     If  you  file  a  paper  tax  return  it  needs  to  be  submitted  by  31st  October  i.e.  the  tax   return  for  the  year  2012  –  2013  needs  to  be  submitted  by  31st  October,  2013.    If  you   file  an  online  tax  return  you  have  until  31st  January,  2014  to  file.   If  you  miss  this  deadline  there  is  an  automatic  penalty  of  £100  (except  for  a  few  exceptional   cases  see  the  HMRC  website).     When  is  tax  payable?     If  you  are  due  to  pay  income  tax  you  will  pay  in  two  instalments,  one  due  on  account  by  31st   July  and  the  balance  due  by  31st  January.    The  one  due  in  July  is  usually  paid  in  advance  for   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  120  

the current  tax  year.    As  you  do  not  know  what  your  exact  income  is  until  you  complete  your   tax  return  after  the  year-­‐end,  then  the  balance  is  due  by  the  end  of  January  (or  if  necessary  a   refund  will  be  made).    You  can  pay  any  monies  due  by  cheque  or  via  your  bank  account.     Penalties  and  interest     There  is  a  fixed  penalty  for  not  submitting  your  tax  return  on  time  of  £100  each  deadline   you  miss.    There  are  also  interest  payments  to  be  made  for  late  or  incorrect  payment  of  tax.         YOU  HAVE  BEEN  WARNED!   What  do  I  need  to  do  next?       1. Decide  whether  to  use  an  accountant  or  to  do  the  work  yourself     2. Complete  form  CWF1  –  notification  of  self-­‐employment  from  the  Inland  Revenue  –   you  must  register  within  3  months  of  your  start  date     3. Keep  records  of  all  expenditure  and  all  gifts/income.    You  need  to  keep  records  for  a   minimum  of  7  years     4. Keep  copies  of  all  correspondence  with  HMRC     5. Submit  a  tax  return  each  year  (unless  HMRC  inform  that  you  no  longer  need  to)     6. If  you  have  any  questions,  please  see  your  personnel  department.         This  document  does  not  constitute  financial  or  legal  advice  and  is  subject  to  errors  and   omissions.  Remember  it  is  your  responsibility  to  register  with  HMRC,  keep  accurate  records   and  submit  a  yearly  tax  return  as  well  as  registering  for  National  Insurance.       Compiled  by  Anne  Sloan,  September  2010;  revised  May  14th,  2012  &  April  2013  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  121  

Sample Letter  to  send  to  HMRC  for  registering  for  National   Insurance  &  as  being  self-­employed     HM  Revenue  &  Customs     Date     Dear  Sirs     Your  name   NI  number-­‐if  you  already  have  one     I  have  recently  commenced  voluntary  mission  work  with  Youth  With  A  Mission  (YWAM),  a   Christian  charity  that  is  based  in  (put  in  your  location  where  you  will  be  mainly  based).  My   work  with  them  is  unpaid  and  I  have  to  organize  my  own  funding.  This  funding  will  arise   from  a  number  of  sources  amongst  which  will  be:     My  home  church   My  family   Friends   Speaking  engagements     Some  of  this  income  may  be  paid  through  charitable  trusts  which  collect  gifts  for  me  under   Gift  Aid  arrangements.     I  understand  from  YWAM  that  I  must  organise  my  own  tax  &  National  Insurance  affairs  and   that  for  tax  purposes  I  am  considered  to  be  self-­‐employed.  With  this  in  mind  I  shall  be  most   grateful  if  you  will  provide  me  with  form  CWF1  so  that  I  may  register  with  you  as  self-­‐ employed  for  both  income  taxes  and  National  Insurance  purposes.     I  look  forward  to  hearing  from  you  shortly,  and  thanks  for  your  help.     Yours  faithfully    

                YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  122  

PROCEDURES FOR  OVAL  SECURITY  CHECK       Thank  you  for  participating  in  the  Oval  Security  Check.  As  residents,  we  rely  on  the  Lord  for   our  corporate  safety  and  the  safety  of  our  facilities.  However,  we  have  a  part  to  play  in  that,   and  your  participation  in  the  nightly  security  check  makes  a  real  difference  and  helps   prevent  and  stop  crime!  Here  are  guidelines  and  instructions  to  make  us  consistent  in  our   security  checks.       Please  take  note  of  these  points  and  perhaps  connect  them  to  the  reminder  you  put  on  your   calendar  for  the  week  you  are  signed  up  to  serve.       The  rota  for  this  job  is  on  the  Intranet,  listed  as  “Security  Check  Rota”.       When  do  I  do  this?       Note  on  your  calendar  the  week  you  are  on  the  security  rota.  If  it  turns  out  that  you  can’t  do   it,  please  swap  with  someone  and  note  the  change.       Your  week  begins  on  the  Sunday  night  and  ends  the  following  Saturday  night.  Please  do  your   round  at  22:30.  It  should  take  no  more  than  half  an  hour.       You  will  receive  a  high-­‐visibility  jacket,  torch,  and  front  gate  key  from  the  security   patrolman  who  does  security  the  week  before  you.       More  jackets  are  available  from  Peter  Kinahan.     What  do  I  do  on  my  rounds?       Walk  around  the  main  residential  and  office  buildings  and  around  the  Factory,  checking  for   the  following:       Ground  floor  windows  should  be  shut  and  locked.       Exterior  doors  should  be  shut  and  locked.     Pay  particular  attention  to  the  rear  of  the  Bramley  Building  and  the  Factory.       The  presence  of  anyone  not  here  as  staff,  student  or  invited  guest  (see  below  for    what  to  do   in  case  you  find  any!)       Lock  the  front  Oval  gate.  You  should  receive  the  key  from  the  previous  security  guard.  There   is  a  spare  in  reception.     Note:  There  is  no  need  to  check  doors  which  open  directly  into  a  private  residence  (e.g.  the   bungalows,  #1,  flats  which  have  exterior  doors  which  open  directly  into  a  flat)  unless  they   are  known  to  be  unoccupied.  You  don’t  want  to  accidentally  walk  into  somebody’s  house  or   scare  them  by  appearing  to  be  breaking  in!       What  do  I  do  if  I  encounter  someone  who  should  not  be  here?       If  they  do  not  appear  threatening,  and  you  feel  comfortable  doing  so,  approach  and,  unless   they  have  legitimate  business  here,  ask  them  to  leave  as  the  site  closes  to  the  public  at  20:00   (as  posted  on  the  signs).  Evangelism  is  effective  as  a  means  for  handling  belligerent  visitors.   They  get  saved  or  they  leave!      

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  123  

If the  person  appears  drunk  or  is  behaving  in  a  suspicious  manner,  and  in  any  case  where   there  is  more  than  one  person,  you  should  never  approach  alone.  Call  another  male  staff   member(s)  for  backup.       In  the  case  of  criminal  activity  (vandalism,  underage  drinking,  unlawful  trespass,  etc)  ring   the  police  immediately  on  999  and  say  you  want  to  report  an  incident  of  whatever  the  crime   is  in  progress  at  Highfield  Oval,  on  Ambrose  Lane,  Harpenden.  Use  your  cell  phone  to  take   photos!  Call  a  member  of  the  Leadership  Team.       Note  any  unusual  vehicular  activity  and  registration  numbers  in  particular.  These  details   can  be  added  to  the  Intranet  on  the  Security  Check  Rota  entry  for  the  week  you  are  on.   There  is  a  space  there  for  “Information”.       Contact  Oval  Operations  with  any  concerns  or  incidents  and  also  pass  the  information  on  to   the  following  week's  security  person.  Doors  /  windows  that  simply  do  not  close  should  be   mentioned.     Thanks  very  much  for  serving  in  this  way!!!      

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  124  

Holiday &  Time  Away  Request  Form  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  125  


Please read  the  details  on  FACILITIES  BOOKING  in  the  HOOT  section  of  the  STAFF       When  complete  scan  and  email    or    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  126  

LOCAL SCHOOLS  AND  HOW  TO  APPLY     A  GENERAL  OVERVIEW     The  school  year  begins  on  1  September.  Education  is  compulsory  for  all  children  from  their   5th  birthday  to  the  last  Friday  in  June  of  the  school  year  in  which  they  turn  16.     State-­‐funded  nursery  education  is  available  from  the  age  of  3,  for  up  to  15  hours  a  week.       If  registered  with  a  state  school,  attendance  is  compulsory  beginning  with  the  term   following  the  child’s  fifth  birthday.       Children  can  be  enrolled  in  the  reception  year  in  September  of  that  school  year  thus   beginning  school  at  age  4  or  4.5.       Unless  the  student  chooses  to  stay  within  the  education  system,  school  attendance  ends  on   the  last  Friday  in  June  during  the  academic  year  in  which  a  student  attains  age  16.   SCHOOL  YEARS     The  table  below  describes  the  most  common  pattern  of  schooling  in  England:     Age  on  Aug  31   Year   Curriculum  Stage   Schools   3   Nursery   Foundation     Nursery  School   4   Reception   Stage     Infant  School   5   Year  1   Key  Stage  1   6   Year  2   7   Year  3   Key  Stage  2     Junior  School   8   Year  4   9   Year  5   10   Year  6   11   Year  7   Key  Stage  3     Secondary   12   Year  8   School   13   Year  9   14   Year  10   Key  Stage  4/   GCSE   15   Year  11   16   Year  12       Sixth  Form  /  A  level   Sixth  Form  college   17   Year  13    

  Primary   School  

  Secondary   school  with   sixth  form  

USEFUL LINKS     Hertfordshire  County  Council  School  Admissions  including  appeals  process     School  Term  Dates     Nursery  Admissions     Primary  School  Admissions     Secondary  School  Admissions   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  127  

INFORMATION ON  LOCAL  SCHOOLS       This  is  not  an  exhaustive  list,  but  is  a  list  of  schools  that  children  living  on  the  Oval  attend.     To  find  out  more,  go  to  where  you  can  read  school  inspection   reports.  However,  your  most  reliable  source  may  be  talking  with  other  families  on  the  Oval   that  have  children  to  these  schools  and  asking  their  opinion.       PRESCHOOLS     Highfield  Preschool     The  Lea  Nursery   http://www.lea-­‐       PRIMARY  SCHOOLS     The  Lea  Nursery  and  Primary  School   http://www.lea-­‐     Manland  Primary  School     Roundwood  Primary  School       SECONDARY  SCHOOLS     St  Georges     Roundwood  Park     Sir  John  Lawes    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  128  

DEPARTING YWAM  HARPENDEN  -­  A  CHECKLIST     Before  you  leave  Highfield  Oval,  many  practical  details  need  to  be  sorted.  Therefore,  please   ensure  that  you  have  dealt  with  every  task  listed  and  give  yourself  enough  time  to  do  it   before  you  leave.       Our  desire  is  to  also  have  time  to  pray  for  you  at  a  staff  meeting  before  you  go,  so  please   arrange  this  with  the  Leadership  Team  /  Personnel.       A  ‘Farewell  Celebration’  is  the  responsibility  of  your  Team  Leader  to  arrange  and  publicise.     Emails  to  send:       •    -­‐  to  let  us  know  your  date  of  departure   •  -­‐  to  inform  us  all  of  your  departure  and  plans  for  the  future   •,  &  with  your  date  of   departure  -­‐  so  that  they  can  work  out  your  final  rent,  phone  lines  &  Internet   • Please  set  up  an  ‘Out  of  Office’  reply  to  your  emails.  IT  may  be   able  to  help  you  with  this.     Meetings  to  schedule:       • Make  sure  that  you  have  a  closure  /  de-­‐briefing  time  with  your  Team  Leader   • Accounts  Dept:  make  sure  all  bills  are  paid  (Rent;  Vehicles;  Phone;  Internet;  BB  Hall   food:  Please  make  sure  you  have  crossed  your  name  off  the  BB  Hall  list).   • If  you  pay  council  tax  directly  to  the  district  council,  please  contact  the  council  but   give  Personnel  a  copy  of  any  letter  before  you  send  it  to  the  Council.  Quite  often,  if   you  are  paying  in  ten  monthly  instalments,  the  Council  may  give  you  a  refund   • GP:  Please  inform  your  doctor’s  surgery  that  you  are  leaving.  Important!   • Dentist:  Same  as  GP.   • Library:  inform  them  you  are  leaving  and  ensure  you  have  no  books  still  out  on  loan.   • Bank  Account  -­‐  Please  either  close  it  or  give  them  your  change  of  address.  Your  bank   statements  will  only  be  forwarded  to  you  for  a  couple  of  months,  not  indefinitely.   • TV  Licence  –  Please  inform  the  TV  Licensing  Authority  of  your  change  of  address  if   you  have  a  TV  in  your  flat  /  room.   • Self-­‐Employed  Tax  Dept  –  Please  inform  the  Inland  Revenue  about  your  change  of   address  for  your  self-­‐employment  status  to  be  correct.   • Room/Flat  -­‐  cleaned  &  signed  off  by  the  Housing  team  (see  ROOM/HOUSE   CLEANING  CHECKLIST).   • Keys  returned:  Please  return  your  flat/room  keys  to  personnel.   • Take  personal  possessions  with  you  or  dispose  of  them  yourself!       • Return  borrowed  furniture  in  your  accommodation  to  the  owner.     • Return  any  office  keys  in  your  possession.   • Forwarding  Address:  Please  give  this  to  Personnel,  as  well  as   writing  it  on  this  paper.  Also,  please  state  who,  if  you  have  asked   anyone  to  be  responsible  for  your  post.   • Personnel  will  forward  your  post  for  six  weeks:  After  that  we  will   ‘return  to  sender.’   • If  you’re  here  on  a  VISA:  please  give  your  flight  and  departure  details  to  Personnel.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  129  

ROOM /HOUSE  CHECK  OUT  FORM     **  Please  ensure  you  have  done  all  of  the  following  in  cleaning  your  room/flat     ***  Check  with  if  in  any  doubt  as  to  what  you  need  to  do!     • Returned  the  room  /  flat  paintwork  to  ‘neutral’  (white/off-­‐white).     • Removed  all  personal  possessions  (disposed  of  them  or  taken  them  with  you).     • Washed  your  radiators  with  a  damp  cloth  on  the  outside,  inside  and  underneath.     • Damp-­‐wiped  all  shelves,  and  cleaned  wardrobes,  chests  of  drawers,  bedside  tables,   and  other  cupboards  inside  and  out.   • When  done,  arrange  with  housing  to  inspect  your  room  quickly  before  it  gets  dirty   again.  Ask  them  to  bring  you  a  cup  of  tea  when  they  come,  as  you  jolly  well  need  it!     Windows:       • Cleaned  on  the  inside.     • If  you  have  been  here  for  3  months  or  longer,  clean  the  windows  on  the  outside  too,   either  yourself  or  pay  for  a  window  cleaner.    (DP  Windows  –  07837  278662  or  KEKS   -­‐  01582  622695  are  reasonable  and  have  been  used  by  others  on  the  Oval)   • Any  mildew/mould  cleaned  from  window  frames.     Walls  &  Ceilings:       • Washed  down  all  paintwork  (skirting  boards,  door  frames,  window  frames)     • Any  and  all  marks  on  walls  should  be  cleaned.   • Removed  all  nails  or  picture  hanging  hooks  and  fill  in  the  holes     • Wiped  away  all  cobwebs  in  the  corners  of  your  ceilings,  on  the  light  fixtures  or   anywhere  else  you  may  see  them.       Floors  and  Carpets:     • Moved  all  furniture  to  vacuum  and  /  or  mop  beneath  everything.   • If  you  have  been  in  the  room  more  than  1  year,  clean  (shampoo)  the  carpet.         Bathroom:     • Cleaned  the  toilet,  sink  and  bath/shower  of  all  stains.   • Removed  any  lime  scale  with  either  white  vinegar  or  lime  scale  remover.     Kitchen:       • Washed  &  cleaned  the  tops  and  inside  the  drawers  of  all  cupboards  &  shelves  with   an  anti-­‐bacterial  cleaner.     • Freezer/fridge:  Emptied  &  cleaned-­‐out  and  deep  cleaned  /  de-­‐frosted.  Moved  and   cleaned  the  floor  underneath.  Afterwards,  plug  back  in  with  the  door  closed,  or  leave   unplugged  but  with  the  door  open  so  it  won’t  close,  as  this  makes  it  smell.     • Cooker:  cleaned  thoroughly  -­‐  top,  sides,  grill,  hob  and  oven.  Move  it  and  clean  the   floor  underneath.     • Kitchen  sink:  cleaned  thoroughly,  again  all  lime  scale  stains  removed.         For  any  outstanding  maintenance  problems,  such  as  dripping  taps,  leaking  roof,  etc....     Please  indicate  if  you  have  contacted  maintenance  already.     YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  130  

YWAM England  Safeguarding  Procedure   SAFEGUARDING  GUIDELINES  FOR  All  YWAM  ENGLAND  STAFF  AND   TRAINEES   If  a  child  or  vulnerable  adult  makes  a  disclosure  -­‐  or  if  you  suspect  a  child  abuse  related   issue:     1.   LISTEN,  LISTEN,  LISTEN!     comfort  and  reassure  child  or  vulnerable  adult;     listen  carefully;   only  ask  questions  to  clarify  what  has  been  disclosed,  not  to  delve  and  explore;   do  not  promise  confidentiality;   encourage  them  that  they  did  the  right  thing  in  sharing  with  you;   2.   Make  sure  they  are  safe.    And  consider  others  who  may  also  be  at  risk.   3.   Contact  the  first  available  person  on  this  list:   Your  Base  or  Team  or  Ministry  Leader.  If  suspicions/allegations  involve  this  leader,  contact   ST  directly.   Safeguarding  Team  (ST)  If  suspicion/allegation  involves  some  one  on  the  ST,  contact   another  person  on  ST  or  contact  CCPAS  directly.   Churches  Child  Protection  Advisory  Service  (CCPAS)  If  a  report  is  made  to  the  CCPAS  first   you  should  contact  the  nominated  ST  within  one  working  day.       Local  Children’s  or  Adult  Services,  as  appropriate.     4.   Do  not  discuss  with  any  other  person,  except  police  or  social  services  if  approached   by  them.  THIS  INCLUDES  PARENTS/CARERS!   5.   Make  dated  notes  of  everything  said,  as  well  as  person’s  name,  DOB,  address.  Do  not   expect  a  continual  update  of  incident  -­‐  only  a  reassurance  that  it  is  under  control  and  being   monitored.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  131  

YWAM England  Safeguarding  Team      and  Other  Important  Contact   Numbers   (List  to  be  updated  as  necessary)   Please  fill  in  telephone  numbers  for  your  location   Safeguarding  Team     Rob  Hobbs     07734  440594   Serena  Baker   07795  844473   Steve  Bishop:      07825  767696     Anne  Sloan:      07905  419120   Helena  Kittle:       07860  138087    

Base/Team  Leader________________  Mobile_________________   Churches Child Protection Advisory Service (CCPAS) 0845 120 4550

Local Children’s  Services  Phone  Number  ______________________________   Out  of  hours  number  ______________________________________________   Local  Adult  Services  Phone  Number  __________________________________   Our  of  hours  number  ______________________________________________   Local  Police  Phone  Number  _________________________________________     In  an  urgent  emergency,  ring  999.                                                   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  132  


1.  INTRODUCTION     Youth  With  A  Mission  (England  &  Wales)  Ltd.     (Registered  Office:  Highfield  Oval,  Harpenden,  Herts.,  AL5  4BX,  UK.     Reg.  Charity  No.  264078.  Company  Registration  No.  1049516  in  England  and  Wales.     Member  of  Evangelical  Alliance  and  Global  Connections.)    

Public Liability  Insurance  held  with  Ecclesiastical  Insurance  Office  plc.   Local  YWAM  Team/Base  Address  and  Contact  Details:    _____________________________________     __________________________________________________________________________________     __________________________________________________________________________________     YWAM  has  a  long  tradition  of  working  with  children,  young  people,  families  and  vulnerable   adults.  We  take  seriously  our  responsibility  to  protect  and  safeguard  the  welfare  of  children,   young  people  and  vulnerable  adults  throughout  their  association  with  us.   We  accept  the  UN  Universal  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  and  the  International  Covenant  of   Human  Rights,  which  states  that  everyone  is  entitled  to  “all  the  rights  and  freedoms  set  forth   therein,  without  distinction  of  any  kind,  such  as  race,  colour,  sex,  language,  religion,  political   or  other  opinion,  national  or  social  origin,  property,  birth  or  other  status”.    We  also  concur   with  the  Convention  on  the  Rights  of  the  Child  which  states  that  children  should  be  able  to   develop  their  full  potential,  free  from  hunger  and  want,  neglect  and  abuse.      They  have  a   right  to  be  protected  from  “all  forms  of  physical  or  mental  violence,  injury  or  abuse,  neglect   or  negligent  treatment  or  exploitation,  including  sexual  abuse,  while  in  the  care  of  parent(s),   legal  guardian(s),  or  any  other  person  who  has  care  of  the  child.”    As  a  Leadership  we  have   therefore  adopted  the  procedures  set  out  in  this  safeguarding  policy  in  accordance  with   statutory  guidance.   As  part  of  our  mission  we  are  committed  to:   listen  to,  respect  and  value  children,  young  people  and  vulnerable  adults  whilst  ensuring   their  protection  within  our  activities;   adopting  a  procedure  for  dealing  with  concerns  about  possible  abuse,  and  reviewing  and   revising  this  procedure  regularly  as  needed;   encouraging  and  supporting  parents/carers;     safe  recruitment,  supervision  and  training  for  all  YWAM  workers  appropriate  to  their  level   of  involvement  with  young  people  and  vulnerable  adults.  (For  the  purposes  of  this  policy,   “workers”  includes  all  staff,  trainees,  volunteers,  mission  builders  and  associates);   maintaining  good  and  constructive  links  with  the  statutory  childcare  authorities  and   agencies  working  with  vulnerable  adults;   endorsing  and  following  all  national  and  local  safeguarding  legislation  and  procedures,  in   addition  to  the  international  conventions  outlined  above;  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  133  

working toward  ensuring  that  our  premises  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Disability   Discrimination  Act  of  1995;   supporting  the  Safeguarding  Team  in  their  work  and  in  any  action  they  may  need  to  take  in   order  to  protect  children  and  vulnerable  adults;   file  a  copy  of  the  policy  and  practice  guidelines  with  CCPAS  and  the  local  authority   ______________________________________  [LSCB,  Social  Services  etc  please  state  here  where  your   team/base  have  lodged  your  policy],  and  any  amendments  subsequently  published;   supporting  those  affected  by  abuse  in  YWAM.   YWAM  recognises  that  many  children,  young  people  and  vulnerable  adults  today  are  the   victims  of  neglect  and  physical,  sexual,  emotional  and  spiritual  abuse.  Accordingly,  we  have   adopted  the  policy  contained  in  this  document  entitled:    Protecting  Young  People  and   Vulnerable  Adults  and  Appointing  Workers  (hereafter  the  policy)  .The  policy  sets  out  agreed   guidelines  relating  to  the  following  areas:   responding  to  allegations  of  abuse  or  neglect,  including  those  made  against  leaders  or   members  of  YWAM.   appointing  workers,  whether  or  not  they  work  directly  with  young  people  or  vulnerable   adults,  recognising  that  within  YWAM,  workers  roles  vary  frequently  over  time,  thus   opening  the  possibility  of  direct  involvement.  Also  community  lifestyle  and  values  require   care  towards  one  another.   supervision  of  activities,  and  practice  issues.   YWAM  recognises  the  need  to  build  constructive  links  with  the  child  care  agencies  and   agencies  working  with  vulnerable  adults.    Accordingly  these  guidelines  have  been  based  on   the  ten  “Safe  and  Secure”  safeguarding  standards  from  the  Churches  Child  Protection   Advisory  Service  (CCPAS).   The  content  of  this  policy  will  form  the  basis  of  a  training  programme  for  all  workers  in  the   organisation.  YWAM  is  committed  to  an  ongoing  training  programme  for  all  workers.   The  policy  contained  here  is  formulated  to  help  YWAM  workers  to:   create  and  maintain  a  safe  environment  for  young  people  and  vulnerable  adults.   respond  appropriately  to  concerns,  allegations  and  disclosure  of  abuse.   Nothing  in  this  policy  absolves  or  detracts  from  a  YWAM  parent’s  personal  responsibility  for   the  care  and  protection  of  young  people  in  any  private  arrangement  made  with  workers,  for   example  baby-­‐sitting,  childminding,  private  outings  and  other  privately  arranged  activities.     Where  arrangements  are  made  to  provide  child  minding,  those  undertaking  these   arrangements  need  to  be  mindful  of  day  care  legislation  e.g.  the  childminder  needs  to  be   registered  with  social  services  etc.  Parents/those  undertaking  parental  responsibility   should  be  aware  of  day  care  standards.  The  DofEE  have  produced  a  booklet  on  finding  a   child  minder.     This  policy  will  follow  legal  guidelines  that  a  child  is  anyone  under  the  age  of  18.         And  this  policy  will  follow  the  definition  given  in  No  secrets:  Guidance  on  developing  and   implementing  multi-­‐agency  policies  and  procedures  to  protect  vulnerable  adults  from   abuse’  -­‐-­‐  Department  of  Health  and  Home  Office  (March  2000)  -­‐-­‐  which  states  that  a   vulnerable  person  is  someone:   ‘who  is  or  may  be  in  need  of  community  care  services  by  reason  of  mental  or  other   disability,  age  or  illness;  and  who  is  or  may  be  unable  to  take  care  of  him  or  herself,  or   unable  to  protect  him  or  herself  against  significant  harm  or  exploitation’.      

2.  RECOGNISING  AND  RESPONDING  APPROPRIATELY  TO   AN  ALLEGATION  OR  SUSPICION  OF  ABUSE   Abuse  is  a  very  emotive  topic  about  which  people  have  a  wide  range  of  attitudes  and   feelings.  People  often  get  very  upset  and  angry  when  considering  the  area  of  abuse,   particularly  in  relation  to  sexual  abuse.  If  YWAM  workers  are  to  deal  effectively  with  abuse   it  is  essential  for  them  to  work  through  their  own  attitudes  and  feelings.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  134  

Abuse is  a  term  which  covers  a  wide  range  of  circumstances.    A  person  may  abuse  by   inflicting  harm,  or  failing  to  prevent  harm.  Children  and  adults  in  need  of  protection  may  be   abused  within  a  family,  an  institution  or  a  community  setting.  Very  often  the  abuser  is   known  or  in  a  trusted  relationship  with  the  child  or  vulnerable  adult.   In  order  to  safeguard  those  involved  in  our  mission,  we  adhere  to  the  UN  Convention  on  the   Rights  of  the  Child  and  have  as  our  starting  point  as  a  definition  of  abuse,  Article  19  which   states:   1.  Parties  shall  take  all  appropriate  legislative,  administrative,  social  and  educational   measures  to  protect  the  child  from  all  forms  of  physical  or  mental  violence,  injury  or  abuse,   neglect  or  negligent  treatment,  maltreatment  or  exploitation,  including  sexual  abuse,  while  in   the  care  of  parent(s),  legal  guardian(s)  or  any  other  person  who  has  the  care  of  the  child.  (As   YWAM,  we  apply  this  to  vulnerable  adults  as  well)     2.  Such  protective  measures  should,  as  appropriate,  include  effective  procedures  for  the   establishment  of  social  programmes  to  provide  necessary  support  for  the  child  and  for  those   who  have  the  care  of  the  child,  as  well  as  for  other  forms  of  prevention  and  for  identification,   reporting,  referral,  investigation,  treatment  and  follow-­up  of  instances  of  child  maltreatment   described  heretofore,  and,  as  appropriate,  for  judicial  involvement.  (As  YWAM,  we  apply  this   to  vulnerable  adults  as  well)   Also  for  adults  the  UN  Universal  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  with  particular  reference  to   Article  5  which  states:   No  one  shall  be  subjected  to  torture  or  to  cruel,  inhuman  or  degrading  treatment  or   punishment.   Abuse  tends  to  be  divided  into  several  main  headings:  physical  abuse,  neglect,  emotional   abuse,  sexual  abuse,  financial  abuse  and  spiritual  abuse.  Within  each  type  there  is  a   continuum  of  severity.    Whatever  form  the  abuse  takes  and  whoever  the  abuser,  the  parents   or  caretakers  nearly  always  have  some  control  or  degree  of  responsibility  for  what  happens.   Parents  or  caretakers  can  harm  young  people  either  by  direct  acts  or  by  a  failure  to  provide   proper  care,  or  by  both.     2.1  Definitions  of  types  of  abuse   Abuse  Covers:   Physical  Injury   Any  physical  injury  to  a  child  or  young  person  or  vulnerable  adult   caused  by  a  family  member  or  other  person  with  responsibility  for  their  care.   Neglect   A  failure  to  meet  a  child’s,  young  person’s  or  vulnerable  adult’s  needs  for   food,  warmth,  protection  and  care.   Emotional  Abuse   The  persistent,  severe  emotional  ill  treatment  or  rejection  that   severely  effects  the  emotional  and  behavioural  development  of  the  child,  young  person  or   vulnerable  adult.   Sexual  Abuse   Involving  a  child,  young  person  or  vulnerable  adult  in  sexual  behaviour  or   activities  to  meet  an  adult  or  child/young  person’s  needs.    It  can  involve  direct  physical   contact  or  activities  where  no  physical  contact  is  made,  such  as  making  a  child  or  young   person  watch  a  sexual  act.   Financial  Abuse   A  carer  or  family  member  depriving  a  child,  young  person  or   vulnerable  adult  of  money  or  possessions  that  are  rightfully  his  or  her  own.   Spiritual  Abuse   The  misuse  or  abuse  of  spiritual  authority  to  control  or  coerce   children  and  vulnerable  adults  into  behaviours  that  met  the  abusers  own  needs;  the  misuse   of  spiritual  authority  to  control  or  coerce  others  into  any  other  forms  of  abuse,  physical,   sexual,  financial,  etc.   Domestic  Violence   While  not  a  form  of  abuse  on  its  own,  usually  involves  more  than  one   area  of  abuse,  e.g.  physical,  psychological,  or  sexual  violence,  that  takes  place  within  an   intimate  or  family-­‐type  relationship  and  forms  a  pattern  of  coercive  and  controlling   behaviour.    Includes  the  suffering  experienced  by  children  when  witnessing  the  ill-­‐ treatment  of  another  person.   2.2  Physical  signs   •   Any  injuries  not  consistent  with  the  explanation  given  for  them.   •   Injuries  which  occur  to  the  body  in  places  which  are  not  normally  exposed  to  falls,   rough  games,  etc.   •   Injuries  which  have  not  received  medical  attention.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  135  

• Neglect  -­‐  undernourishment,  failure  to  grow,  constant  hunger,  stealing  or  gorging   food,  untreated  illnesses,  poor  hygiene,  inadequate  care  etc.   •   Repeated  urinary  infections  or  unexplained  tummy  pains.   •   Instances  where  children  are  kept  away  from  the  group  inappropriately.   •   Reluctance  to  change  for,  or  participate  in,  games  or  swimming.   •   Bruises,  bites,  burns,  fractures,  etc.  which  do  not  have  an  accidental  explanation.   •   Cutting/scratches/drug  abuse  or  other  forms  of  self-­‐harm.   2.3  Emotional  signs   •   Changes  or  regression  in  mood  and  behaviour,  particularly  where  a  child  withdraws   or  becomes  clinging.  Also  depression/aggression,  extreme  anxiety.   •   Nervousness/frozen  watchfulness.   •   Obsessions  or  phobias.   •   Sudden  under-­‐achievement  or  lack  of  concentration.   •   Inappropriate  relationships  with  peers  and/or  adults.   •   Attention  seeking  behaviour.   •   Persistent  tiredness.   •   Running  away/stealing/lying.  

2.4 Indicators  of  possible  sexual  abuse   •   •   •   •   •   •   •  

Any allegations  made  by  a  child  concerning  sexual  abuse.   Child  with  excessive  preoccupation  with  sexual  matters  and  detailed  knowledge  of   adult  sexual  behaviour,  or  who  regularly  engages  in  age-­‐inappropriate  sexual  play.   Sexual  activity  through  words,  play  or  drawing.   Child  who  behaves  in  a  sexually  provocative  or  seductive  manner  with  adults  or   other  children/young  people.   Inappropriate  bed-­‐sharing  arrangements  at  home.   Severe  sleep  disturbances  with  fears,  phobias,  vivid  dreams  or  nightmares,   sometimes  with  overt  or  veiled  sexual  connotations.   Self  harm  or  Eating  disorders  -­‐  anorexia,  bulimia.  

2.4 Race,  Culture  and  Religion   Crucial  to  any  assessment  is  a  knowledge  and  sensitivity  to  racial,  cultural  and  religious   aspects.  Remember  also  that  differences  exist  not  only  between  ethnic  groups  but  also   within  the  same  ethnic  group  and  between  different  neighbourhoods  and  social  classes.   While  different  practices  must  be  taken  into  account,  it  is  also  important  to  remember  that   all  children  have  basic  human  rights.  Differences  in  child-­‐rearing  do  not  justify  child  abuse.   It  is  important  that  the  above  signs  are  not  taken  as  indicating  that  abuse  has  taken  place,   but  the  possibility  should  be  considered.   It  is  important  to  recognise  that  people  who  abuse  children  come  from  all  backgrounds,   including  Christians,  married  and  single,  men  and  women  of  all  ages  and  young  people   themselves.   The  Home  Office  have  published  guidance  in  the  form  of  a  booklet  on  Caring  for  young   people  and  the  vulnerable  -­  guidance  for  preventing  abuse  of  trust.    At  YWAM  we  undertake  to   follow  the  principles  found  within  the  Abuse  of  Trust  guidance  issued  at  the  Home  Office.    It   will  therefore  be  unacceptable  for  those  people  in  a  position  of  trust  to  engage  in  any   behaviour  which  might  allow  a  sexual  relationship  to  develop  whilst  in  a  relationship  of   trust.  

3.  WHAT  TO  DO  IF  YOU  HAVE  CONCERNS  OR  SUSPICIONS   ABOUT  ABUSE  OF  ANY  KIND   Your  first  priority  must  be  the  interests  of  the  young  or  vulnerable  person  and  any  others   who  may  also  be  at  risk.  The  protection  of  young  and  vulnerable  people  must  take   precedence  over  any  desire  you  may  have  to  raise  concern  with  the  person  who  might  be   responsible.  Remember  that  abuse  is  a  crime.  It  is  in  the  best  interests  of  both  parties  to   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  136  

involve the  statutory  authorities  from  the  very  beginning.  YWAM  has  no  need  to  fear   statutory  authorities  -­‐  they  have  been  established  by  God  (Romans  13  v  1),  and  need  all  our   support  in  their  very  difficult  work.            

3.1 Suspicions  or  concerns  about  abuse   Chain  of  Communication:  

There is  a  chain  of  communication  for  any  suspicion  or  allegation  of  abuse.  You  must  report   concerns  as  soon  as  possible  to  the  lowest  person  on  the  chain  that  is  available.   • Your  Base  or  Team  Leader.  If  there  is  no  Base/Team  leader  appointed,  the   matter  should  be  brought  to  your  ministry  leader.  If  suspicions/allegations   involve  this  leader,  contact  ST  directly.   • Safeguarding  Team  (ST):  See  names  and  contact  details  on  page  2.  If  suspicion/   allegation  involves  someone  on  the  ST,  contact  another  person  on  ST  or  contact   CCPAS  directly.   • Churches  Child  Protection  Advisory  Service  (hereafter  CCPAS),  PO  Box  133,   Swanley,  Kent,  BR8  7UQ.  Telephone  0845  120  45  50.  If  a  report  is  made  to  the   CCPAS  first  you  should  contact  the  nominated  ST  within  one  working  day.       • Local  Children’s  or  Adult  Services,  as  appropriate.     • Any  ministry  or  base  leader  being  made  aware  of  a  concern,  whether  minor  or   not,  MUST  at  as  soon  as  possible  contact  one  of  the  ST  people  named  above,  and   confirm  in  writing  what  has  been  said.  Base,  team  and  ministry  leaders  have  NO   discretion  over  whether  or  not  to  refer  the  matter.  (This  means  that  the  leader   HAS  NO  CHOICE,  the  incident  MUST  BE  REPORTED!)   • The  Safeguarding  Team  (ST)  will  meet  and  give  further  advice  and  oversight  in   response  to  any  issues  raised.   • You  should  not  discuss  your  suspicions  with  anyone  other  than  those  people   given  above,  and  do  not  discuss  with  parents/carers!   • You  must  make  written,  dated  notes  of  everything  that  occurred,  what  you   saw/heard,  etc.,  preferably  within  an  hour  of  the  suspicion/allegation.  Keep   these  notes  in  a  safe  place,  and  do  not  discard  even  if  typed  up/photocopied   later.    See  Safeguarding  Referral  Form.   • It  is  of  course  the  right  of  any  individual  as  a  citizen  to  make  direct  referrals  to   the  child  protection  agencies  or  seek  advice  from  CCPAS.  However,  we  hope  that   members  of  YWAM  will  use  this  procedure.  If  however,  you  feel  that  none  of  the   above  has  responded  appropriately  to  your  concerns,  then  it  is  open  to  you  to   contact  the  relevant  organisation  directly.  We  hope  that  by  making  this   statement  we  demonstrate  the  commitment  of  YWAM  to  effectively  protect   children  and  vulnerable  adults.   • YWAM  will  support  the  ST  in  their  role,  and  accept  that  any  information  they   may  have  in  their  possession  will  be  shared  in  a  strictly  limited  way  on  a  need  to   know  basis.  

3.2 Allegations/Suspicions  of  physical  injury  or  neglect   Lesser  Concerns:      

Where poor  parenting,  neglect,  etc.  is  suspected,  encourage  parent/carer  to   contact  their  Health  Visitor/Doctor/Social  Worker.    Keep  written,  dated  notes  of   all  that  was  seen/  suspected/  communicated  and  the  response  and  inform  your   Base/Team/Ministry  leader  as  soon  as  possible.  Leader  must  inform  ST  within   24  hours.   If  a  parent/carer  is  unwilling  to  accept  help  or  fails  to  acknowledge  need  for   medical  attention,  keep  written,  dated  notes  of  all  that  was  seen/  suspected/  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  137  

communicated and  the  response,  and  use  the  following  chain  of  communication   starting  at  the  lowest  level  available  within  24  hours:       Base/Team/Ministry  Leader  >>  ST  >>  CCPAS  >>  Local  Children’s/Adult  Services   Serious  Concerns:  

Where there  are  serious  concerns  regarding  the  child/vulnerable  adult  or  their   parents/carers  (in  cases  of  deliberate  harm  or  where  the  is  a  risk  of  significant   harm)  or  where  a  child  or  vulnerable  adult  is  afraid  to  return  home,  use  the   following  chain  of  communication  starting  at  the  lowest  level:  

Base/Team/Ministry Leader  >>  ST  >>  CCPAS  >>  Local  Children’s/Adult  Services  

3.3 Allegations  of  sexual  abuse   Every  suspicion/allegation  of  sexual  abuse  is  to  be  seen  as  serious.    The  same  chain  of   communication  must  be  followed  IMMEDIATELY.   • Contact  your  Base/Team/Ministry  Leader  IMMEDIATELY.   • The  Base/Team/  Ministry  leader  will  contact  the  ST  IMMEDIATELY.   • The  ST  will  contact  the  Social  Services  Child  Protection  Officer,  Police  Child   Protection  Team  directly.  The  Base/Team/  Ministry  leader  and  the  ST  will  NOT   speak  to  the  parent  (or  anyone  else).   • You  should  not  discuss  your  suspicions  with  anyone  other  than  those  nominated   above.   • Neither  you  nor  your  Base/Team/Ministry  Leader  should  investigate  the   concern  –  this  is  for  Social  Services  and/or  Police  to  do.    Your  role  is  to  report,   keep  the  child/vulnerable  adult  safe,  and  keep  accurate  records.   • If  for  any  reason  the  ST  is  unsure  whether  or  not  to  follow  the  above  then  advice   will  be  sought  and  followed  from  CCPAS.  The  agency  will  confirm  its  advice  in   writing  in  case  this  is  needed  for  reference  purposes  in  the  future.   • Under  no  circumstances  will  the  ST  attempt  to  carry  out  any  investigation  into   the  allegations  or  suspicions  of  sexual  abuse.  The  role  of  the  ST  is  to  collect  and   clarify  the  precise  details  of  the  allegation  or  suspicion  and  to  provide  this   information  to  the  Social  Services  Department,  whose  task  is  to  investigate  the   matter  under  Section  47  of  the  Children  Act  1989.   • Whilst  allegations  or  suspicions  of  sexual  abuse  will  normally  be  reported  to  the   ST,  the  absence  of  the  ST  should  not  delay  referral  to  the  Social  Services   Department.   • Exceptionally,  should  there  be  any  disagreement  between  the  person  in  receipt   of  the  allegation  or  suspicion  and  the  ST  as  to  the  appropriateness  of  a  referral  to   the  Social  Services  Department,  that  person  retains  a  responsibility  as  a  member   of  the  public  to  report  serious  matters  to  the  Social  Services  Department,  and   should  do  so  without  hesitation.   • YWAM  will  support  the  ST  in  their  role,  and  accept  that  any  information  that   may  from  time  to  time  be  in  their  possession  will  be  shared  in  a  strictly  limited   way  on  a  need  to  know  basis.   • Not  withstanding  these  procedures,  individuals  with  responsibility  should  take   appropriate  action  within  the  principles  of  the  procedure,  if  they  are  unable  to   contact  the  appropriate  leaders.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  138  

4.  HOW  TO  REACT  WHEN  A  YOUNG  PERSON  OR   VULNERABLE  ADULT  WANTS  TO  TALK  ABOUT  ABUSE   (DISCLOSURE)   4.1  General  Points:    CHILD   • • • • • • • • • •

Above everything  else  listen,  listen,  listen!   Accept  what  the  child  says  (however  unlikely  the  story  may  sound).   Keep  calm.   Look  at  the  child  directly.   Be  honest.   Let  them  know  you  will  need  to  tell  someone  else  –  don’t  promise   confidentiality.   Even  when  a  child  has  broken  a  rule,  they  are  not  to  blame  for  the  abuse.   Be  aware  that  the  child  may  have  been  threatened  or  bribed  not  to  tell.   Never  push  for  information.  If  the  child  decides  not  to  tell  you  after  all,  then   accept  that  and  let  them  know  that  you  are  always  ready  to  listen.   As  soon  as  possible  write  down  what  has  been  shared  –  recording  accurately  the   words  used  by  the  young  person.  

4.2 Helpful  things  to  say  or  show   • • • • • • •

I believe  you  (or  showing  acceptance  of  what  the  child  says).   Reflective  statements,  to  clarify  you  have  understood  what  is  being  said.   You've  done  the  right  thing  in  telling  me.   That  must  have  been  really  hard/sad/difficult.  (use  age  appropriate  language   without  leading  or  inciting).   I  am  glad  you  have  told  me.   It's  not  your  fault.   I  will  help  you.  

4.3 Avoid  saying   • • • • • • •

I can  keep  this  as  a  secret.   Why  didn’t  you  tell  anyone  before?   I  can't  believe  it!   Are  you  sure  this  is  true?   Why?  How?  When?  Who?  Where?   Never  make  false  promises.   Never  make  statements  such  as  "I  am  shocked,  don't  tell  anyone  else."  

4.4 Concluding   • •

Again, reassure  the  child  that  they  were  right  to  tell  you  and  that  you  believe   them.   Let  the  child  know  what  you  are  going  to  do  next  and  that  you  will  let  them  know   what  happens  (you  might  have  to  consider  referring  them  to  Children’s  Social   Services  or  the  Police  to  prevent  a  child  or  young  person  returning  home  if  you   consider  them  to  be  seriously  at  risk  of  further  abuse).  

4.5 General  Points:    VULNERABLE  ADULT   • • • • • • • •

Above everything  else  listen,  listen,  listen!   Accept  what  the  person  says  (however  unlikely  the  story  may  sound).   Keep  calm.   Look  at  the  person  directly.   Be  honest.   Let  them  know  you  will  need  to  tell  someone  else  –  don’t  promise   confidentiality.     Even  when  someone  has  broken  a  rule  they  are  not  to  blame  for  the  abuse.   Be  aware  that  they  may  have  been  threatened  or  bribed  not  to  tell.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  139  

• • •

Never push  for  information.  If  the  person  decides  not  to  tell  you  after  all,  then   accept  that  and  let  them  know  that  you  are  always  ready  to  listen.   As  soon  as  possible  write  down  what  has  been  shared  –  recording  accurately  the   words  used  by  the  young  person.   Even  if  you  do  not  have  their  permission,  but  you  are  concerned  for  their  safety   or  that  of  someone  else,  you  still  report  it!  (Consent  can  be  legally  waived  in  this   instance.)  

4.6 Helpful  things  to  say  or  show   • • • • • • •

I believe  you  (or  showing  acceptance  of  what  the  person  says).   Reflective  statements,  to  clarify  you  have  understood  what  is  being  said.   You've  done  the  right  thing  in  telling  me.   That  must  have  been  really  hard.   I  am  glad  you  have  told  me.   It's  not  your  fault.   I  will  help  you.  

4.7 Avoid  saying   • • • • • • •

I can  keep  this  as  a  secret.   Why  didn’t  you  tell  anyone  before?   I  can't  believe  it!   Are  you  sure  this  is  true?   Why?  How?  When?  Who?  Where?   Never  make  false  promises.   Never  make  statements  such  as  "I  am  shocked,  don't  tell  anyone  else."  

4.8 Concluding   • •

Again, reassure  the  person  that  they  were  right  to  tell  you  and  that  you  believe   them.   Let  the  them  know  what  you  are  going  to  do  next  and  that  you  will  let  them   know  what  happens  (you  might  have  to  consider  referring  them  to  Adult  Social   Services  or  the  Police  to  prevent  a  person  returning  home  if  you  consider  them   to  be  seriously  at  risk  of  further  abuse).  


Make notes  as  soon  as  possible  (preferably  within  an  hour  of  the  interview),   writing  down  exactly  what  the  person  said,  and  when  she/he  said  it,  and  what   was  a  happening  immediately  beforehand  (e.g.  description  of  activity).    In  cases   of  physical  abuse,  record  any  injuries  noticed  on  the  child  and  their  location  e.g.   cut  on  third  finger  of  right  hand.    Record  dates  and  times  of  these  events  and   when  you  made  the  record.  Keep  all  handwritten  notes,  even  if  these  have   subsequently  been  typed  up  for  an  indefinite  period  in  a  secure  place.  (A  record   sheet  is  an  appendix  to  this  policy,  which  is  there  to  help,  but  not  replace,   personal  notes.)   Report  the  allegation,  using  the  following  chain  of  communication  starting  at  the   lowest  level:   Base/Team/Ministry  Leader  >>  ST  >>  CCPAS  >>  Local  Children’s/Adult   Services  

You should  not  discuss  your  suspicions  or  allegations  with  anyone  other  than   those  nominated  above.    Deception  and  denial  are  often  present  where  there  is   child  abuse  which  is  why  it  is  crucial  that  the  policy  is  followed  and  that  you  do   not  confront/question  the  person  suspected  of  the  abuse  however  unbelievable   the  allegations  seem  to  you.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  140  

Monitor and  be  aware  of  your  own  feelings,  seek  pastoral  support  if  needed,   while  maintaining  confidentiality.  

Reasons for  Not  Contacting  the  Parent/Carer  or  Alleged  Abuser   • •

A child,  young  person  or  vulnerable  adult  might  make  a  direct  allegation  of   abuse  naming  the  person  who  did  it.    Because  of  fear,  confusion  or  other  reasons   the  allegation  might  not  be  wholly  accurate.   Informing  a  parent/carer  of  the  allegation  could  damage  any  subsequent   investigation  by  the  statutory  authorities  if  their  reaction  inadvertently  alerts   the  person  under  suspicion  e.g.  the  parent/carer  going  to  see  them  to  sort  the   matter  out.  It  is  vital  no  one  from  the  organisation  informs  the  parent/carer  of   the  allegations  at  this  stage.  This  decision  should  be  left  to  the  statutory   authorities.     Another  very  important  reason  the  alleged  abuser  is  not  contacted  is  that  they   could  try  to  silence  their  victim  with  bribery  or  threats.  Also,  they  could  dispose   of  any  incriminating  material  such  as  books,  videos,  DVDs,  photos,  computer   files  or  text  messages.  

6.  SAFE  APPOINTMENT  OF  YWAM  WORKERS/TRAINEES   Selecting  and  appointing  workers:   • • • •

The principles  governing  these  appointment  procedures  apply  to  applicants  for   YWAM  staff  positions,  volunteers,  mission  builders,  and  trainees  on  ALL  YWAM   residential  courses.   Under  NO  circumstances  should  shortcuts  be  taken  e.g.  references  overlooked,   incomplete  applications  accepted  etc.   The  application  screening  process  for  all  positions  should  include  more  than  one   person.   Current  operating  procedures  may  not  yet  take  into  account  all  that  we  are   recommending,  and  these  must  now  be  reviewed  and  brought  into  line  with  this   Policy.    

Experience has  shown  that  the  most  frequent  method  of  infiltration  of  an  organisation  by   paedophiles  has  been  through  an  existing  member  of  the  organisation  exerting  undue   authority  to  have  the  normal  processes  shortened.   From  April  2002,  new  procedures  were  introduced  enabling  churches  and  other   organisations  to  obtain  criminal  record  checks  on  any  staff  member  or  trainee  working  with   children  or  vulnerable  adults  via  the  Disclosure  and  Barring  Service  (formerly  Criminal   Records  Bureau).    YWAM  may,  with  permission,  use  a  previously  issued  DBS  Enhanced   Disclosure  dated  after  17  June  2013,  ONLY  IF  it  is  for  both  CHILD  AND  ADULT  WORKFORCE   and  applicant  has  joined  the  DBS  Update  Service.       YWAM  England  good  practice  is  that  all  staff  regularly  read  and  sign  an  internal   safeguarding  document.     In  new  legislation  passed  in  2012,  the  Criminal  Records  Bureau  and  Independent  Safeguarding   Authority  have  been  combined  into  a  new  organisation,  the  Disclosure  and  Barring  Service   (DBS).    All    

references to  the  CRB/ISA  in  this  or  other  YWAM  England  documents  will  apply  to  this  new   organisation  and  its  procedures.   The  legal  position  is  that  children  and  youth  work  is  exempt  from  the  Rehabilitation  of   Offenders  Act  1974,  and  all  convictions,  however  old,  which  relate  to  children  and  young   people,  must  be  declared  by  applicants,  if  asked.  However,  someone  wanting  to  conceal  their   past  may  not  of  course,  tell  you.   The  selection  process  MUST  include  the  following:  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  141  

• • • •

The applicant  must  complete  the  appropriate  application  form  giving   information  as  to  their  name  (and  previous  names),  date  and  place  of  birth,  and   current  and  5  year  address  history.       The  Application  must  contain  questions  about  experience  and  attitudes  to  young   people.   The  application  must  either  have  the  Self-­Disclosure  Form  attached,  or  it   must  contain  the  following  questions:   Have  you  ever  been  charged  with,  cautioned  or  convicted  in  relation  to  any   criminal  offence  not  subject  to  DBS  filtering  rules  (as  found  at and  );  or  are  you  at  present  the  

• •

• • • •

subject of  a  criminal  investigations/pending  prosecution?   o This   should   include   relevant   police   non-­‐conviction   information   not   subject   to  DBS  filtering  rules(as  above).    Have   you   ever   been   the   subject   of   a   police   investigation   that   didn’t   lead  to  a  criminal  conviction?    To   your   knowledge   have   you   ever   had   any   allegation   made   against   you,   which   has   been   reported   to,   and   investigated   by,   Social   Services/Social  Work  Department  (Children’s  or  Adult  Social  Care)?    Has   there   ever   been   any   cause   for   concern   regarding   your   conduct   with   children,   young   people,   or   vulnerable   adults?     Please   include   any   disciplinary   action   taken   by   an   employer   in   relation   to   your   behaviour  with  adults.   o Have  you  ever  had  an  offer  of  work  with  children/young  or  vulnerable   people  declined?   o (These  questions  are  appropriate  even  if  the  applicant  is  not  applying  to   work  with  children  and/or  vulnerable  adults  because  of  the  close  quarters  in   which  most  staff  and  trainees    and  their  families  live)   References  from  those  who  know  the  person  well  e.g.  previous  church  leaders,   employers,  friends  asking  explicitly  about  their  suitability  to  work  with   children/vulnerable  adults.   Applicants  for  training  and/or  staff  positions  involving  work  with  children   and/or  vulnerable  adults  must  complete  and  sign  a  Self  Disclosure  Form,  giving   permission  to  run  or  update  a  police  check  (see  appendix:  Self  Declaration   Form).      (For  current  advice  on  who  needs  a  DBS  check,  contact  local  DBS   “recruiter”  for  your  location  or  the  Safeguarding  Team)   If  the  applicant  has  not  been  in  the  UK  for  over  a  year,  then  the  applicant  must   supply  a  current  police  check  from  their  country  of  residence,  if  possible.    The   Self-­Disclosure  Form  must  still  be  completed  by  the  applicant,  whether  or  not   they  are  able  to  provide  a  police  check.    Ideally,  checks  should  cover  5  years  of   address  history.    Good  practice  may  include  foreign  police  checks  for  overseas   staff  who  have  been  in  the  UK  for  less  than  2  years.   If  it  is  not  possible  to  get  the  police  check  in  English,  Personnel/Registrar  staff   may  at  their  discretion  use  a  trusted  YWAM  staff  member  who  is  fluent  in  the   language  of  the  police  check  and  English  to  do  a  translation,  upon  completion  of   the  YWAM  England  Translation  Contract,  in  appendix.   Any  issues  arising  from  DBS  Disclosures  are  to  be  referred  to  the  Safeguarding   Team  for  consideration  before  the  person  is  accepted/rejected.   Wherever  possible  an  interview  before  appointing,  or  if  not,  on  arrival.   Interviews  must  take  place  with  all  workers  before  the  3  month  review   confirming  appointment,  with  the  exception  of  trainees  and  short  term   placements  [3  months  or  less].   As  soon  as  possible  after  arrival,  and  before  the  3  month  review  meeting,  all   workers  should  have  YWAM’s  Safeguarding  Policy  explained,  and  expectations  of   them  in  relation  to  good  practice.  (Trainees  should  do  this  during  the  briefing   week  at  the  start  of  each  school.)  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  142  

• •

The confirmation  of  appointment  process  should  include  views  from  immediate   superior  and  other  members  of  the  community.   If  a  staff  member  who  is  well  known  to  us  applies  to  change  roles  to  one   requiring  a  DBS  check,  but  they  do  not  have  the  required  ID  documents  (e.g.   trouble  obtaining  bank  account),  it  may  be  decided  by  leadership  ON  A  CASE  BY   CASE  BASIS  to  allow  them  to  participate  SUPERVISED  while  they  are  obtaining   the  necessary  documents.     If  non-­‐UK  applicant  is  unable  to  obtain  a  police  check  from  their  home  nation,   SUPERVISED  work  with  children  and/or  vulnerable  adults  may  be  allowed  if  the   applicant  is  well  known  to  us,  at  the  discretion  of  the  leadership  upon   completion  of  the  Self-­Disclosure  Form  and  appropriate  Safeguarding  training.  

As YWAM  staff  often  change  roles,  and  as  we  encourage  all  staff  to  be  involved  in  outreach  at   various  times,  we  must  be  vigilant  to  ensure  that  the  Self-­Declaration  Form  and  police  check   is  completed/updated  by  each  staff  person  engaging  in  work  with  children/vulnerable   adults.  

6.1 Criteria  for  NOT  appointing  workers   • • •

Under no  circumstances  should  a  person  with  a  known  previous  history  of   abusing,  or  persistent  temptation  in  this  area,  be  appointed  to  ANY  YWAM   position,  including  trainee  or  volunteer.   Under  no  circumstances  should  a  person  be  allowed  to  work  with  children   and/or  vulnerable  adults  if  they  refuse  to  submit  their  DBS  Disclosure  Certificate   (and  update  service  permission,  if  appropriate)  for  appraisal.   Abusive  practices  against  young  people  are  addictive,  and  even  when  there  is   repentance  it  would  be  wrong  to  place  an  individual  in  a  position  of  temptation   and  this  policy  is  as  much  for  the  benefit  of  the  adult  concerned  as  for  the  young   or  vulnerable  people.  

6.2 Accepting  Young  People  as  Volunteers/Trainees/Long  Term   Guests     Under  British  law,  we  carry  greater  responsibility  for  caring  for  a  volunteer,  trainee  or  guest  who   has  not  yet  reached  their  18th  birthday.    Whilst  it  is  usual  practice  to  only  accept  adults  as   volunteers,  trainees  or  unaccompanied  guests,  we  recognise  that  on  occasion  you  may  wish  to   issue  an  invitation  to  a  young  person.    The  following  guidelines  are  in  place  for  such  a  situation:   All  situations  involving  young  people  coming  as  unaccompanied  volunteers  or  long  term  guests   must  be  approved  by  the  Safeguarding  Team.    Trainees  may  be  accepted  for  DTS  at   1. the  discretion  of  the  school  leader  if  they  will  turn  18  during  the  course  of  their  school;   trainees  younger  that  this  may  be  accepted  in  exceptional  situations  with  the  approval   of  the  Safeguarding  Team.   2. Before  the  young  person  is  accepted,  the  In  Loco  Parentis  form  must  be  signed  and   returned  by  the  parents/carers  and  a  trusted  staff  member  acting    In  Loco  Parentis  while   the  young  person  is  with  YWAM  England.   3. The  staff  member  agreeing  act  “In  Loco  Parentis”  for  the  young  person,  will   a. Live  on  location  with  the  young  person  (not  necessarily  in  same  dorm/flat,   depending  on  age  appropriateness)   b. Have  a  current  DBS  Enhanced  Disclosure  covering  Child  Workforce;   c. Assume  responsibility  for  the  young  person’s  safety  and  well-­‐being;     d. Establishing  good  two-­‐way  contact  with  the  young  person’s  parents/carers  and   with  the  young  person  themself;   e. Agree  with  the  parents/carers  on  aspects  of  care  such  as  education,  work,   boundaries,  etc.     4. Before  the  young  person  is  accepted,  a  risk  assessment  must  be  done  in  terms  of   Safeguarding  and  Health  and  Safety.   5. Upon  arrival  of  the  young  person,  the  In  Loco  Parentis  staff  member  should   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  143  

a. Help the  young  person  adjust  to  his/her  new  surroundings,  introduce  them  to   other  YWAMers,  etc.;   b. Establish  a  good  relationship  with  them;   c. Continue  good  communication  with  parents/carers;   d. Liaise  with  the  young  person’s  work/course  leader  regarding  expectations,  work   load,  hours,  etc.  (e.g.  a  younger  person  may  require  more  breaks,  shorter  hours,   more  help)   6. A  one-­‐month  trial  is  highly  recommended,  after  which  the  young  person,  In  Loco   Parentis  staff  member,  and  parents/carers  opinions  are  sought  on  whether  the  situation   is  working  well.  

6.3  Legal  Age  Regulations  for  UK   If  the  young  person  is  not  from  the  UK,  guidance  will  need  to  be  communicated  with  the   parents/carers  regarding  certain  legal  age  limits  in  the  UK.    If  these  limits  differ  from  their   home  situation,  guidance  may  be  needed  (in  communication  with  parents/carers)  to  help   the  young  person  make  wise  decisions.       According  to  new  legislation,  beginning  in  September  2013,  a  young  person  must  be  in  full  or   part  time  education  until  the  age  of  17;  in  September  2013  this  age  will  rise  to  18.   At  the  Age  of  16,  a  young  person  can  legally  

• • • • • • • •

Buy and  drink  beer  or  alcoholic  cider  to  have  with  a  meal  in  a  pub,  restaurant  or  hotel;   Buy  liqueur  chocolates;   Register  as  a  blood  donor  (but  not  able  to  donate  until  age  17);   Buy  cigarettes  and  tobacco;   Leave  home  without  consent  of  parents/carers;     Choose  their  own  doctor  and  consent  to  medical  or  dental  treatment;   Apply  for  a  passport  with  consent  of  parents/carers;   Consent  to  sexual  intercourse  with  another  person  over  the  age  of  16;  

At the  age  of  17  a  young  person  can  legally:  

• • •

Have a  licence  to  drive  a  car,  small  goods,  vehicle  or  tractor  on  a  public  road  (but  not   drive  a  YWAM  vehicle;  most  vehicle  rental  agencies  require  a  person  to  be  over  25);   Donate  blood  without  consent  of  parents/carers;   Be  interviewed  by  the  police  without  an  appropriate  adult  present.  

At the  age  of  18  

At the  age  of  18  the  person  legally  becomes  an  adult  and  all  legal  activities  are  permissible.  

7.    CREATING  A  SAFE  ENVIRONMENT   7.1  Background   YWAM  gives  Christians  the  opportunity  to  demonstrate  the  love  of  God  to  all  people.  We  are   God’s  agents,  and  carry  a  major  responsibility  in  interpreting  the  character  of  God  as   accurately  as  we  can.  Because  young  people  and  those  in  need  are  so  precious  to  God,  and   because  we  represent  God,  it  is  of  paramount  importance  that  absolutely  nothing  happens   which  betrays  or  seems  to  betray  the  trust  which  young  people  and  their  families  place  in   us,  or  leaves  us  open  to  suspicion  or  accusation.  Attempts  to  establish  inappropriate,   intimate  emotional  or  physical  relationships  with  young  or  vulnerable  people  will  be   destructive  to  that  person  and  the  workers  concerned  and  betray  the  trust  of  the  person’s   family.   A  fundamental  part  of  encouraging  a  young  person  in  their  relationship  with  God  is  the   building  of  trust.  Adults  involved  in  Christian  care,  teaching  and  activities  with  young  or   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  144  

vulnerable people  have  a  very  important  responsibility  both  on  a  practical  and  spiritual   level.  A  balance  needs  to  be  achieved  between  positive  attempts  to  encourage  the  young   person  spiritually,  look  after  them  physically  and  provide  an  appropriate  standard  of   structure  and  discipline.   Most  young  people  enjoy  physical  contact  with  adults:  some  do  not.  It  is  the  young  person   who  needs  to  make  the  choice  whether  they  have  physical  contact  or  not;  e.g.  if  a  child  is   upset,  the  adult  should  ask  the  child  if  they  mind  them  putting  an  arm  around  them.  It  is   extremely  important  for  both  the  well-­‐being  of  the  young  person,  and  your  own  protection,   that  physical  contact  only  takes  place  which  is  appropriate  for  the  situation  and  age  of  the   young  person.  Even  if  praying  for  or  with  someone,  only  touch  with  permission  and  only  in   appropriate  circumstances  where  others  can  see  you.  

8.  SUPERVISION  AND  GOOD  PRACTICE  REGARDING   CHILDREN/YOUNG  PEOPLE  AND  VULNERABLE  ADULTS   (For  Vulnerable  adults,  the  principles  below  apply,  but  please  use  your  judgement,   depending  on  the  ability  of  the  person  involved,  e.g.  if  a  person’s  ability  is  below  an  average   8  year  old,  you  may  need  to  use  the  group  ratio  mentioned,  etc.,  depending  on  the  situation.   Remember  that  records  are  always  a  good  idea!    If  in  doubt  about  good  practice  with   vulnerable  adults,  please  consult  your  team/ministry/base  leader,  ST,  or  CCPAS)     • All  activities  should  have  at  least  two  adults  present,  preferably  three.  The  ratio   of  young  people  to  adults  may  vary  according  to  age  and  activity,  but  should  not   be  less  than  1  adult  per  8  children  under  8.     • For  children  over  8  years  of  age  there  is  no  official  ratio.  A  suggested  ratio  is  2   adults  (preferably  one  of  each  gender)  for  up  to  20  children,  with  an  additional   leader  for  every  10  children.   • If  young  people  of  both  sexes  are  present,  even  if  only  one,  then  there  must  be  a   worker  of  each  sex  present.   • A  worker  should  not  be  alone  with  a  young  person  where  their  activity  cannot   be  seen.  This  may  mean  leaving  doors  open,  or  two  groups  working  in  one  room.   In  a  situation  where  privacy  and  confidentiality  are  important,  another  adult   should  know  that  the  meeting  is  taking  place,  and  the  open  door  policy  should  be   maintained.  There  should  be  another  adult  close  by  in  the  building  and  the   young  person  must  know  that  they  are  there.   • Have  a  clear  strategy  for  summoning  additional  help  (if  needed)  in  situations   where  a  worker  is  alone  with  a  child  (e.g.  small  Sunday  school  classes)   • The  level  of  personal  care  (e.g.  toileting)  must  be  appropriate  and  related  to  the   age  of  the  child  whilst  also  accepting  that  some  children  have  special  needs.    You   need  a  parent’s  written  permission  before  undertaking  intimate  personal  care.   • No  person  under  16  years  of  age  should  be  left  in  charge  of  any  children  of  any   age.  Nor  should  children  or  young  people  attending  a  group  be  left  alone  at  any   time.   • Ensure  that  the  only  people  allowed  to  participate  in  a  children's  activity  are  the   workers  assigned  to  that  group.  Other  adults  should  not  be  allowed  free  access.   • All  youth  activities  (under  18  years  of  age)  should  be  overseen  by  named  adults   who  have  been  cleared  by  the  relevant  authorities  (DBS  (FORMERLY  CRB)  etc.)   • Ensure  that  others  know  of  all  your  activities  as  a  worker,  that  everything  is   open  and  up  front,  with  nothing  being  covert.  

8.1 Boundaries   Treat  all  young  people  and  vulnerable  adults  with  respect  and  dignity;  watch  your  language,   tone  of  voice  and  body  language.  Listen  well,  and  value  their  words.   Do  not  engage  in  any  of  the  following:   • Invading  the  privacy  of  young  people/vulnerable  adults  when  changing,   showering  or  toileting,  except  when  there  are  special  needs  or  circumstances   (and  then  only  with  prior  permission).  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  145  

• • • •

Rough, physical  or  sexually  provocative  games.   Making  sexually  suggestive  or  flirtatious  comments  to  or  about  a  young   person/vulnerable  adult.   Inappropriate  or  intrusive  touching  in  any  way.   Any  ridiculing,  bullying,  scapegoating  of  a  young  person/vulnerable  adult.  

Workers should  be  able  to  control  and  discipline  young  people  without  physical  means.   If  you  invite  a  young  or  vulnerable  person  to  your  home,  ensure  this  is  with  the  knowledge   of  your  co-­‐workers,  and  that  a  parent  or  guardian  is  aware.  You  must  not  invite  a  young  or   vulnerable  person  to  your  home  alone.   If  you  are  showing  a  film/playing  a  computer  game  ensure  that  the  age  classification  is   followed  and  even  then  caution  needs  to  be  exercised  with  regard  to  suitability  of  content.    

8.2 Keeping  Records   • • •

A register  of  children/young  people/vulnerable  adults  and  helpers  at  an  activity   should  be  kept.  This  should  include  a  record  of  arrival  and  departure  times.   A  note  should  also  be  made  of  other  people  in  the  building  (e.g.  maintenance   people,  visiting  speaker  etc.)   A  logbook  should  be  considered  for  noting  down  unusual  events  or   converSTions  that  are  witnessed.  A  record  of  similar  events/occurrences  may   help  highlight  patterns  that  might  otherwise  not  be  so  obvious.  

8.3 Talking  and  Listening  to  Children/Vulnerable  Adults   Whilst  many  churches  have  appointed  adults  to  listen  to  and  talk  with  children  or   vulnerable  adults,  it  must  be  remembered  that  they  will  often  decide  for  themselves  who   they  want  to  talk  to.  They  might  test  him/her  out  in  some  way  before  they  are  prepared  to   talk.  Because  of  this,  all  adults,  whether  or  not  they  work  with  children/vulnerable  adults,   need  to  understand  the  importance  of  listening  and  responding  appropriately.   When  promoting  the  "listener's"  role,  children  and  young  or  vulnerable  people  will  not   always  understand  jargon,  such  as  "advocate"  or  "independent  listener".  What  is  important   is  to  identify  ways  to  communicate  effectively  to  all  people  that  they  are  valued,  that  what   they  say  is  important  and  that  there  are  people  who  are  happy  to  listen  to  them.     If  a  child  or  vulnerable  adult  wants  to  talk:   • Suggest  where  you  might  meet.   • Offer  a  child/young  person  or  vulnerable  adult  privacy  but  remember  their  and   your  safety:    e.g.  make  sure  there  is  another  adult  nearby  and  the  child  knows   this,  keep  the  door  ajar,  etc.   • Remember  not  to  promise  confidentiality.   • A  child/young  person  or  vulnerable  adult  may  not  want  to  talk  about  abuse.   • Be  aware  of  how  to  respond  if  a  child/young  person  or  vulnerable  adult  does   disclose  abuse.  (See  section  3.2)  

8.4 Working  with  disruptive  children   If  a  child/young  person  or  vulnerable  adult  is  being  disruptive  they  may  endanger   themselves/  or  others:   • Ask  them  to  stop.   • Speak  to  the  child  or  vulnerable  adult  to  establish  the  cause(s)  of  their  upset.   • Inform  them  that  they  will  be  asked  to  leave  if  their  behaviour  continues.   • Warn  the  child  or  vulnerable  adult  that  if  they  continue  to  be  disruptive,  this   might  result  in  longer-­‐term  exclusion  from  the  group  or  activity.   If  a  child/young  person  or  vulnerable  adult  is  harming  themselves,  another  person  or   property,  then  other  young  or  vulnerable  people  should  be  escorted  away  from  the  area.  At   the  same  time,  and  with  a  second  worker  present,  request  the  child/young  or  vulnerable   person  to  STOP.  If  this  request  is  ignored  then  inform  the  person  that  you  will  consider   calling  additional  help  (e.g.  Police)  if  they  do  not  stop.     Only  in  extreme  circumstances,  you  may  need  to  restrain  the  child/  young  person  to  prevent   them  harming  themselves/  others/  property,  whilst  you  wait  for  the  police.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  146  

The workers  involved  should  always  record  what  happened  as  soon  as  possible  after  the   incident.  This  should  include  the  following:   • What  activity  was  taking  place.   • What  might  have  caused  the  disruptive  behaviour.   • An  account  of  the  child's/  young  person's  or  vulnerable  adult’s  behaviour.   • What  you  said  and  how  you  and  others  responded.   • A  list  of  others  present  who  witnessed  the  incident.  

8.5 Giving  Lifts  to  Children  or  Vulnerable  Adults   •

• • • •

• •

Do not  give  lifts  to  young  people  or  vulnerable  adults  on  their  own  other  than  for   short  journeys.  If  they  have  to  be  alone  ask  them  to  sit  in  the  back  of  the  car.  You   may  also  wish  to  look  at  whether  a  worker  should  transport  children  if  they  have   motoring  offences.  The  distance  of  travel  (short  or  long)  may  not  have  a  bearing   on  the  safety  of  the  child  being  transported  on  their  own.  The  obvious   exceptions  should  be  when  a  worker  is  aware  that  a  child  or  vulnerable  adult  has   a  crush  on  them,  in  such  circumstances  it  would  be  wise  for  another  worker  to   provide  transport,  or  take  several  children  and  drop  off  this  child  first  or  in  the   case  of  a  vulnerable  adult  take  a  second  person  or  chaperone.   Only  those  who  have  gone  through  YWAM's  recruitment  procedures  should   transport  children.   All  drivers  should  have  read  the  Child  Protection  policy  and  agreed  to  abide  by   it.   Parental  consent  should  be  given  and  all  journeys  should  be  carried  out  with  the   knowledge  of  the  leader  of  the  activity  concerned.   Drivers  should  not  spend  unnecessary  time  alone  in  a  car  with  a  child  or   vulnerable  adult.  If  a  child  wants  to  talk  to  a  driver  about  something  and  has   waited  until  other  children  are  dropped  off,  the  driver  should  explain  that  it  isn't   convenient  to  talk  there  and  then,  but  arrange  to  meet  the  child/young  or   vulnerable  person  at  a  location  where  there  are  other  adults  around.   When  travelling  in  groups  with  more  than  one  vehicle  it  is  good  practice  to  insist   children  stay  in  the  same  groups  on  the  out-­‐going  and  return  journey.  This  will   avoid  the  confusion  over  whether  a  child  has  been  transported  home  or,  at   worst,  left  behind.  Similarly  for  vulnerable  adults;  know  who  you  are  responsible   for  and  make  sure  you  have  all  your  passengers.       Please  note  the  maximum  speed  for  a  minibus  is  50mph  on  single-­‐carriageway   roads,  60mph  on  dual-­‐carriageways,  and  70mph  on  motorways.   At  collection  or  dropping  off  points  do  not  leave  a  child  on  their  own.  Make  sure   children  are  collected  by  an  appropriate  adult  –  known  to  the  child  and  agreed  in   advance.  Some  vulnerable  adults  maybe  able  to  look  after  themselves  if  in  doubt   ask.  

8.6 Residential  Activities   Consider  carefully  arrangements  for  residential  activities.  We  advise  that  it  would  be  unwise   for  a  worker  to  share  accommodation  with  one  or  two  children,  though  a  larger  dormitory   may  be  acceptable.  The  exception  to  this  is  where  the  worker  is  the  parent  of  those  children.   CCPAS  suggest  that  organisations  use  log  books  for  the  various  children’s  activities  as  a  way   of  safeguarding  both  children  and  workers.  Workers  are  safeguarded  from  any  false   allegations  as  a  log  book  would  demonstrate:  names  of  children  or  vulnerable  adults   present,  names  of  all  adults  present  and  any  significant  incident  -­‐  a  fight  broken  up  by   adults,  children  asked  to  leave,  or  vulnerable  adult  having  a  tantrum  etc.  -­‐  any  allegations   made.    All  workers  who  witnessed,  heard  or  responded  in  any  way  should  record  details,   sign  and  date  log  book.   The  appropriate  written  permissions  must  be  obtained  from  parents/carers  for  all   residential  activities  of  those  under  18  ,  and  parents/carers  must  be  given  contact  details  of   person  in  charge  of  their  child  for  the  duration  of  the  activity.   For  activities  of  a  longer  duration,  such  as  the  Discipleship  Training  Schools,  with  trainees   under  the  age  of  17,  the  “In  Loco  Parentis”  form  should  be  used  (see  appendix)  with  a   person  on  the  base/team  designated  as  the  main  carer  for  this  time.   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  147  

8.7 Helping  children  or  vulnerable  adults  protect  themselves   It  is  important  to  teach  children  and  vulnerable  adults  personal  safety.  The  gospels  in   particular  are  an  excellent  resource.  Through  presenting  the  story  of,  for  example,  the   prodigal  son  and  the  restored  relationship  with  his  father,  children  and  vulnerable  adults   can  be  helped  to  understand  physical  contact  that  is  good  and  healthy,  acknowledging  there   are  other  touches  that  are  unwelcome  or  wrong.  It  may  also  help  to  discuss  concerns  or  talk   about  situations  where  the  child  or  vulnerable  adult  feels  uncomfortable  or  unsafe.  Touch  or   physical  contact  between  adults  and  children,  can  be  healthy  and  acceptable  in  public   places,  but  discouraged  in  circumstances  where  an  adult  and  child  are  on  their  own  (except,   of  course,  within  family  relationships  but  even  there  it  can  go  horribly  wrong.)   Web-­‐sites  with  good  advice  and  information  regarding  keeping  children  safe  are:   CCPAS:              CEOP:     Kidscape:           NSPCC:            

8.8 Safety   Before  undertaking  any  programmes  check  for  any  legal  requirements.  Under  no   circumstances  should  YWAM  workers  engage  in  any  activity  for  which  they  are  not  qualified   or  which  places  young  people  at  inappropriate  risk.   Workers  involved  in  activities  for  young  or  vulnerable  people  should  check  that  any   building  or  equipment  used  is  safe,  conforms  to  any  regulations.  They  should  be  aware  of   fire  procedures,  and  ensure  that  they  are  known  and  observed.  

8.9 Feedback   If  you  see  a  fellow  worker  acting  in  ways  which  give  rise  to  concern,  or  which  might  be   misconstrued,  be  prepared  to  speak  to  them  or  a  senior  colleague  about  your  concerns,   within  the  guidelines  of  this  policy.  The  safety  of  the  young  or  vulnerable  person  must  come   first,  even  before  loyalty  to  your  colleagues.  There  should  be  an  atmosphere  of  mutual   support,  trust  and  care  which  allows  all  workers  to  be  able  to  discuss  inappropriate   attitudes  and  behaviour.  

8.10 Staff  Meetings   • • •

Regular meetings  should  occur  to  review  procedures  and  discuss  concerns,  and   clarify  any  questions.     Staff  should  report  back  to  such  a  meeting  if  departure  from  the  guidelines   becomes  necessary,  which  provides  protection  to  the  individual  and  draws  the   leadership’s  attention  to  problem  areas.   Keep  a  written  record  of  issues  and  decisions  discussed  at  such  meetings.  

9.  THE  INTERNET   Development   of   the   internet   has   revolutionised   communication   systems   throughout   the   world  and  if  used  in  the  right  way  is  an  excellent  resource.    However,  care  in  its  application   needs   to   be   exercised   so   that   the   safety   of   children   and   vulnerable   adults   is   not   compromised.  Children  and  vulnerable  adults  need  to  be  aware  of  on-­‐line  safety  in  the  same   way   they   are   taught   road   safety.   We   are   currently   in   an   age   of   technology   where   young   people   are   more   vulnerable   than   ever.   Connecting   &   belonging   are   very   important   to   a   young  person  and  online  communities  provide  a  quick  and  easy  fix  for  this.  Though  much  of   what   happens   online   is   harmless   there   are   plenty   of   risks   that   most   young   people   are   completely   unaware   of,   from   simple   misunderstandings   to   the   more   serious   online   predators.  Each  time  a  person  logs  on  they  put  themselves  in  a  very  vulnerable  position.     Youth  With  A  Mission  wants  to  be  seen  &  known  as  a  safe  place  with  trustworthy  staff.  We   also   want   to   be   above   reproach   and   transparent   in   all   our   online   actions.   The   following   practices  will  be  helpful  in  guiding  you  to  have  safe  online  relationships  online  with  children   and   vulnerable   adults   who   you   may   come   in   contact   with   as   a   result   of   your   YWAM   activities.    

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  148  

9.1   Website  Do's  and  don'ts   • • • • •

When designing  a  web-­‐site,  make  clear  what  is  available  for  copying  and  what  is   not  and  don't  refer  to  other  sites  without  permission.   Personal  e-­‐mail  or  postal  addresses,  telephone  or  fax  numbers  must  not  be   divulged.   Get  your  web-­‐site  rated  through  the  "Recreational  Software  Advisory  Council's   RSACi  system.  or  Safesurf  rating  Standard  at   To  make  web  content  accessible  to  people  with  disabilities  look  at  for  the  Web  Content  Accessibility  Guidelines.   If  web  access  is  being  provided  for  children  or  young  people  then  consider  using   filtering  software  to  prevent  access  to  inappropriate  web  sites  e.g.  Netnanny,   Cyberpatrol  or  Surfwatch  etc.  Your  internet  service  provider  may  also  have   filtering  software.   If  you  are  providing  web  access  e.g.  cyber  café,  ensure  that  all  users  complete  an   internet  permission  form  including  parental  permission.  

9.2   Social  Networking:  Adding  Minors  as  a  Friend  or  Follower     DO  :   •

Start a  ministry  account  on  your  social  network  of  preference,  and  accept  friend   requests  from  children  and/or  vulnerable  adults  to  be  added  to  this  rather  than   to   your   own   personal   account,   unless   you   know   them   personally   outside   the   ministry  situation  (eg.  Family  friend).    

DO NOT  :   • Add   or   pursue   relationships   with   people   under   the   age   of   18   on   your   personal   online   social   network   account   –   let   it   be   initiated   by   the   minor.     Accepting   a   request  is  up  to  your  own  discretion  and  at  your  own  risk.       • Add/friend   anyone   under   the   minimum   age   allowed   on   the   online   service.   For   example  Facebook  prohibits  those  under  the  age  of  13  so  no  staff  member  should   contact  any  minor  on  Facebook  under  that  age.    


Social Networking:  Posting  Content  Online    

DO :   •

Make sure  your  online  content  remains  appropriate  for  children  under  the  age  of   18   at   all   times.   Your   online   profile   should   model   our   values   and   codes   of   conduct.     Consider   asking   a   spiritual   advisor   or   leader   to   look   at   your   online   profile  and  give  you  feedback  on  what  it  reflects  about  your  values.    

DO NOT  :   • Post  photos  or  videos  with  children  or  vulnerable  adults  in  them  unless  you  have   permission.    Ministries  will  often  have  written  permission  and  the  legal  right  to   upload  and  use  images  and  videos  of  their  activities  on  their  sites  –  check  with   your  leaders  if  you  are  doing  this.  However,  as  a  member  of  YWAM  you  do  not   have   the   legal   right   to   post   any   images   or   videos   on   your   personal   web   page   without   written   consent   from   the   minor   and   parent.     This   includes   Facebook,   blogs  and  newsletters.     • Post    photos  of  individual  children;  instead  use  a  group  photograph.  However,   DO  NOT  USE  any  photo  if  a  child  can  be  identified  by  their  name  or  the  location   they  are  in  and  never  provide  names,  addresses  or  locations.  This  could   inadvertently  help  a  sex  offender  to  identify  or  gain  access  to  a  child  or   vulnerable  adult.       • Tag  photos  with  names  of  minors,  or  allow  someone  else  to  tag  your  photos  with   the  minor’s  name,  without  written  parental  permission.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  149  

9.4 Communicating  With  Minors  Online     DO  :   •

Treat webcams/skype/etc.    communication  the  same  as  being  with  them  in  person,   i.e.  do  not  do,  talk  about,  or  show  anything  that  you  would  not  do  if  you  were  there   with  the  person,  including  not  being  alone!   DO  NOT  :     • Initiate  a  chat  or  online  conversation.     • Engage  in  private  communication  with  a  minor  (without  prior  permission  from   parent).   Private   communication   is   defined   as   any   communication   that   cannot   be   actively   monitored   by   someone   else.   (ie.   MSN   Messenger,   Facebook   Chat/Messages,  AIM)     • Communicate   online   your   thoughts   and   views   about   any   inappropriate   online   behaviour  from  a  minor.  

9.5 Reporting  an  Online  Incident     What  is  worth  reporting?     An   incident   is   any   unplanned   occurrence   that   could   possibly   be   considered   negative   by   a   parent,  a  minor,  social  services,  or  the  YWAM  ministry  concerned.  If  you  are  in  doubt  as  to   whether  an  incident  is  grave  enough  to  report,  report  it  to  your  team  leader.     1. If  you  view  or  are  involved  in  an  incident  online  do  not  respond  in  any  way  online.     2. If  possible  copy  the  conversation  or  post.     3. Report  &  Record  (including  the  copied  post)  the  incident  to  your  team  leaders  as  soon  as   possible     4. Team  Leaders  can  help  you  decide  if  further  action  is  required,  e.g.    informing  parents,   reporting  the  situation  to  the  Safeguarding  Team.     For  further  information  see:,    or  

10.  DATA  PROTECTION  PRINCIPLES,  FILMING  AND   PHOTOS   The  Data  Protection  Act  1998  is  designed  to  provide  privacy  protection  for  individuals   about  whom  personal  identifying  data  is  kept.  It  lays  down  'best  practice'  principles  for   those  who  keep  data  and  it  applies  to  paper  records  as  well  as  computerised  information.   The  Act  covers  the  whole  of  the  UK,  and  all  organisations  must  comply  with  the  rules  on   processing  data.     "Processing"  includes  obtaining,  recording,  holding  or  storing  information  and  carrying  out   any  action  on  the  data,  including  adaptation,  alteration,  use,  disclosure,  transfer,  erasure  and   destruction.   • Personal  data  shall  be  processed  fairly  and  lawfully.   • Personal  data  shall  be  held  only  for  one  or  more  specified  and  lawful  purposes   and  shall  not  be  further  processed  in  any  manner  incompatible  with  that   purpose  or  purposes.   • Personal  data  shall  be  adequate,  relevant  and  not  excessive  in  relation  to  the   purpose  for  which  it  is  processed.   • Personal  data  shall  be  accurate  and,  where  necessary,  kept  up  to  date.   • Personal  data  processed  for  any  purpose  shall  not  be  kept  for  longer  than  is   necessary  for  that  purpose.  According  to  our  insurers,  regarding  staff/trainee   files  this  is  50  years!   • Appropriate  technical  and  organisational  measures  shall  be  taken  against   unauthorised  or  unlawful  processing  of  personal  data  and  against  accidental  loss   or  destruction  of  the  data.   • Personal  data  shall  not  be  transferred  to  a  country  or  territory  outside  the   European  Economic  Area  unless  that  country  or  territory  ensures  an  adequate   level  of  protection  for  the  rights  and  freedoms  of  data  subjects  in  relation  to  the   processing  of  personal  data.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  150  

10.1 Taking  Photos/  Video  footage  of  children   • • • •

• • •

Permission (verbal  or  written)  must  be  obtained  of  all  the  people  (children  and   adults)  who  will  appear  in  a  photograph,  video  or  web  cam  image  before  the   photograph  is  taken  or  footage  recorded.   It  must  be  made  clear  why  that  person's  image  is  being  used,  what  you  will  be   using  it  for,  and  who  might  want  to  look  at  the  pictures.   If  images  are  being  taken  at  an  event  attended  by  large  crowds,  such  as  a  sports   event,  this  is  regarded  as  a  public  area  and  permission  from  a  crowd  is  not   necessary.   If  photographs  or  recordings  of  children's/  youth  groups  or  vulnerable  adults   are  made  and  individual  children  or  vulnerable  people  can  be  easily  identified,   children's  /  youth  leaders  /  staff  workers  must  find  out  whether  any   parents/guardians  do  not  want  those  they  care  for  to  be  photographed  or   recorded.   Children  and  young  people  under  the  age  of  18  should  not  be  identified  by   surname  or  other  personal  details.  These  details  include  e-­‐mail  or  postal   addresses,  telephone  or  fax  numbers.   When  using  photographs  of  children  and  young  or  vulnerable  people,  it  is   preferable  to  use  group  pictures.   Obtain  written  and  specific  consent  from  parents  or  carers  before  using   photographs  on  a  website.  


• •

Counselling should  only  be  undertaken  by  people  who  have  been  trained  and   accredited  by  an  approved  body  and  who  are  being  supervised.  Of  course  there   are  situations  where  young  people  or  vulnerable  adults  might  talk  informally  or   need  practical  advice.  This  is  not  counselling,  and  you  should  realise/know  your   limits.   Prayer  and  ministry  with  young  people/vulnerable  adults  should  always  take   place  within  the  principles  or  guidelines  of  this  policy  e.g.  pray  for  same-­‐sex  or   have  another  person  present  preferably  of  the  same-­‐sex  as  the  child/adult.    Do   not  lay  hands  on  the  person  without  their  permission  and  place  hands  in   appropriate  place  e.g.  shoulder/arm.   Ministry  should  be  age  appropriate,  non-­‐threatening,  and  sensitive  to  young   people’s/vulnerable  adults’  and  parent’s  or  carers’  church  background.   Deliverance  ministry  should  never  take  place  outside  of  the  context  of  the   churches  own  pastoral  and  family  situation  and  never  without  the   understanding  and  agreement  of  the  person  receiving  prayer.   Great  pastoral  care  is  required  over  the  exercise  of  spiritual  gifts  e.g.  words  of   knowledge.   Those  exercising  spiritual  gifts  should  always  remember  the  effect  such   information  is  likely  to  have  on  the  person  receiving  it.  The  Bible  also  tells  us  to   test  these  gifts  (1  John  4:1)  and  so  any  such  word  of  knowledge  should  not  be   treated  lightly  but  investigated  thoroughly.   Create  an  environment  where  young  people  and  vulnerable  adults  feel  safe  and   that  they  will  be  listened  to  and  valued.  Encourage  them  to  think  through  their   own  emotions,  responsibilities  and  choices,  always  work  towards  building  self-­‐ esteem.  

12.  TRAINING  AND  SUPERVISION   It  is  important  that  all  workers  understand  the  agreed  procedures  for  protecting  children   and/or  vulnerable  adults.    Where  possible  workers  should  have  clear  job  descriptions;  each   worker  should  have  a  clear  description  of  their  tasks,  supervisory  arrangements  (both  of   themselves  and  their  responsibility  for  others)  and  any  guidelines  and  agreed  procedures.  

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  151  

13. SCHOOLS  WORK   Local  Educational  Authorities  often  ask  for  those  who  work  with  them  to  provide  a  DBS   (FORMERLY  CRB)  clearance  check.    In  those  cases  where  the  same  youth  ministries  are   working  with  a  number  of  different  LEA  organisations,  we  encourage  a  Trust  Agreement  to   be  arranged  with  the  LEA  and  the  YWAM  team.    This  would  be  an  agreement  that  those  who   are  operating  in  that  team  are  checked  /  supervised  by  DBS  (FORMERLY  CRB)  checked  and   cleared  YWAM  staff  and  therefore  it  is  not  necessary  to  repeat  gaining  a  Disclosure   Certificate.  

14. OUTREACHES   In  the  event  of  a  YWAM  outreach  team  visiting  a  location  where  there  is  not  an  active   Safeguarding  Policy,  then  YWAM  England  policy  is  in  operation  and  needs  to  be  followed.  

15. AUDIT   The  implementation  of  this  policy  will  be  audited  in  the  following  ways:   • Workers  directly  involved  with  children  and  young  people  and/or  vulnerable   adults  will  attend  a  regular  meeting  to  discuss  policy  and  practice  issues.   • All  YWAM  staff,  volunteers  and  trainees  will  attend  an  annual  training  session  on   safeguarding.   • A  register  will  be  maintained  of  all  workers  with  whom  the  Policy  has  been   discussed,  and  those  who  have  received  training.     • Random  visits  by  ST  or  by  an  outside  agency  to  check  on  the  implementation  of   policy  and  practice.   • Disclosure  and  Barring  Service  (formerly  Criminal  Records  Bureau)  checks   will  be  carried  out  on  all  staff,  volunteers  and  trainees  working  directly  with   children,  young  people  and/or  vulnerable  adults.   This  document  is  based  on  a  model  safeguarding  policy  supplied  by  the  Churches  Child   Protection  Advisory  Service  -­‐  a  project  of  PCCA  Child  Care.  A  copy  of  this  policy  and  all   amendments  will  be  filed  with  CCPAS.  This  policy  must  not  be  copied  by  other   churches/organisations  without  the  written  agreement  of  CCPAS  and  YWAM-­‐England.   For  further  information  or  resources  visit  CCPAS  at                                                   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  152  

APPENDIX A     Supplementary  Documents  to  YWAM  England  Safeguarding  Policy   These  documents  should  be  used  alongside  YWAM-­England’s   safeguarding  policies  and  practices.     Safeguarding  Referral  Form  –  for  recording  disclosures  of  alleged  abuse  and  action  taken.   Self-­Disclosure  Form  –  for  personal  voluntary  disclosure  of  previous  offences  and  giving   permission  to  run  Disclosure  and  Barring  Service  checks/updates.   Short  Term  Teams  Safeguarding  Guidelines  –  brief  description  of  Safeguarding  Policy  for   use  with  short-­‐term  teams,  with  signature  panel  to  return  at  end.   Statement  of  Adult  In  Loco  Parentis  –  for  YWAM  staff  taking  on  temporary  parental  care  of   someone  under  the  age  of  18  (e.g.  17  year  old  on  DTS)   Safeguarding  Information  for  All  Staff  and  Students  –  Brief  description  of  Safeguarding   Policy,  with  signature  panel  as  proof  of  annual  safeguarding  training.   Translation  Contract  –  for  those  deemed  trustworthy  and  of  good  language  skills  to   complete  before  translating  foreign  police  checks.   Police  Check  Guide  –  Current  information  on  YWAM  England  police  check  procedures.                                                 YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  153  

Safeguarding Information  for  All  Staff  and  Students                                                          Serving  with  Youth  With  A  Mission  England     To  be  accepted  as  a  student  or  to  serve  as  staff  with  Youth  With  A  Mission  England  you  need   to  read  and  understand  the  information  below  and  sign  both  copies  returning  one  to  your   school/team  leader.       Our  Values     • To  safeguard  and  promote  the  welfare  of  children,  young  people,  and   vulnerable  adults.     • To  listen  to,  relate  effectively  and  value  children,  young  people,  and   vulnerable  adults.       ABUSE  COVERS  THE  FOLLOWING:     Children  and  young  people     Physical  Abuse   The  infliction  of  pain  or  physical  injury,  which  is  either  caused  deliberately,  or  through  lack   of  care,  which  many  involve  hitting,  shaking,  throwing,  poisoning,  burning  or  otherwise   physically  harming  a  child  in  your  care.     Sexual  Abuse   Forcing  or  enticing  a  child  or  young  person  to  take  part  in  sexual  activities,  whether  or  not   the  child  is  aware  of  what  is  happening,  with  or  without  physical  contact.    This  includes   producing  or  watching  sexual  activities  and  “grooming”       Psychological  or  Emotional  Abuse   The  persistent  emotional  ill  treatment,  including  rejection,  bullying  and  witnessing  the  ill   treatment  of  another  (e.g.  domestic  violence)  causing  severe  and  persistent  adverse  effects   on  a  child’s  emotional  development.       Neglect   The  persistent  failure  to  meet  a  child’s  basic  physical  and  or  psychological  needs,  likely  to   result  in  the  serious  impairment  of  the  child’s  health  or  development;  failure  to  provide   adequate  food,  clothing  and  shelter,  protect  from  physical  and  emotional  harm/danger;   ensure  adequate  supervision;  or  ensure  access  to  appropriate  medical  care.         Vulnerable  Adults:     Physical  Abuse   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  154  

The infliction  of  pain  or  physical  injury,  which  is  either  caused  deliberately,  or  through  lack   of  care.       Sexual  Abuse   The  involvement  in  sexual  activities  to  which  the  person  has  not  consented  or  does  not  truly   comprehend  and  so  cannot  give  informed  consent,  or  where  the  other  party  is  in  a  position   of  trust,  power  or  authority  to  override  or  overcome  lack  of  consent.             Psychological  or  Emotional  Abuse   Acts  or  behaviour,  which  cause  mental  distress  or  anguish  or  negates  the  wishes  of  the   vulnerable  adult.  It  is  also  behaviour  that  has  a  harmful  effect  on  the  vulnerable  adults   emotional  health  and  development  or  any  other  form  of  mental  cruelty.       Neglect  or  Act  of  Omission   The  repeated  deprivation  of  assistance  that  the  vulnerable  adult  needs  for  important   activities  of  daily  living,  including  the  failure  to  intervene  in  behaviour  which  is  dangerous   to  the  vulnerable  adult  or  to  others.    A  vulnerable  person  may  be  suffering  from  neglect   when  their  general  well  being  or  development  is  impaired.       Financial  or  Material  Abuse   The  inappropriate  use,  misappropriation,  theft  or  embezzlement  of  money,  property  or   possessions.       Discriminatory  Abuse   The  inappropriate  treatment  of  a  vulnerable  adult  because  of  their  age,  gender,  race,   religion,  cultural  background  ,  sexuality,  disability  ect..  Discriminatory  abuse  exists  when   values,  beliefs  or  culture  result  in  a  misuse  of  power  that  denies  opportunity  to  some  groups   or  individuals.  Discriminatory  abuse  links  to  all  other  forms  of  abuse.                                                           YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  155  

Young people  who  sexually  abuse     A  third  of  sexual  offenses  against  children  are  carried  out  by  a  young  person  under  the  age   of  18,  some  of  whom  will  continue  as  adults  to  sexually  abuse  children.    It  is  still  considered   sexual  abuse  even  if  the  person  committing  the  abuse  is  under  18  years  of  age.     Internet  Safeguarding  Issues   When  you  are  on  the  internet,  you  are  still  a  YWAMer,  so  therefore  we  expect  you  to  engage   in  safe  online  relationships  with  minors  who  you  may  come  in  contact  with  as  a  result  of   your  YWAM  activities.     The  Alleged  Abuse   • Can  be  current  or  happened  in  the  past.   • Can  be  a  one  off  incident  or  recurring  over  weeks,  months  or  years   • Has  happened  at  this  location,  or  elsewhere     Guidance  and  Procedure   • If  a  person  tells  a  student  or  team  member  about  abuse:   • Listen  carefully,  keep  calm,  but  don’t  ask  questions.   • Take  the  person  seriously.   • Never  promise  to  keep  it  a  secret.    If  an  illegal  act  has  occurred  it  MUST  be  reported   to  the  police  or  social  services   • Reassure  the  person  that  they  have  done  the  right  thing.   • Pass  on  the  information  to  your  school/team/base  leader  as  soon  as  possible.   • Write  up  what  you  have  been  told  afterwards  using  the  person’s  own  words  and   give  to  one  of  the  Safeguarding  Team  Officers  listed  below.   • Remember,  all  that  is  shared  is  strictly  confidential,  between  you,  the  person  and  the   appropriate  people  indicated  below.     What  happens  next?   The  student  or  staff  member  reports  immediately  to  their  School/Team/Base  Leader.    Make   sure  you  know  the  name  of  the  person  who  has  disclosed  the  abuse.    But  do  not  leave  that   person  alone  as  they  will  be  in  a  very  vulnerable  state  having  just  talked  about  their   experiences.   The  School/Team/Base  Leader  will  immediately  contact  one  of  the  Safeguarding  Team  (ST)   who  will  then  be  responsible  for  the  matter.    For  YWAM  England  this  is         Rob  Hobbs:       07734440594   Serena  Baker:      07795  844473   Steve  Bishop:       07825  767696     Anne  Sloan:       07905  419120.      The  ST  Officer  will  involve  the  other  members  of  the  Safeguarding  Team  for  their  support  of   the  student  or  staff  member  involved  as  required.     PLEASE  SIGN  BOTH  COPIES,  RETURNING  ONE  COPY  TO  THE  SCHOOL/TEAM  LEADER  AND   KEEP  THE  OTHER  COPY  FOR  YOUR  REFERENCE.    THANK  YOU   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  156  

SAFEGUARDING DECLARATION   I  declare  I  have  read  and  understood  the  above  Safeguarding  information  and  agree  to  abide  by   the  procedures  laid  down.   Signed:  __________________________________Date:__________________________________   Full  Name:   _____________________________________________________________________      

                                               Statement  of  Adult  Acting  In  Loco  Parentis   In  loco  parentis  means  in  the  place  of  a  parent  or  instead  of  a  parent.  In  order  for  YWAM  to   decide  that  you  are  acting  in  loco  parentis  you  must  have  intentionally  taken  on  the  duties  of   a  parent.     We  consider  you  as  acting  in  loco  parentis  when:       • The  minor  /  child’s  parents  are  absent   • You  are  not  the  legal  guardian   • You  have  taken  over  daily  care  and  control  of  the  minor     Below  are  the  duties  an  adult  acting  in  loco  parentis  will  do.  By  signing  this  form  you  are   stating  that  you  will  carry  out  the  daily  care  and  control  of  the  minor:     • Ensure  that  the  minor  has  basic  food,  shelter  and  clothing   • Make  sure  that  the  minor  is  attending  class  or  fulfilling  required  duties   • Take  the  minor  to  any  medical  or  dental  appointments  required   • Ensure  that  the  minor  does  not  travel  alone   • Be  available  in  any  emergency  and  if  needed  during  the  night   • Make  decisions  in  the  minor’s  best  interests  in  a  medical  emergency  if  it  is   impossible  to  contact  the  parents   • Always  be  aware  of  the  minor’s  whereabouts  at  any  given  time   • Make  sure  the  minor  knows  how  to  contact  you  at  any  given  time   • Provide  guidance  and  discipline  as  needed     YOUR  DETAILS     Last  name___________________________  First  Name_____________________________________   Phone  numbers:  work_________________home__________________mobile__________________   email___________________________________     Current  address_________________________________________________________________       MINOR’S  DETAILS   Last  name______________________________  First  name__________________________________   Date  of  birth_________________________     PARENT’S/  LEGAL  GUARDIAN’S  DETAILS   Parent  1  Last  name______________________________  First  name___________________________     Phone  numbers:  work___________________home___________________mobile_______________     Current  address____________________________________________________________________   _______________________________________________________________________________     Parent  2  Last  name__________________________First  name_______________________________     Phone  numbers:  work_____________________home_________________mobile_______________   YWAM  HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  157  

Current address____________________________________________________________________   __________________________________________________________________________     Legal  guardian’s  last  name______________  First  name____________________________________   (if  different  from  parent)     Phone  numbers:  work____________________home______________________mobile___________     Current  address____________________________________________________________________     email_________________________     Do  you  have  permission  from  the  minor’s  parents/guardian  to  care  for  the  minor?    Yes  /  no       If  yes,  is  it  in  writing?  Yes  /  no     Signature  of  adult  acting  in  loco  parentis  ________________________________date_____________     Signature  of  parent/guardian  _________________________________________date_____________                

YWAM HARPENDEN  STAFF  HANDBOOK  (Edited  April  2013)      page  158  

Staff handbook  
Staff handbook